43524-014: Kathmandu Valley Wastewater Management Project

Initial Environmental Examination

Document stage: Updated Number: 43524-014 March 2020

NEP: Kathmandu Valley Wastewater Management Project – Core Area Sewer Network of Lalitpur Metropolitan City (SN-03)

Prepared by the Project Implementation Directorate, Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited, Ministry of Water Supply, Government of Nepal for the Asian Development Bank.

This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “terms of use” section of this website.

In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, ADB does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

Initial Environmental Examination, Vol. I

March 2020

NEP: Kathmandu Valley Wastewater Management Project L-3000

Core Area Sewer Network of Lalitpur Metropolitan City

Prepared by the Project Implementation Directorate, Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited, Ministry of Water Supply, Government of Nepal for the Asian Development Bank

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS (as of March 2020)

Currency unit - Nepalese rupee (NRs/NRe) $1.00 = NRs 116.91

In this report, "$" refers to US dollars.

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB Asian Development Bank CASSC Community Awareness and Social Safeguard Consultant CBS Central Bureau of Statistics CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan CITES Convention of International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora DSC Design and Supervision Consultant EHS Environment Health and Safety EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMP Environmental Management Plan EPA Environment Protection Act EPR Environment Protection Rules ERP Emergency Response Plan HH Household HIA Heritage Impact Assessment HPCIDBC High Powered Committee for Integrated Development of Bagmati Civilization IDA International Development Assistance IEC information, education and communication IEE Initial Environmental Examination IFC International Finance Corporation KUKL Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited Kathmandu LMC Lalitpur Metropolitan City LPG liquefied petroleum gas MoFE Ministry of Forests and Environment MoWS Ministry of Water Supply MWSP Melamchi Water Supply Project NEA Nepal Electricity Authority NGO Nongovernment organization NTC Nepal Telecommunication OHS Occupational Health and Safety PCR Physical Cultural Resource PD Project Director PID Project Implementation Directorate PIU Project Implementation Unit PPE Personal Protective Equipment PPTA Project Preparatory Technical Assistance REA Rapid Environmental Assessment

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

RP Resettlement Plan SPS Safeguards Policy Statement TIC Tole Improvement Committee KVWMP Kathmandu Valley Wastewater Management Project KVWSMB Kathmandu Valley Water Supply Management Board

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

cm - centimetre db - decibels ha - hectare km - kilometre km2 - square kilometre l - litre m - meter m2 - square meter m3 - cubic meter mg/l - milligrams per litre ml - millilitre MLD - million litres per day, mega litres per day (1 mega litre = 1000m3) mm - millimetre |jg/m3 - micrograms per cubic meter

iii

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I. INTRODUCTION ...... 1 A. PURPOSE OF THE PROJECT ...... 1 B. PURPOSE OF THE IEE REPORT ...... 2 C. BASIS AND SCOPE OF THE IEE ...... 2 II. POLICY, LEGAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK ...... 4 A. ADB POLICY ...... 4 B. NATIONAL POLICY, ACT, RULE AND REGULATION ...... 10 C. INTERNATIONAL AGGREMENTS AND CONVENTIONS ...... 13 D. APPLICABLE ENVIRONMENT STANDARDS ...... 13 E. NATIONAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS ...... 13 F. NOTICES AND APPROVALS ...... 14 G. STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS ...... 16 III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ...... 17 A. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 17 B. DESIGN CRITERIA AND CONSIDERATIONS ...... 18 C. DESIGN FLOW RATES (SYSTEMS OF SEWERAGE) ...... 20 D. PROJECT RATIONALE ...... 22 E. SALIENT FEATURE OF THE PROPOSED CORE AREA SEWER NETWORK ...... 23 F. HYDRAULIC DESIGN OF SEWERS ...... 25 G. MATERIAL STORAGE AREA AND DISPOSAL SITES ...... 27 IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ...... 29 A. PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT ...... 29 B. BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ...... 30 C. SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ...... 31 D. CULTURAL HERITAGE ENVIRONMENT ...... 36 V. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 40 A. DESIGN PHASE ...... 40 B. PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHASE ...... 41 C. CONSTRUCTION PHASE ...... 42 D. OPERATION PHASE ...... 56 E. POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL ENHANCEMENT MEASURES ...... 56 F. CUMULATIVE IMPACTS ...... 57 VI. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ...... 58 A. SUMMARY OF OPTIONS ...... 58 B. FINDINGS AND SELECTED OPTION ...... 63 VII. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION ...... 64 VIII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM ...... 70 IX. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AND MONITORING ...... 73 A. INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENT ...... 73 B. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 77 C. AGREEMENT BETWEEN LMC AND KUKL-PID ...... 107 D. IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP ...... 107 E. MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURES ...... 110 F. TRAINING AND CAPACITY BUILDING ...... 111

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

X. CONCLUSION ...... 112 APPENDICES ...... X-1 APPENDIX-I REA CHECKLIST ...... X-2 APPENDIX-II APPROVAL LETTER FROM DEPARTMENT OF ARCHAEOLOGY ...... X-6 APPENDIX-III COMMUNICATION LETTERS FROM LMC ...... X-9 APPENDIX-IV INVENTORY OF VULNERABLE STRUCTURES ...... X-22 APPENDIX-V MAP OF EXISTING UTILITIES ...... X-30 APPENDIX-VI MAPS INDICATING CULTURAL STRUCTURES ...... X-32 APPENDIX-VII MAP WITH PROPOSED REHABILITATION SEWER LINE AND MANHOLES ...... X-35 APPENDIX-VIII MAP OF STREET VENDOR AREAS ...... X-36 APPENDIX- IX MAP WITH CATCHMENT AREA WITH PROPOSED SEWER LINE ...... X-37 APPENDIX- X MAP WITH PIPE DIAMETER ALONG THE PROPOSED ALIGNMENT ...... X-38 APPENDIX- XI MAP WITH EXCAVATION DEPTH OF PIPE ALONG THE PROPOSED ALIGNMENT ...... X-39 APPENDIX- XII MINUTES OF CONSULTATION ...... X-41 APPENDIX- XIII LIST OF PARTICIPANTS AND PHOTOGRAPHS ...... X-73 APPENDIX- XIV: STANDARDS...... X-80 APPENXIX- XIV (A) DISCHARGE STANDARDS ...... X-80 APPENXIX- XIV (B) AIR QUALITY STANDARDS ...... X-81 APPENXIX- XIV (C) NOISE LEVEL STANDARDS ...... X-82 APPENDIX XV: SAMPLE MONITORING CHECKLIST ...... X-83 APPENDIX XV (A): MONITORING CHECKLIST ...... X-83 APPENDIX XV (B): SEMI-ANNUAL ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING REPORT TEMPLATE ...... X-85 APPENDIX XVI: CONSTRUCTION INDUCED VIBRATION LIMITS AND HERITAGE VULNERABILITY ASSESSMENT ...... X-90 APPENDIX XVII: RECOMMENDATION/NO OBJECTION LETTERS ...... X-100

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

List of Tables Table II-1: ADB SPS, 2009 Safeguard Requirements 1: Environment ...... 5 Table II-2: Summary of Heritage-related Notices and Approvals ...... 15 Table II-3: Recommendation Letters Details ...... 16 Table III-1; Wastewater Effluent Quality Standard for Treatment Plants under KVWMPParameters ...... 21 Table III-2: Components and Features of the Project ...... 23 Table III-3: Summary of Sewer Length ...... 25 Table III-4: Depth of Excavation ...... 25 Table III-5: Width of Excavation and Existing Pavement ...... 26 Table III-6: Material Storage Area ...... 27 Table III-7: Disposal Sites ...... 28 Table IV-1: Ward-Wise Population ...... 32 Table IV-2: Caste and Ethnic Composition of LMC ...... 32 Table IV-3: Age Group ...... 33 Table IV-4: Literacy Status ...... 33 Table IV-5: Source of Drinking Water ...... 34 Table IV-6: Households by Type of Toilets ...... 34 Table IV-7: Existing Water Supply Pipes with their Diameter (Chainage Wise)...... 34 Table IV-8: Number of Existing Manholes and its Type along the Project Alignment ...... 35 Table IV-9: List of Major Festivals ...... 38 Table V-1: Excavation Methods by Area Type ...... 43 Table VII-1Summary of Consultations ...... 64 Table VII-2: Issue Raised During Public Consultation and Focal Group Discussion ...... 66 Table IX-1: Institutional/Organizational Responsibilities in Environmental Management ..... 73 Table IX-2: Institutional Arrangements ...... 75 Table IX-3: Environmental Management Plan with Mitigation Measures ...... 78 Table IX-4 Details of contractor mitigation measures cost estimates (from BoQ) ...... 108 Table IX-5: Summary of EMP Implementation Budget Estimate ...... 110

List of Figures Figure III-1: Catchment Area of Proposed Sewer Network ...... 17 Figure III-2: Base map of Project Area with Project Alignment ...... 18 Figure III-3: Service Area and the Coverage ...... 20 Figure III-4: Collector Sewer Plan ...... 22 Figure III-5: Proposed Line 1, line 2 and line 3 alignment of SN03 ...... 24 Figure III-6: Location of Material Storage area ...... 27 Figure III-7: Location of Disposal Sites ...... 28 Figure IV-1 : Classification of Area ...... 30 Figure IV-2: Patan Durbar Square World Heritage site and Buffer Zone ...... 37 Figure VI-1: Map of Option 1 ...... 59 Figure VI-2: Map of Option 2 ...... 60 Figure VI-3: Map of Option 2 Catchment ...... 61 Figure VI-4: Map of Option 3 ...... 62 Figure VI-5: Map of Option 4 ...... 62 Figure VIII-1: Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) ...... 72 Figure 0-1 - US Bureau of Mines Criteria for Direct Impact (1980 Nov) ...... X-92 Figure 0-2 - Transient vibration guide for cosmetic damage in BS 7385-2-1993 reported in Cenek and Sutherland (2012)...... X-92 Figure 0-3 - Typical earth vibration due to construction by J. F. Wiss ...... X-93

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Figure 0-4 - Proposed site and sewer line alignment (source HIA) ...... X-94 Figure 0-5 Building typologies including multi-tiered pagoda temples, shrines and traditional vernacular houses. Modern houses are excluded here as they are not of concern to ground vibration due to excavation, compaction etc ...... X-95 Figure 0-6 - Vibration limits (PPV) for various construction equipments at 2 m away from it (Source: Cenek and Sutherland, 2012) ...... X-97 Figure 0-7 - Pictures of some of the construction equipments discussed in Cenek and Sutherland, 2012 ...... X-98

vii

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Executive Summary

Purpose of the Project: The proposed sub-project Sewer Rehabilitation in the Core City Area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City (SN-03) is intended for the improvement and upgrading of the sewer network within the core area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City (LMC). SN-03 is a package under the larger Kathmandu Valley Wastewater Management Project (L-3000), financed by the Asian Development Bank (ADB). The project proposes to replace existing sewer pipes and adding new larger diameter sewer pipes in the network, for a total of 2.8km of pipelines from the upper reach of Patan Durbar Square until reaching an existing sewer interceptor on the left bank of the Bagmati River. The project is a priority for the LMC to avoid flooding and inundation of Mahapal, Mangalbazar and Patan Durbar Square junction areas (all part of the LMC core area) especially during the rainy season.

This part of the LMC core area, which includes the Patan Durbar Square World Heritage Site has been flooding in every monsoon season due to poor storm water drainage. The existing sewer network dysfunction due to substantial ingress of storm water mixes with sewage during heavy storms, overwhelming the sewer networks and inundating the area. This causes negative impacts on residents, vehicular traffic, pedestrians, and tourists, and waterlogging is causing foundation damage to Heritage buildings.

ADB requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of its operations as per its Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS 2009). This initial environmental examination (IEE) has been prepared for the proposed infrastructure components of the project; (i) rehabilitation and expansion of sewerage network. This IEE report is prepared to address the issue that might occur during the improvement and upgrading of existing sewerage network within the core area at LMC.

Categorization: The project is consistent with a Category B impact levelas per the SPS 2009 as no significant impacts are expected. This IEE assesses the environmental impacts and provides mitigation and monitoring measures to ensure no significant adverse impacts as a result of the project.

Scope: The projectexpected impact will be sustainable drainage management for the residents of core city area of LMC. The expected outcome will be an improved wastewater collection at Patan Durbar Square area. The project will further consolidate the continuing efforts of the government and ADB in institutional development and improvement of governance in the wastewater sector.

Implementation Arrangements: The Ministry of Water Supply (MoWS) will be the executing agency responsible for overall strategic planning, guidance, and management of the project, and for ensuring compliance with loan covenants. Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited (KUKL) will be the implementing agency, and the existing Project Implementation Directorate (PID) in KUKL will be responsible for (i) project planning, implementation, monitoring, and supervision; (ii) reporting to KUKL Board of Directors, MoWS, and ADB; and (iii) coordination of all activities in the project. PID has already established a safeguards unit staffed with environmental, social, and legal specialists. It was agreed that the LMC will bear 20% and PID will bear 80% of the project cost. A Construction Execution Office (CEO) will be established within LMC, till the project completion period, for implementation of the project including monitoring, coordination and contract administration.

viii

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

CEOwill be headed by a Senior Engineer in LMC. It will also include an engineer seconded by PID, safeguard officer and other support staff as necessary.

Description of the Environment: The project is located in core area Lalitpur Metropolitan City (LMC) which is densely populated. There are no protected areas, wetlands, or estuaries in or near the subproject location. However, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, Patan Durbar Square, lies adjacent a 157.5 m stretch of the project alignment. Traffic management will be necessary during the rehabilitation and construction of sewer pipes on busy roads.

Heritage Impact Assessment: ADB requires the consideration of physical culture resource issues in all aspects of its operations as per its Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS 2009). Given the project is working in a sensitive cultural heritage site, a Heritage Impact Assessment was required to supplement the IEE. This is included as a standalone Volume III to the IEE, and summarized in the IEE. The HIA:  Analyzes the heritage assets within the project area  Determines potential impacts on cultural heritage  Informed an analysis of alternatives to reduce impacts  Ensures that excavations in heritage areas are designed to provide better understanding of the areas in the case of archaeological chance finds  Develops mitigation measures for the design, construction, and operation and maintenance phases for inclusion into the project Environmental Management Plan and bidding documents.  Provides detailed mitigation measures to be included in the Contractor’s Specific Environmental Management Plan (S-EMP)

Environmental Management: An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is included as part of this IEE. It will guide all stakeholders including PID, KUKL, DSC and contractors in the environmentally sound design, construction and operation of infrastructure under this project. As the subproject passes through the Patan Durbar Square (a UNESCO World Heritage Site), the EMP includes detailed mitigation measures to safeguard cultural heritage assets which resulted from the HIA. The EMP also ensures that recommendations of the HIA are incorporated in all mitigation measures during pre-construction and construction phases. In particular, the EMP (i) recommends the measures and means of testing to be implemented to reduce the likelihood of potential environmental impacts during the design, construction and operation phase of the project; (ii) provides the necessary tools to carry out onsite environmental performance monitoring; (iii) ensures compliance with recommended standards and safety measures; (iv) recommends the public consultation and disclosure procedures; and (v) provides a grievance redress mechanism. The cost of EMP will be included in the civil work bidding and contract documents.

Locations and siting of the proposed infrastructures were considered to further reduce impacts. These include (i) locating all facilities on government-owned land to avoid the need for land acquisition and relocation of people; (ii) laying of sewerage pipes in Right of Ways (RoWs) to reduce acquisition of land and impacts on livelihoods specifically in densely populated areas. Excavation in the project is complex due to working in a sensitive heritage zone, and in areas with narrow streets and fragile buildings. The project has developed a typology of excavation areas, with detailed specifications on excavation methodologies for each type of area.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Mitigation measures have been developed to reduce all negative impacts to acceptable levels. Mitigation will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring to be conducted during design, construction and operation phases. The environmental monitoring program will ensure that all measures are implemented and will determine whether the environment is protected as intended. It will include observations on- and off-site, document checks, photographs, monitoring of key parameters and interviews with workers and beneficiaries. Any requirements for corrective action will be reported to the ADB.

The stakeholders were involved in developing the IEE through discussions on-site and public consultation, after which views expressed were incorporated into the IEE and in the planning and development of the project. Several meetings, workshops, and focus group discussions were held with local residents, stakeholders and technical persons to keep them informed of the project and to get their feedback for the project design, as required. Meeting minutes are attached in the Appendix-XII section of this report. To provide for more transparency in planning, and for further active involvement of key stakeholders including the general public, the project information will be further disseminated through disclosure of the translated versions of the IEE. The information will be made available at public places, including the offices of PID, KUKL main office, andLalitpur Metropolitan city Office. A copy of the IEE will be disclosed on the ADB and project-related websites and will also be available from PID upon request.

The most noticeable long-term benefit of the project will be the improved drainage system at the core area of LMC and the management of storm water at Patan Durbar Square.

Consultation, Disclosure and Grievance Redress: Public consultations and disclosures will be continuous in the future during the design, construction and operation phases. The CASSC with the help of the Safeguard Unit of PID will be responsible for the public consultations and information disclosures. Grievances will be addressed by the grievance redress mechanism, which incorporates a clear and grassroots process for addressing public complaints quickly.

Monitoring and Reporting: The safeguards staff within the PID will monitor the implementation of the EMP with support from the DSC and CASSC. The DSC Environmental Safeguards Officer will prepare quarterly progress reports and submit to PID and PID will prepare semi-annual monitoring reports and submit to ADB. ADB will post the environmental monitoring reports on its website. These reports will describe the progress of the implementation of the EMP, any compliance issues and corrective actions.

Conclusion: Overall the potential impacts of the project will be very positive, benefitting both the environment and the people. Some negative impacts are anticipated during implementation, but in specific areas and for a short duration (e.g., dust, noise, traffic problems, erosion.). It is expected that these environmental impacts of the project will in general not be significant and can be reduced and/ or prevented through adequate mitigation measures and regular monitoring during the design, construction, and operation phases of the project. Any potential odour nuisance will be assessed through air quality dispersion modelling during the design phase and appropriate measures will be implemented to mitigate the nuisance.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

The HIA found that the SN-03 project could pose some risks to the heritage assets of the project area, most notably to sub-surface archaeology, fragile earthquake-damaged buildings, and disruption of religious and sociocultural practices in both the core monument zone and the buffer zone. However, through additional study of sub-surface conditions it appears that archaeological risk is isolated to two segments that are outside of the WHS core zone. Those two zones will have mandatory trial trenches prior to excavation, under the supervision of an archaeologist. Zones with fragile buildings have been identified, and conservative vibration limits established. An institutional structure has been established for close monitoring of the construction phase, including detailed step-by-step procedures for any chance finds of archaeology and artifacts.

Therefore, based on the findings of the IEE, there are no significant environmental impacts, and the classification of the project as category B is confirmed, and no further special study or detailed environmental impact assessment (EIA) needs to be undertaken to comply with ADB SPS (2009).

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

I. INTRODUCTION

A. Purpose of the Project

1. Kathmandu Valley Wastewater Management Project has been launched and funded by the Government of Nepal (GoN) and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) for improving the wastewater services in the Kathmandu Valley. The project is expected to maximize the efficiency and effectiveness of existing wastewater sector infrastructures and service provision provided or planned, to restore, establish and extended wastewater services in Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited (KUKL) services in order to improve urban rivers and tributaries water quality and ecosystem. The proposed project is intended for the improvement and upgrading of sewer network within the core area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City (LMC) as well. The proposed sewer network will be awarded as Package KUKL/WW/SN-03. The Project comprises replacing existing sewer and adding new bigger dia sewer line in the network to avoid flooding and inundation of Mahapal, Mangalbazar and Patan Durbar Square junction especially during rainy season. Mangalbazar, Mahapal and Patan Durbar Square area are consideredas core area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City.

2. The area has been flooding in every monsoon season due to poor storm water drainage of that area. The existing sewer network disfunction due to substantial ingress of storm water mixes with sewage during heavy storm blocking all the sewer networks and the area gets inundated. It is anticipated that the implementation of project will solve the existing problem of inundation especially in an around Mahapal and Durbar SquareArea. The implementation of proposal will also enhance accessibility to Patan Durbar Square a world heritage site during the monsoon season maintaining smooth flow of storm water. The proposed sewer network will be a combined sewer network carryingboth domestic sewage and storm water. This report presents the environmental assessment of the proposed sewer network in core city area of LMC.The proposal for the rehabilitation and improvement of sewer network starts fromLagankhel bus-park area will be followed byTangal, Hagal, Mangalbazar, Patan Durbar Square, Swotha and Sankhamul as some major settlements within the route named Line 1. Similarly, proposed line 2 starts near Kumaripati and traverse through Iti tole, Ikhalukhu, Haugal, Kwalkhu and connects to line 1 at Swotha. The proposed alignment also passes through a stone and brick pavement of archaeological site of Patan Durbar Square.

3. The project has the ultimate objectives of: (i) Improving, upgrading and expanding existing sewer network lineswithin the core area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City; (ii) Maximize the efficiency and effectiveness of existing sewerage system and service provision through restoration, establishment, and extension of sewerage services; and (iii) Cater storm water combining with sewer to enhance the walks ways along the Patan Durbar square heritage site and adjoining Mahapal areas during rainy season.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

B. Purpose of the IEE Report

4. The purpose of this initial environmental examination (IEE) report is to examine the proposed sewer network to ensure that they will not have significant environmental impacts and to provide guidance for their design, construction, and operation. Potential environmental impacts are identified, their significance assessed, and mitigation measures devised to avoid or reduce these impacts to an acceptable level. The purpose of this IEE report is (i) to provide information on existing geographic, ecological, social and temporal context including associated facilities, (ii) to find out the likely positive and negative, direct and indirect impacts to physical, biological, socio-economic and cultural resources, (iii) identify mitigation measures and any negative impacts that should be mitigated during planning, implementation and operation, (iv) to establish Grievance Redress Mechanism for resolving environmental issues, (v) to describe the monitoring measures and reporting procedures to ensure early detection conditions that require particular mitigation measures, (vi) to describe the process undertaking during project design to engage stakeholders and affected persons and the planned information disclosure measures and the process of carrying out consultation with affected people and facilitating their participation during project implementation, (vii) to identify who is responsible for carrying out the mitigation and monitoring measures.

5. The mitigation measures are then carried forward into the Environmental Management Plan (EMP). The EMP assigns responsibilities, time frames, and performance indicators or standards for each mitigation measure to make sure that it is implemented. An environmental monitoring plan is also prepared. This monitoring plan identifies methods and responsibilities for checking the operation of the project against a range of relevant and agreed performance indicators.

C. Basis and Scope of the IEE

6. Both Nepal’s law and the ADB policy require that the environmental impacts of development projects are identified and assessed as part of the planning and design processes, and that action is taken to reduce adverse impacts to acceptable levels. This is done through the environmental assessment process, which has become an integral part of project development and implementation worldwide. This IEE is prepared for improvement and upgrading of existing sewer network facility at core area of LMC. The collected sewerage will be connected to interceptor constructed along the bank of Bagmati River at Sankhamul and will be carried to Dhobighat Wastewater Treatment Plant. The project also intended to improve and upgrade the sewer lines existed along the Patan Durbar Square a UNESCO world heritage site. The improvement and upgrading of existing sewer line proposed from Lagankhel area of Lalitpur District and along the Tangal, Haugal, Mangalbazar, Bangalamukhi, and Sankhamul. A combined Sewer Network and Rehabilitation of approximate length of 2.8 KM will be constructed in core area of LMC spreading over wards - 5, 9, 11, 12, 16, and 19.

7. As the proposed sewer network will have a section of about 157.5 m in length that passes through the historical and UNESCO world heritage site Patan Durbar Square, heritage impact assessment (HIA) has been conductedfor thisstretch. The HIA has been

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 conducted with close supervision from a heritage expert engaged under the project, and with overall supervision by the Department of Archaeology (DoA). The final HIA report has been prepared and submitted to DoA.

8. The recommendationsprovided by the HIA are adopted and incorporated in bidding documents and relevant sections of this IEE report. Recommendations from the HIA include:

 A subsurface geophysical investigation was carried out to identify risk areas for archaeological chance finds;  Additional archaeological expertise must be present for construction supervision, and a representative from DoA will be present at all times during construction in the WHS area. An Archaeological Expert Committee has been established, chaired by the Department of Archaeology, which will supervise works and handle chance finds procedures;  Conducting a heritage management training with the Contractor prior to starting works;  Construction specifications are included in the bidding documents, including only hand digging in sensitive areas, low-vibration methods of compaction, maintaining access to cultural and heritage sites for religious and socio-cultural purposes, and reinstatement of pavements with materials and techniques as provided by the DoA;  Adoption of a clear chance finds procedure that includes protocols for both smaller movable relics/objects and immovable remains (such as building foundations/wells/etc)  While direct impacts heritage structures in Patan Durbar Square is unlikely, there could be a risk to disrupting water supply to the Manga Hiti water spout if pipes are damaged. This can be avoided through careful excavation.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

II. POLICY, LEGAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

A. ADB Policy

9. All projects funded by the ADB must comply with the Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009 to ensure that projects undertaken as part of programs funded under ADB loans are environmentally sound, are designed to operate in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements, and are not likely to cause significant environmental, health, or safety hazards. With respect to the environment, the SPS 2009 is underpinned by the ADB Operations Manual, Bank Policy (OM Section F1/OP, 2010). The policy promotes international good practice as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines1.

10. Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009; The Safeguard Policy Statement aims to promote sustainability of project outcomes by protecting the environment and people from projects' potential adverse impacts by avoiding adverse impacts of projects on the environment and affected people, where possible; minimizing, mitigating, and/or compensating for adverse project impacts on the environment and affected people when avoidance is not possible; and helping borrowers/clients to strengthen their safeguard systems and develop the capacity to manage environmental and social risks.

11. ADB will carry out project screening and categorization at the earliest stage of project preparation when sufficient information is available for this purpose. ADB uses a classification system to reflect the significance of a project’s potential environmental impacts. Each proposed project is scrutinized as to its type, location, scale, and sensitivity and the magnitude of its potential environmental impacts. For this, ADB categorizes the proposed components into categories (A, B, C or FI) to determine the level of environmental assessment required to address the potential impacts. Projects are assigned to one of the following four categories:

(i) Category A. A proposed project is classified as category A if it is likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts that are irreversible, diverse, or unprecedented. These impacts may affect an area larger than the sites or facilities subject to physical works. An environmental impact assessment is required. (ii) Category B. A proposed project is classified as category B if its potential adverse environmental impacts are less adverse than those of category A projects. These impacts are site-specific, few if any of them are irreversible, and in most cases mitigation measures can be designed more readily than for category A projects. An initial environmental examination is required. (iii) Category C. A proposed project is classified as category C if it is likely to have minimal or no adverse environmental impacts. No environmental assessment is required although environmental implications need to be reviewed.

1Environmental, health, and safetyGeneral guidelines, 2007

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

(iv) Category FI. A proposed project is classified as category FI if it involves investment of ADB funds to or through a FI.

12. ADB’s environmental safeguards policy principles are defined in SPS, 2009, Safeguard Requirements 1 and the IEE is intended to meet these requirements, Table II-1:.

Table II-1: ADB SPS, 2009 Safeguard Requirements 1: Environment SPS 2009 - Safeguard Requirements Remarks

Use a screening process for each proposed REA has been undertaken project, as early as possible, to determine the (Appendix-I), indicating that appropriate extent and type of environmental subproject is NOT: (i) assessment (EA) so that appropriate studies are environmentally critical; and (ii) undertaken commensurate with the significance of adjacent to or within environmentally potential impacts and risks. sensitive/critical area. SPS 2009 - Safeguard Requirements.Conduct EA Significant adverse impacts during to identify potential direct, indirect, cumulative, & construction will be temporary and induced impacts and risks to physical, biological, short-term, can be mitigated without socioeconomic (including impacts on livelihood difficulty. There is no adverse impact through environmental media, health and safety, during operation. Hence, IEE is vulnerable groups, and gender issues), and sufficient. The IEE including specific physical cultural resources in the context of the description of the environment and project’s area of influence. Assess potential trans corridor of impact will be updated as boundary global impacts, including climate change. necessary based on the final design and alignments.IEE has been undertaken to meet this requirement. (Section VI). No trans boundary & global impacts, including climate change. Examine alternatives to the project’s location, Analysis of “with-subproject “or design, technology, and components and their “without subproject” is presented in potential environmental and social impacts and Section III. document the rationale for selecting the particular alternative proposed. Also consider the no project alternative. Avoid, and where avoidance is not possible, An EMP has been prepared to minimize, mitigate, &/or offset adverse impacts and address this requirement given in enhance positive impacts by means of Section IX. environmental planning & management. Prepare an EMP that includes the proposed mitigation measures, environmental monitoring and reporting requirements, related institutional or organizational arrangements, capacity development and training measures, implementation schedule, cost estimates, and performance indicators. Carry out meaningful consultation with affected Key informant and random interviews people & facilitate their informed participation. have been conducted. A grievance

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Ensure women’s participation. Involve redress mechanism for the resolution stakeholders, including affected people & of valid project- related social and concerned NGOs, early in the project preparation environmental issues/concerns is process & ensure that their views & concerns are presented in Section VIII. made known to & understood by decision makers and taken into account. Continue consultations with stakeholders throughout project implementation as necessary to address issues related to EA. Establish a GRM to receive & facilitate resolution of affected people’s concerns & grievances on project’s environmental performance. Disclose a draft IEE (including the EMP) in a timely The draft IEE will be disclosed on manner, before project appraisal, in an accessible ADB’s website prior to project place & in a form & language(s) understandable to appraisal. Copies of both SPS- affected people & other stakeholders. Disclose the compliant IEE and Government of final EA, & its updates if any, to affected people & Nepal- approved IEE will be made other stakeholders. available at the offices of the PMO, Project Implementation Directorate (PID) and Tole Improvement Committee (TIC)for public consultation. For the benefit of the community, the summary of the IEE will be translated in the local language and made available at (i) offices of executing and implementing agencies, (ii) area offices, (iii) consultant teams’ offices; and (iv) contractor’s campsites. It will be ensured that the hard copies of IEE are kept at places which are conveniently accessible to people, as a means to disclose the document and at the same time creating wider public awareness. An electronic version of the IEE will be placed in the official website of executing and implementing agencies and the ADB website after approval of the IEE by ADB. Implement the EMP and monitor its effectiveness. EMP implementation, reporting and Document monitoring results, including the disclosure of monitoring reports are development and implementation of corrective in this IEE. actions, and disclose monitoring reports. Do not implement project activities in areas of The subproject does not passl in the critical habitats, unless (i) there are no measurable areas of critical habitats. adverse impacts on the critical habitat that could

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 impair its ability to function, (ii) there is no reduction in the population of any recognized endangered or critically endangered species, and (iii) any lesser impacts are mitigated. If a project is located within a legally protected area, implement additional programs to promote and enhance the conservation aims of the protected area. In an area of natural habitats, there must be no significant conversion or degradation, unless (i) alternatives are not available, (ii) the overall benefits from the project substantially outweigh the environmental costs, and (iii) any conversion or degradation is appropriately mitigated. Use a precautionary approach to the use, development, and management of renewable natural resources. Apply pollution prevention and control technologies This requirement is only minimally and practices consistent with international good applicable to the subproject in the practices as reflected in internationally recognized aspect of waste generation, e.g., standards such as the World Bank Group’s effluent from septic tanks and Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines. generated sludge and sludge Adopt cleaner production processes and good disposal from water supply and energy efficiency practices. Avoid pollution, or, sanitation structures. The subproject when avoidance is not possible, minimize or will not involve hazardous materials control the intensity or load of pollutant emissions subject to international bans/phase and discharges, including direct and indirect outs. greenhouse gases emissions, waste generation, and release of hazardous materials from their production, transportation, handling, and storage. Avoid the use of hazardous materials subject to international bans or phase-outs. Purchase, use, and manage pesticides based on integrated pest management approaches and reduce reliance on synthetic chemical pesticides. Provide workers with safe and healthy working EMP provides measures to mitigate conditions and prevent accidents, injuries, and health and safety hazards during disease. Establish preventive and emergency construction and operation. preparedness and response measures to avoid, and where avoidance is not possible, to minimize, adverse impacts and risks to the health and safety of local communities. Conserve physical cultural resources and avoid The subproject will involve destroying or damaging them by using field- based construction in a UNESCO World surveys that employ qualified and experienced Heritage Site. Impacts on experts during environmental assessment. Provide monuments are not expected but for the use of “chance find” procedures that include excavation could affect archaeology a pre-approved management and conservation in the core zone. A Heritage Impact approach for materials that may be discovered Assessment was carried out,

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

during project implementation. including a subsurface geophysical survey to assess archaeological risk. The EMP recommends the measure/s to mitigate adverse impact on physical cultural resources (PCRs) in case of chance find. Detailed excavation methods have been prepared, and Archaeological Expert Committee established, and detailed chance finds procedures developed.

13. Public Disclosure; The government through PID shall submit the following to ADB for disclosure on ADB website so affected people, other stakeholders, and the public can provide meaningful inputs into the project design and implementation:2 (i) final IEE report upon receipt; (ii) a new or updated IEE report and corrective action plan prepared during project implementation, if any; and (iii) environmental monitoring reports submitted during project implementation upon receipt.

14. Consultation and Participation; The government through PID shall carry out meaningful consultation3 with affected people and other concerned stakeholders, including civil society, and facilitate their informed participation. The consultation process and its results are to be documented and reflected in the environmental assessment report and/or monitoring reports.

15. Grievance Redress Mechanism; The government through PID shall establish a mechanism to receive and facilitate resolution of affected peoples’ concerns, complaints, and grievances about the project’s environmental performance. The grievance mechanism shall be scaled to the risks and adverse impacts of the project.

16. Monitoring and Reporting; The government through PID shall monitor, measure and document the progress of implementation of the EMP. If necessary, PID will identify the necessary corrective actions, and reflect them in a corrective action plan. PID will prepare and submit to ADB semi-annual environmental monitoring reports that describe progress with implementation of the EMP and compliance issues and corrective actions, if any. For projects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts during operation, reporting will continue until ADB issues a project completion report.

2 Per ADB SPS, 2009, prior to disclosure on ADB website, ADB reviews the “borrower’s/client’s social and environmental assessment and plans to ensure that safeguard measures are in place to avoid, wherever possible, and minimize, mitigate, and compensate for adverse social and environmental impacts in compliance with ADB’s safeguard policy principles and Safeguard Requirements 1-4.” 3 Per ADB SPS, 2009, meaningful consultation means a process that (i) begins early in the project preparation stage and is carried out on an ongoing basis throughout the project cycle;1 (ii) provides timely disclosure of relevant and adequate information that is understandable and readily accessible to affected people; (iii) is undertaken in an atmosphere free of intimidation or coercion; (iv) is gender inclusive and responsive, and tailored to the needs of disadvantaged and vulnerable groups; and (v) enables the incorporation of all relevant views of affected people and other stakeholders into decision making, such as project design, mitigation measures, the sharing of development benefits and opportunities, and implementation issues.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

17. Unanticipated Environmental Impacts; Where unanticipated environmental impacts become apparent during project implementation, the government through PID shall update the environmental assessment and EMP or prepare a new environmental assessment and EMP to assess the potential impacts, evaluate the alternatives, and outline mitigation measures and resources to address those impacts.

18. Pollution Prevention and Control Technologies; During the design, construction, and operation, the government through PID shall apply pollution prevention and control technologies and practices consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines. These standards contain performance levels and measures that are normally acceptable and applicable to projects. When the government regulations differ from these levels and measures, the project shall achieve whichever is more stringent. If less stringent levels or measures are appropriate in view of specific project circumstances, the government through PID will provide full and detailed justification for any proposed alternatives that are consistent with the requirements presented in ADB SPS.

19. Occupational Health and Safety; The government through PID4 shall ensure that workers5 are provided with a safe and healthy working environment, considering risks inherent to the sector and specific classes of hazards in the subproject work areas, including physical, chemical, biological, and radiological hazards. The government through PID shall ensure to take steps to prevent accidents, injury, and disease arising from, associated with, or occurring during the course of work by (i) identifying and minimizing, so far as reasonably practicable, the causes of potential hazards to workers; (ii) providing preventive and protective measures, including modification, substitution, or elimination of hazardous conditions or substances; (iii) providing appropriate equipment to minimize risks and requiring and enforcing its use; (iv) training workers and providing them with appropriate incentives to use and comply with health and safety procedures and protective equipment; (v) documenting and reporting occupational accidents, diseases, and incidents; and (vi) having emergency prevention, preparedness, and response arrangements in place. PID shall ensure to apply preventive and protective measures consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards such as the World Bank Group’s Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines.6

20. Community Health and Safety; The government through PID shall ensure to identify and assess the risks to, and potential impacts on, the safety of affected communities during the design, construction, and operation of the project, and will establish preventive measures and plans to address them in a manner commensurate with the identified risks and impacts.

21. Physical Cultural Resources; The government through PID is responsible for siting and designing the project to avoid significant damage to physical cultural resources. Such resources likely to be affected by the project will be identified, and qualified and experienced experts will assess the project’s potential impacts on these resources using field-based

4 In case where responsibility is delegated to project contractors during construction phase, PID shall ensure that the responsibilities on occupational health and safety as described herein are included in the contract documents. 5 Including nonemployee workers engaged by LGED through contractors or other intermediaries to work on project sites or perform work directly related to the project’s core functions. 6 World Bank Group, 2007. Environmental, Health, and Safety General Guidelines. Washington, DC.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 surveys as an integral part of the environmental assessment process. When the proposed location of a project component is in areas where physical cultural resources are expected to be found as determined during the environmental assessment process, chance finds procedures shall be included in the EMP.

22. Environmental Audit; When the project involves existing activities or facilities, the government through PID is responsible to ensure that relevant external experts will perform environmental audits to determine the existence of any areas where the project may cause or is causing environmental risks or impacts. If the project does not foresee any new major expansion, the audit constitutes the environmental assessment for the subproject.

B. National Policy, Act, Rule and Regulation

23. The legal provisions for environmental protection in Nepal are found in the different laws and regulations. The Constitution of Nepal proclaims, every citizen shall have the right to live in a clean and healthy environment. In development works of nation, necessary legal provisions for a proper balance between the environment and development shall be made. All relevant national policies, rules, regulations and manuals which are required for the construction and operation of waste water management sub-project were reviewed.

24. National Environmental Policy and Action Plan (NEPAP), 2050 B.S (1993 A.D); Of its five objectives, most relevant to the Sub-project are to (i) mitigate adverse environmental impacts; and (ii) safeguard national & cultural heritage & preserve biodiversity, within & outside protected areas. Nepal Environmental Policy and Action Plan was endorsed in 1993 to further institutionalize environmental protection in the development projects. It aims: (a) To manage natural and physical resources efficiently and sustainably, (b) To balance the development efforts and environmental conservation for sustainable fulfillment of basic needs, (c) To safeguard national heritage, (d) To mitigate adverse environmental impacts of development projects and human actions and (e) To integrate environment and development through appropriate institutions, adequate legislation and economic incentives, and sufficient public resources.

25. The National Urban Policy, 2064 B.S (2007 A.D); The policy gives importance to environment conservation while carrying out urban development works and natural resource use; thus, supporting the required environmental conservation and protection in donor- assisted development sub-projects. It highlights the historical imbalances and haphazard nature of urban development in Nepal. The policy also flags poor sanitation, environmental degradation, and lack of services by the urban poor as requiring urgent attention. It proposes building the capacity of municipalities to plan and manage integrated local development activities, including the preparation of urban master plans to be moderated by central and regional authorities. Private sector involvement and investment in infrastructure development is specifically sought.

26. The National Urban Water Supply and Sanitation Sector Policy (2009); The Policy requires the IEE or EIA of proposed WSS sub-projects by the EPA/EPR to (i) incorporate consultations with key stakeholders, including endpoint users; & (ii) specify measures to mitigate environmental impacts before, during construction & operation, as well as corrective

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 measures. This policy was formulated to provide the overall policy support and guidance toward achieving equity in service delivery by ensuring that the financially marginalized households within the service areas are mainstreamed as valid customers through the design and implementation of financial incentives, where required.

27. Environment Protection Act, 2053 B.S (1997 A.D); Requires a proponent to undertake IEE or environmental impact assessment (EIA) of the proposed sub-project and have the IEE or EIA report approved by the concerned sector agency or Ministry of Forests and Environment (MoFE), before implementation. The EPA: (i) sets out the review and approval process of IEE and EIA reports, that involve informing and consulting stakeholders; (ii) stipulates that no one is to create pollution that would cause significant adverse impacts on the environment or harm to public life and health, or to generate pollution beyond the prescribed standards; (iii) specifies for the Ministry in charge of Environment (currently the MoFE) to conduct inspection of approved sub-projects to ensure that pollution prevention, control or mitigation is carried out according to the approved IEE or EIA report; (iv) provides for the protection of objects and places of national heritage and places with rare plants, wildlife and biological diversity; and (v) states that any person/party affected by pollution or adverse environmental impact caused by anybody may apply to the prescribed authority for compensation to be recovered from the polluter/pollution generator.

28. Ancient Monuments Protection Act (1991 A.D.); The Ancient Monuments Protection Act (1991) states the rights and duties of the Government to make arrangements for the protection of historically and archaeologically important areas and monuments by preventing any misappropriation and misuse. Section 12 of the act mentioned the following act as punishable. One, who destroys, demolishes, removes, alters, defaces or steals having realized an amount equal to the claimed amount of such Ancient monument shall be punished with a fine of twenty- five thousand rupees to one hundred thousand rupees or with an imprisonment of five years to fifteen years or both. One who uses the ancient monument in an unauthorized way or harms it by any other means having realized an amount equal to the claimed amount of such ancient monument shall be punished with a fine up to twenty- five thousand rupees or with an imprisonment up to five years or both.

29. Solid Waste Management Act 2068 B.S (2011 A.D); Article 4 provides that the management of hazardous, medical, chemical or industrial waste rest upon the generators of such wastes. Management should be as prescribed in the Act. Article 5 provides that individuals and entities have the duty to reduce the amount of solid waste generated while carrying out work or business. EMP prescribes eco-friendly management of solid and hazardous wastes.

30. Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 2056 B.S (2000/2001 A.D); The section 3 of the Act prohibits a child from engaging in work, sub-clause 1 of the clause 3 states “Nobody shall engage in work a child who has not completed fourteen years of age as a labor and subclause 2 states "Nobody shall engage a child in a risky occupation or work referred to in the Schedule". The schedule describes different works conditions such as Risky Occupation/Works, tourism related occupation, and service oriented occupation, public transportation and construction occupation and Work relating to manufacturing. Section 4 prohibits a child to engage in works as a laborer against his will by temptation or fear or pressure or by any other means.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

31. Labor Act 2074 B.S (2017 A.D); The Act emphasizes on occupational health and safety of workers and stipulates provision of necessary safety gears and adopting necessary precautionary measures against potentially hazardous machine/equipment in the workplace. It also stipulates to arrange such as removal of waste accumulated during production process and prevention of dust, fume, vapor and other waste materials, which adversely affect the health of workers.

32. The Local Governance Operationalization Act, 2074 (2017); The act provides the legal basis for the devolution of responsibilities and authorities for social, economic, institutional, and physical infrastructure development, including water and sanitation systems, to the local government. While periodic district plans have been formulated in 52 districts, a decade-long political conflict, including the absence of locally elected officials for most of this period, have frustrated implementation plans. ) empowered the local authority for the conservation of local natural resources and implementation of environmental conservation activities along with prime responsibility of conducting development projects which includes water supply, sanitation and awareness activities.

33. Environment Protection Rules, 2054 B.S (1997 A.D) 1997 (Amendment 1999 AD, 2007 AD and 2010 AD); Define the implementing rule and regulations of the IEE/EIA process, elaborating the provisions in the EPA. The preparation, review, and approval of IEE and EIA reports are dealt in Rules 3 to 7 and 10 to 14. Schedules 1 and 2 lists down the activities of the sub-project that are required for IEE and EIA, as amended in 2007 AD and 2010 AD.

34. National EIA Guidelines, 1993; Chapter 3 i.e. Sub-project Screening and Initial Environmental Examination (IEE); of this guideline describes an Initial Environmental Examination Report must be prepared for those sub-projects which may cause significant impact on environment, whose impact may be known easily and for which mitigation measures may be revealed easily. In order to integrate the environmental aspects in development Projects and programs, the government has developed the National EIA Guidelines (1993). The guidelines provide guidance to Project proponent on integrating environmental mitigation measures, particularly on the management of quarries, borrow pits, stockpiling of materials and spoil disposal, operation of the work camps, earthworks and slope stabilization, location of stone crushing plants, etc.

35. Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage (1972 AD);  Article 3: it defines State Party i.e. in our case it is DoA  Article 4: State Party major roles and responsibility

36. Operational Guidelines for the Implementation of World Heritage Convention;  Clause 15: While fully respecting the sovereignty of the States on whose territory the cultural and natural heritage is situated, States Parties to the Convention recognize the collective interest of the international community to cooperate in the protection of this heritage. States Parties to the World Heritage Convention, have the responsibility to: ensure the identification, nomination, protection, conservation, presentation, and transmission to

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

future generations of the cultural and natural heritage found within their territory, and give help in these tasks to other States Parties that request it;

 Clause 172: The World Heritage Committee invites the States Parties to the Convention to inform the Committee, through the Secretariat, of their intention to undertake or to authorize in an area protected under the Convention major restorations or new constructions which may affect the Outstanding Universal Value of the property. Notice should be given as soon as possible (for instance, before drafting basic documents for specific projects) and before making any decisions that would be difficult to reverse, so that the Committee may assist in seeking appropriate solutions to ensure that the Outstanding Universal Value of the property is fully preserved.

C. International Aggrements and Conventions

37. Nepal is also a signatory to many international agreements and conventions related to environmental conservation such as:  Convention Concerning the Protection of World Cultural and Natural Heritage (World Heritage Convention), 1972  Convention on Biological Diversity, 1992  World Heritage Convention, in 1978 AD, 2036 BS;  Convention on Biodiversity, in 1992 AD; 2050 BS.  Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer and its Montreal Protocol and subsequent London Amendment, in 1994 AD; 2052 BS.  Basel Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes and Their Disposal, in 1996 AD; 2053 BS.

D. Applicable Environment Standards

38. The applicable environment standards i.e. (Water Quality Standards, Air Quality Standards and Noise Exposure Limits) to be followed by the project are given in Appendix- XIV.

E. National Legal Requirements

39. The requirement for environmental assessment in Nepal is established by the National Environment Protection Act (1997) and Environment Protection Rule (1997). The procedures are defined in the Environment Protection Rules, as amended. These rules require IEE for sewerage projects costing more than NRs. 50 lakhs.

40. Rationality of IEE; Nepal’s law require that the environmental impacts of development projects are identified and assessed as part of the planning and design processes, and that action is taken to reduce adverse impacts to acceptable levels. According to Environment Protection Rules (EPR), 1997 and the subsequent amendment (published in 2066/10/13 BS on Nepal Gazette) the Environmental Assessment (EA), whether it is EIA or IEE study is mandatory for any development sub-projects. As per Schedule 1-I of the Rule 3 of EPR 1997, under Waste Management Sector, 1 (e) “Operation of sewerage scheme more than 50 Lakhs” requires an IEE study before implementation of a

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 proposal. As the proposal is for the improvement and upgrading of existing sewer network within the core city, thus the IEE study of the proposal “Sewer Rehabilitation in the Core City Area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City” is mandatory. The agency responsible for approval of this report is Ministry of Water Supply (MoWS).

41. Nepal’s procedures for environmental assessment of development projects are described in the Environment Protection Act (1997) and the Environment Protection Rules (1997, as amended). Projects that need EIA and IEE are identified in the rules. Accordingly, the responsibility for undertaking an IEE for this proposed project lies with the Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited (KUKL/Project Implementation Directorate (PID) as the project proponent, on behalf of the Kathmandu Valley Water Supply Management Board (KVWSMB). Public involvement, including notification of stakeholders, dissemination of information, and consultation, is a requirement, particularly during the review and approval of the IEE report.

42. Need of Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA); As the proposed sewer network will have a section of about 157.5 m in length that passes through the historical and UNESCO world heritage site Patan Durbar Square, Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA) has been conducted for this stretch.

43. The HIA has been conducted with close supervision from a heritage expert engaged under the project, and with overall supervision by the Department of Archaeology (DoA). The final HIA report has been prepared and submitted to DoA. The recommendations provided by the final draft HIA are adopted and incorporated in bidding documents and relevant sections of this IEE report. Recommendations from the HIA include: i. The mobilization phase should include an additional ground penetrating radar survey (GPR) to identify any other risk areas for chance finds outside of Patan Durbar Square; ii. Additional archaeological expertise must be present for construction supervision, and a representative from DoA will be present at all times during construction in the World Heritage Site (WHS) area; iii. Conducting a heritage management training with the Contractor prior to starting works; iv. Construction specifications are included in the bidding documents, including only hand digging in sensitive areas, low-vibration methods of compaction, maintaining access to cultural and heritage sites for religious and socio-cultural purposes, and reinstatement of pavements with materials and techniques as provided by the DoA; v. Adoption of a clear chance finds procedure that includes protocols for both smaller movable relics/objects and immovable remains (such as building foundations/wells/etc) vi. While direct impacts heritage structures in Patan Durbar Square is unlikely, there could be a risk to disrupting water supply to the Manga Hiti water spout if pipes are damaged. This can be avoided through careful excavation.

F. Notices and Approvals

44. While doing the IEE study public consultation was done to ensure the quality and

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 effectiveness of an IEE. According to Rule 7 of EPR, the concern people and institutions were informed regarding the Proposal.

45. Environment-related Notices and Approvals: IEE report has been prepared based on ToR approved on 2075/09/05 B.S (20 Dec 2018 A.D) by the Ministry of Water Supply. As per EPR 1997, a public notice of 15 days was published in Gorkhapatra, a national daily newspaper on 2075/9/12 B.S (27 Dec 2018 A.D). The notice was affixed at Lalitpur Municipality ward number 5, 9, 11, 12, 16 and 19 along with different departments including Department of Archeology, Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited, Patan Durbar Square, Nepal Telecom and Nepal Electricity Authority. A copy of the public notice was affixed in the above mentioned organizations and other public places from where people have easy access of information. The necessary Deed of Enquiry (Muchulka) was collected confirming the pasting of such notice. Comments or suggestions from the concerned stakeholders and affected peoples were also collected. Finally, Letter of Recommendation for the implementations of the sub-project were collected from concerned Municipality and ward offices as well as from Department of Archaeology. Consultation with local people and local authorities were also done as appropriate at the site seeking and documenting their concerns and suggestions.

46. Heritage-related Notices and Approvals. Consultations have been made with the Department of Archaeology (DoA) office in Kathmandu who has provided approval for the improvement and upgrading of sewer network along the World Heritage Site; Patan Durbar Square. The Ancient Monument Preservation Act for the Protected Monument Zones would be the basis for the safeguard activities within the Protected Monument Zones (Appendix 8). The PID has followed the applicable legal procedures and guidelines for undertaking works in a World Heritage Site Table II-2 below summarizes notices and approvals granted during the project design – full letters and English translations are included in HIA Annex 4.

Table II-2: Summary of Heritage-related Notices and Approvals S.N Date From To Purpose

1. 04 June 2018 Lalitpur Department of Project notification, description Municipality Archaeology (including drawings) and request for permission to carry out project. 2. 13 June 2018 Department of Lalitpur No objection to project granted and Archaeology Municipality commitment of DoA personnel to supervise. 3. 06 July 2018 LMC Mayor UNESCO Chief Project notification, description, rationale, request for feedback.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

4. 06 Aug 2018 LMC/PID Signed Memorandum of Agreement between PID and LMC to identify roles and responsibilities for project management. See Sections IV and VII in particular. 5. 08 Aug 2018 DoA Director UNESCO Director Inform UNESCO of the project; General General statement that project would not impact OUV of WHS. 6. 09 Apr 2019 UNESCO Director Nepal Summary of ICOMOS technical (via ICOMOS) Ambassador to review of project and France (cc to recommendations. DoA)

7. 03 Apr 2019 NA NA Minutes of Meeting to discuss establishment of AEC and project mitigation measures. 8. 15th Jan 2020 DOA PID/KUKL Approval of HIA Report

G. Statutory Requirements

47. All statutory requirements were fullfill for the implementation of this SN-03 sub-project. Consultation with Municipality, wards and other related office were done and recommendation letters were collected.

48. Forest Clearance; The core city area does not comprise any forests, and national parks. There are no any protected areas within the proposed project alignment. No any trees will be affected so forest clearance is not required for this sub-project.

49. Recommendation and No Objection Letters; Letter of recommendation for the implementations of the sub-project were collected from LMC and concerned ward offices as well as from Department of Archaeology. LMC and wards were positive for the implementation of the SN-03. Copy of recommendation letters are given in Appendix-XVII. Detail of recommendation letter is given in table below.

Table II-3: Recommendation Letters Details

S.N Date From Description 1. 20 Dec 2018 MoWS Approval for ToR and Recommendation to carry out IEE. 2. 19 April 2019 LMC Recommendation letter to carry out IEE and 3. 29 March 2019 LMC (Ward No. 5) approval for the construction of the sub project 4. 29 March 2019 LMC (Ward No. 3) SN-03 at LMC ward 5, 9 ,11.12. 16 and 19. During rehabilitation and construction of sewer it 5. 29 March 2019 LMC (Ward No. 11) was recommendated to maximize positive 6. 29 March 2019 LMC (Ward No. 12) impacts and mitigate adverse impacts on the 7. 29 March 2019 LMC (Ward No. 19) physical, biological, and socio-economical 8. 1 April 2019 LMC (Ward No. 16) economic and cultural environments.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

III. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

A. Project Description

50. The proposed project includes (i) rehabilitation and construction of sewerage network with 2.8 km length starting form Lagankhel bus stand area to Sankhamul as line 1. Line 2 starting from Kumaripati, Iti tole and meeting to line 1 at Sontha via; Iti tole, Ikhalukhu, Mahapal junction and Kwalkhu; and line 3 is a connection between line 1 and 2 starting from the same starting point of line 2 connecting line 1 via Thabu lan, (ii) two types of pipe are proposed with specified diameter; Plastic (500 – 1000 mm) and RCC (1400 mm), (iii) Excavation depth ranges from 2.0 meters to 4.2 meters.The trench width varies from 1.2 meters to 2.5 meters. Furthermore, the upgrading of existing sewers will be from Lagankhel to Sankhmul in order to resolve inundation and flooding at Mahapal, Mangalbazar and Kumaripati. Rehabilitation of existing combined sewer will be within core areas only.

51. Base maps are prepared covering all the areas along the routes of the proposed sewers. Those mapsdepict the background reference information such as landforms, roads, landmarks, buildings, electric poles, trees, houses, river alignment, culverts etc. onto which other thematic information is placed. The topographic map prepared using the survey data formed a basis for the base map preparation. It also contains all the fundamental information required for the design of the sewers such as contours, sewer route, location of the major structures such as manholes, sewer outfall etc. The base mapshave been prepared in a scale of 1:2000 and is presented in the Appendixsection. The catchment area of proposed sewer network is shown in figure below. The black line in the figure indicating proposed sewer network and the boundary line representing catchment area.

Figure III-1: Catchment Area of Proposed Sewer Network

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

52. The base map in smaller scale is presented below, which shows the sewers and outfalls proposed.

Figure III-2: Base map of Project Area with Project Alignment

B. Design Criteria and Considerations

53. In order to design of sewers, a number of design considerations and parameters shall be adopted. To proceed with the design of the sewers, the following aspects and references have been followed:

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

a. Prudent Engineering Practices in SAARC Countries and guiding principles for Design and Construction of Sewers in other similar projects in Nepal b. Nepalese Standards and Practices including relevant International Codes c. Consultant‘s Experience: Consultant‘s experience as well as according to local, national and international practices and standards. d. Category of Town: Whether the town is Urban/Rural/Literacy and income of the dwelling population. e. Present Scenario: This deals with the present condition of town and condition of financial condition of governing body, infrastructure, land use pattern and the potential and scope of growth. f. Future Scenario: This deals with the future prospects for the town as per the private/government participation which are indicative of the gradual change of face of the town. g. Cultural Requirement: This is a major influencing factor that is required at the planning stage as well at the stage of execution. The scheme should not include any material, process or method of execution that interferes with the culture of people. Neglecting this aspect can cause delay/failure of scheme.

54. The method of approach for the design follows the methodology utilized in the other projects by the Consultant. The design methodology follows internationally accepted procedures with parameters adapted to suit the demographic and hydro-climatic features of Nepal. Design criteria will be used and accommodated during the design of the sewerage network. The wastewater generated at the households, industrial and commercial establishment should be properly collected and conveyed to the wastewater treatment plant. The wastewater must be treated at the treatment plant to reduce the impurities present in the wastewater so that it can be safely disposed into land or water bodies without causing its pollution and hence thereby reducing adverse impacts on health.

55. The wastewater is conveyed from the place of its production to the treatment plant through a network of sewers consisting of lateral (tertiary), branch, trunk, collector and interceptor sewers. The branch and lateral sewers collects wastewater from the neighbourhood area and conveys it to the trunk/collector sewer. Interceptor sewers are laid along the banks of the river to collect the wastewater from the trunk/collector sewers and convey it to the wastewater treatment plant. The storm water from the collector sewer will be overflowed to the nearby stream or river through the diversion structures. The interceptor sewers would thus carry the dry weather flow. This report deals with the design of collector sewers in the Lalitpur core city.

56. In May to September 2011, a mapping exercise of the existing sewer systems in the five municipalities under KUKL/DSC/02 was carried out. A sewer asset management survey was carried out by KUKL Project Implementation Directorate (PID) on 2016. The service area of this project is the core area of city and includes six wards of Lalitpur Metropolitan city. Ward number 5, 9, 11, 12, 16, and 19 are the specified wards of the project.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Figure III-3: Service Area and the Coverage

The exercise showed the approximate location and length of the sewers based on desktop analysis. The base maps of the municipalities with location of existing sewer pipeline network, roads, and rivers were prepared. However, the conditions of the sewers including the diameter, gradient, material type, joint details, and condition of manhole details were not covered by the study. (Source: Sewer asset management survey, PID 2016).

57. Sewerage Network (SN-03) of the proposed project will be connected with existing Bagmati sewerage line, which is present at Sankhmul within the UN Park. Furthermore, this will run to Dhobighat wastewater treatment plant. The total area of Dhobighat WWTP is 30.4 ha consisting originally of four stabilization ponds (area totally 19.4 ha). However, the plant has had no influent flow and load since the 1980s because of total non- operation of the Sundarighat pumping station. The treatment plant area is now used for different farming, and recreation and informal purposes as well as being used by KUKL as a storage area for sewer pipes.

C. Design Flow Rates (Systems of Sewerage)

58. In the core areas of the Lalitpur, all the collector sewers, branch and laterals are proposed to be designed as combined system carrying both the sanitary sewage and storm water. The interceptor sewers running along the banks of the river do not have its own service areas but collects the sewage from the neighbourhood sewers. Neighbourhood sewers discharges flow equal in quantity to the dry weather flow into the interceptor sewers

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 and the excess flow including the storm water is overflowed to the river. The interceptor sewers convey the sewage to the wastewater treatment plant for its treatment and ultimately dispose into the river or stream.

59. The wastewater generation consists of (i) domestic wastewater, (ii) non-domestic wastewater comprising of industrial and commercial wastewater and (iii) infiltration. The total quantity of wastewater generation is the sum of domestic and nondomestic wastewater plus infiltration. This is also the total quantity of wastewater generation during dry weather and is known as Dry Weather Flow (DWF).

60. The quantity of storm water is added to the DWF to determine the total quantity of wastewater in the combined system sewers. The collector sewers are proposed to carry only DWF and any flow in excess of the DWF is to be over flown to the nearby water course. The domestic wastewater, nondomestic wastewater and infiltration are calculated separately. The collector sewers in turn collect the sewages from the neighbourhood sewers consisting of branch and lateral sewers. There is no direct connection from the neighbourhood sewers to the interceptor sewers. The storm water from the collector sewer will be overflowed to the nearby stream or river through the overflow/diversion structures. The interceptor sewers would thus carry the dry weather flow. Such a plan requires the storm overflow pipe to cross the interceptor sewer either from its top or bottom.

61. The design flow of sewers is to be adopted as follows.

Design flow of Collector sewer = DS x PF + NDS + IN Design flow of Branch sewer and laterals = DS x PF + NDS + IN + SW Where, DS = domestic sewage NDS = Non-domestic sewage PF = Peak factor IN = Infiltration SW = Storm water

62. The wastewater effluent quality standard established for treatment plants under KVWMP is presented in the following table.

Table III-1; Wastewater Allowable Unit Effluent Quality Standard for Treatment Plants under KVWMPParameters pH = 6.5~8 mg/L BOD5 at 20 Degree C ＜ 30 mg/L Total Suspended Solids ＜ 50 mg/L COD ＜ 250 mg/L Coliform ＜ 500 MPN/100ml

Fecal Coliform ＜ 100 MPN/100ml Ammonia Nitrogen ＜ 50 mg/L

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Figure III-4: Collector Sewer Plan

D. Project Rationale

63. Improvement and upgrading of sewer network of core area of LMC is urgently needed because it is currently suffering from the lack of properly functioning sewerage systems and core city area as well as UNESCO heritage site facing problem of inundation and plugging of existing sewer network during heavy rain and storm. This project has been designed to raise the quality of sewer networkand services in theselected areas of Lalitpur Metropolitan City, thereby avoiding flooding problem every rainy season at Mahapal area connecting Patan Durbar Square enhancing beauty of world heritage site and core area of LMC.

64. LMC along with Lalitpur district has gone through a phase of rapid and unplanned urbanization and industrialization without adequate infrastructure development. The core area of LMC including Patan Durbar Square faces sewerage and storm water drainage especially during rainy season. To improve the present conditions of the wastewater services, the Government, with the assistance of ADB, has embarked on sewerage network along this core area of LMC.

65. The rapid urbanization of LMC has brought negative impacts to its overall development. Water has become scarce as demand exceeds supply. Lack of operational wastewater system facilities has converted the holy Bagmati River into a highly polluted watercourse. Congested and crowded roads have brought hardship to travellers and road junctions have become garbage dumping sites. Despite these negative impacts, the urbanization of the valley has continued at a similar rate over the past 10 years.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

66. KUKL, which legally commenced operation in February 2008, established a Project Management Unit. The Government and ADB in April 2009 have restructured the unit into a Project Implementation Directorate (PID) to manage and implement ADB-assisted projects. The PID includes a Safeguards Unit to monitor and evaluate all social and environmental aspects of ADB projects.

E. Salient Feature of the Proposed Core Area Sewer Network

Table III-2: Components and Features of the Project Particulars Description Sewer Rehabilitation in the Core City Area of Lalitpur Name of the Project Metropolitan City Total Cost of the Project is NRs. 556,828,935.00/- (LMC will bear 20% and PID will bear 80% of the total cost.) Cost of the Project The estimated cost for Environmental Mitigation, including unanticipated mitigation measures is NRs. 7,500,000.00/- Lalitpur Metropolitan City (LMC), ward no. 5, 9, 11, 12, 16, and 19. Line 1: Lagankhel, Ititole, Tungal junction, Haugal junction, Mangal bazar junction, Patan Durbar square, Sontha, Kobal, Project Location Gahiti and Sankhmul. Line 2: Kumaripati, Ititole, Ikhalukhu, Mahapalchowk, Pataku, Kwalku (Nhulan) and Sontha. Line 3: Ititole Service Area LMC, ward no. 5, 9, 11, 12, 15, 16, 19, and 20 Employer KUKL/Project Implementation Directorate (PID) Executing Agency Ministry of Water Supply (MoWS) Implementing Agency Lalitpur Metropolitan Corporation and PID Funding Agency Asian Development Bank and Government of Nepal Total Length 2.8 km Proposed Pipe Two types of pipe are proposed with specified diameter; Plastic Diameter (400 – 1000 mm) and RCC (1400mm) Excavation Depth Range 4.5 m (Maximum) Trench Width Range 2.5 m (maximum) Haulage distance 10 km average Man holes 119 numbers Shape Circular Types Brick masonry wall with plaster inside Bottom RCC Manhole cover Cast iron Spacing 30 – 60 m Access to site Can be accessed easily in all sites with existing road networks

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Figure III-5: Proposed Line 1, line 2 and line 3 alignment of SN03

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

F. Hydraulic Design of Sewers

67. The hydraulic design of the collector sewers is carried out by using Softwel Drainage Design (SWDD) software developed by Softwel Pvt. Ltd., Nepal. This software is considered suitable for modelling sewerage and drainage networks. The software uses Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet Environment. The macro programs have been written in Visual Basic Application (VBA) language with inbuilt solver application for the design of the gravity sewers and drains.

Table III-3: Summary of Sewer Length

Pipeline Diameter (m) Length (m) 0.4 to 1 1.4 Line 1 864 1103.5 1967.5 Line 2 713.3 713.3 Line 3 129.74 129.74 Total 1707.04 1103.5 2810.54

68. The excavation depth is a parameter which greatly determines the rate of sewer pipes laid by the contractor. The type of equipment and time required for excavation for sewer laying depends upon depth of the trench excavation. Larger equipment is required, more time is required to excavate the trench, and more safety precautions such as support beams which need to be placed are some of the elements burdening the contractor with time and monetary costs. Since the excavation depth is a parameter which greatly influences the cost of the sewers, this parameter was investigated in detail. Table III-4shows the length of the various pipe diameters with the depth‘s distribution of the excavation

Table III-4: Depth of Excavation S.N Diameter Depth of Excavation (m) Total Length (m) 2-3 3-4 4-4.2 1 0.5 125 125 2 0.6 100 100 3 0.8 572.34 572.34 4 1 909.7 909.7 5 1.4 300.5 766 37 1103.5 Total Length of Sewer 2007.54 766 37 2810.54

69. Out of the 2.81 km of the total sewer length, 2 km of sewers have 2-3 meters of depth of excavation,0.77 km has 3-4 meters and only 0.04 km has 4-4.12 meters depth of excavation. The smallest diameter collector sewer proposed is 500 mm while the largest diameter is 1400 mm.

70. For the 157.5 m stretch of Line 1 along the Patan Durbar Square, sewer pipe with diameter of 1.0 m will be laid.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

71. Existing pavement along the sewer line route are of various types. Such as black topped, stone paved, traditional brick and some portion is RCC type. Width required for excavation, footpath, existing pavement are given in table below.

Table III-5: Width of Excavation and Existing Pavement

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

G. Material Storage Area and Disposal Sites

72. Some nearby areas are selected for material storage, stockpiling of construction material area and disposal site. A list of the areas chosen for material storage during construction activities is given in Table III-6 and disposal of waste generated during construction activities is given in Table III-7. A map of the areas showing material storage site is also given in Figure III-6 and map of the areas showing disposal site is given in Figure III-7 below.

Table III-6: Material Storage Area

S.N Description Location Area (m2) 1 Hiring Place for material storage Sankhamul 1880 2 Material storage area Mangal bazar 420 3 Material storage area Mangal bazar 502 4 Material storage area Dhaugal 243 5 Hiring place for material storage Lagankhel 8489 6 Material storage area Jwalakhel 1000 7 Material storage area Purna Chandi 995

Figure III-6: Location of Material Storage area

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Table III-7: Disposal Sites

S.N Description Location Remarks

1 Disposal site Dhobighat WWTP About 6 km west of proposed area

2 Disposal site Kodku WWTP About 2 km east of proposed area

Figure III-7: Location of Disposal Sites

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

IV. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

A. Physical Environment

73. Location. The proposed location of sewer network lies in the Lalitpur metropolitan city of Lalitpur district, popularly known as Patan. Lalitpur district covers an area of 385km2 and lies between 85°14' E and 85°26' E longitude and 27°22' N and 28°50' N latitude. There are 6 municipalities in Lalitpur district and the proposed location of sewer network lies in Lalitpur Metropolitan City. The service area lies in 6 wards of core city of Lalitpur district which have mostly higher density of population. The district is bounded by Kavrepalanchowk in the east, Makwanpur in the west and south and Kathmandu and Bhaktapur in the north. BagmatiRiver serves as boundary between Lalitpur and Kathmandu district.

74. Climate. The climate of the district ranges from subtropical in the valley basins to temperate/cool temperate in the hill region. Lalitpur district has a climatic featurethat is generally mild, warm and temperate. Summers are very hot and winters are cold. The average maximum and minimum temperatures for the district as a whole are 23.6°C and 7.0°C. The district’s average annual precipitation is 1,232 mm.

75. Topography. The district has two important physiographic features-river valley basins and ahill region. The river valley basins below 1,500 m above sea levelare located mainly in the northern part of the district. This physiographic region covers anarea ofabout 174sq.km (45%ofthe total area). The hillregion above 1,500m, coveringabout 211sq.km (55%ofthe district area), lies inthe central-south part ofthe district. About 45 percent of the total area is under cultivation, including bothhill-slope and valley cultivation.

76. Geology and Soil. In Latitpur Metropolitan city, the Kalimati and Chapagaun formations are predominant. The Kalimati formation is grey-to-dark silt clay and clayey silt. Organic clay, fine sand beds, and peat layers are commonly found. SM silty-sand soil layers intercalated with silt or clay layers are often found from 5 to 15 meters down. Such layers are prone to liquefaction under moderate to high intensity earthquakes. The Kalimati formation surrounds the Jawalakhel and Lagankhel hills, which are located in the Chapagaun formation. At Jawalakhel Chowk, a soil investigation conducted by the Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA) under the Study on Earthquake Disaster Mitigation in Kathmandu Valley, 2000-2001 found a non-liquefiable soil profile of good strength capacity. Most of the soils with moderate to high liquefaction potential are to be found along riverbanks, in the so-called recent flood plains.

77. River System. The district is drained by the Bagmati, the main river, and its tributaries such as the Godavari, Nakkhu, Kolkhu, Tunga, Thokre, Duriung and Manohara. The proposed area from Lagankhel bus stand to Sankhamul does not comprise any river system except Bagmatiriver at the end point connecting proposed sewer network to Bagmati Interceptor.Bagmati River serves as boundary between Lalitpur and Kathmandu district.

78. Road Typologies. While the project length is relatively modest at 2.8km, the built environment along the right-of-way varies from wide industrial streets to narrow lanes to the

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

World Heritage Site core zone and tourist area. For the purpose of the IEE and project design, these were classified into three area types in order to develop tailored excavation methodologies that are appropriate for each zone given in the figure below:

Area Type 1 Area Type 2 Area Type 3 Industrial, wide roads Residential, narrow Heritage zones, fragile roads buildings

The general routes where The narrow road of width The World Heritage Core the road is wide 4.5 to 6 m 3.5 to 4.5 m, low risk of Zone, any areas at high risk or greater and space is archaeology or fragile of archaeological finds, or available for accessing buildings. areas with fragile buildings. machines, and little risk of (e.g. Patan Durbar Square) archaeological finds or fragile buildings

Figure IV-1 : Classification of Area

79. Fragile buildings. Outside of the WHS core area, many buildings in the project area and buffer zone were damaged that to this day remain fragile. Appendix IV of the IEE provides an inventory of 12 buildings in poor condition assessed by the structural engineer that are found along the project alignment. None of these are within the core heritage zone. An assessment was carried out by the structural engineer to determine appropriate vibration limits for zones with fragile buildings and heritage structures based on international good practices and the project context. This assessment is included in the IEE Annex XVI, and vibration limits included in the EMP and Annex 1 of the HIA.

B. Biological Environment

80. The proposed location of 2.8 km long sewer network is situated within the core city area of LMC that is a densely populated area. The project area lies in the temperate zone and comprise of grasses, vegetation and shrubs. Based on the site visit and consultation of public outcomes different types of locally found flora and fauna are Bakaino (melia azedarach), Peepal (ficus religiosa), Aasare phool (lagerstroemiasps), Jureli (Pycnonotus cafer), Dhukur (streptopelia chinensis) and Kag (corvus splendens). A UN park is situated close to the Bagmati River bank where proposed sewer network connects with the Bagmati interceptor. The UN park has been maintained as a beautification park and greenery area

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 and mostly comprises Eucalyptus sp, Jacaranda sp, and Cinnamomumsp (camphor). The project area does not lies in any ecological sensitive area. However, no trees will be affected and the core city area does not comprise any forests, national parks and protected area within the proposed project alignment.

C. Socio-Economic Environment

 Urban Activity

81. The core area sewerage network package proposed within the heart of the Lalitpur city where existing sewerage network needs to be upgraded and new sewerage networks is to be constructed in order to cater domestic sewage as well as storm water into the treatment plant before disposing it into natural water body. The proposed locations are situated at the centre of the Lalitpur area with the ring road where population density is very high with narrow road width and with busy traffics all the day.

82. Lagankhel, Kumaripati, Mangalbazar, Mahapal, Bangalamukhi Durbar Square area are the busiest locations of Lalitpur District with narrow road and dense population with traditional residential area rich in social and cultural resources. Most of the road within the area is blacktopped and some sections are stone paved. Patan Durbar Square area situated close to Mangal Bazar which is a historical site and is also listed in UNESCO World Heritage Site and with significant number tourists visiting every season every year. The area comprises old places of Malla dynasty including cultural and archaeological sites such as Krishna Mandhir (Temple) and Bhimshen Temple are the most significant sites situated within the Durbar Square. All the area within the Durbar Square is paved with brick stone. Whereas, other areas adjoining the Durbar Square area are paved with flagstone. Such flagstone is continued from Mahapal area to Bangalamukhi temple area from where the alignment has been proposed. The proposed area from Mahapal to Bangalamukhi temple can also be considered as a historical and archaeological area.

83. About 157.5 m sewer line passes through Patan Durbar square one of the UNESCO world Heritage Site. The square floor is paved with red bricks which need to remove to lay sewer line. Several temples and monuments situated within the vicinity of Patan Durbar Square was damaged by earthquake 2015 and rehabilitation work is ongoing.

84. Similarly, Lagankhal Bus Park, Patan Hospital etc, is also core area of Lalitpur. These areas are highly and densely populated. These areas are considered as the main economic hub with daily crowds and significant number of shops. These junctions are an old economic hub where significant number street vendors with food, vegetables, cloths and other daily commodities are available. Such activities are similar in the other major area such as the crowded street between Lagankhel to Mangalbazar where flow of people is significant from morning to evening every day. These areas have been occupied by street vendors for their livelihood as road side market.

 Social and Household Profile

85. Demographic Composition: There are 54,581 households in Lalitpur Metropolitan City. The total population is 220,802 of which 113,781 and 107,021 are male and female,

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 respectively; average household size is 4.05 (Census, 2014). A detail of wardwise HHs and their population in the service area is tabulated below.

Table IV-1: Ward-Wise Population SN Ward Household Total Male Female 1 5 1516 6404 3152 3252 2 9 3484 13908 7385 6523 3 11 1010 4458 2237 2221 4 12 1342 5891 3064 2827 5 15 3480 13858 6999 6859 6 16 858 4362 2156 2206 7 19 1774 7385 3779 3606 8 20 1978 7721 3958 3763 Total 15,442 63,987 32,730 31,257 Source: Ward Profile of LMC 86. Social Classification: The caste composition of project beneficiaries is heterogeneous. Project beneficiaries are divided into different caste/ethnic compositions, such as Brahmins, Newar, Chhetri, Tamang and Magar. In the LMC, majority of HHs are Newar who are considered as advanced indigenous people group.

Table IV-2: Caste and Ethnic Composition of LMC Caste Total Male Female Chhetree 31923 16283 15640 Brahman - Hill 27438 14570 12868 Magar 11637 5737 5900 Tharu 3539 2155 1384 Tamang 17041 8651 8390 Newar 88927 44094 44833 Musalman 2002 1360 642 Kami 2470 1368 1102 Yadav 1594 1143 451 Rai 7490 3545 3945 Gurung 4164 1983 2181 Damai/Dholi 687 351 336 Limbu 2873 1324 1549 Thakuri 1602 796 806 Sarki 557 267 290 Teli 1133 775 358 Chamar/Harijan/Ram 161 120 41 Koiri/Kushwaha 501 367 134 Kurmi 203 153 50 Sanyasi/Dashnami 771 406 365

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Source: CBS, 2011 87. Religion: Lalitpur’s present demography is very cosmopolitan in which Newars, the indigenous people of Kathmandu, still comprise a large segment of the population followed by Bramhin and Chhetri. Other ethnic groups like Sarki, Damai, Dalit, etc. are in minority. But now many ethnic groups are migrating from other districts of Nepal and found mixed ethnic groups in Lalitpur. Lalitpur’s culture has been inspired by the convergence of Hindu and Buddhist. Hindu and Buddhist are the main religion with Christian and Muslims as minors.

88. Age: The economically active age group between 15 to 59 years constitutes about 70.28 % of the total population of LMC.The other main age group 5 to 14 years is about 21.81% and 60 years over groups constitute about 7.91%.

Table IV-3: Age Group Age group Male Female Total % Total population of LMC 0-4 25249 22902 48151 21.81 15-60 80364 74820 155184 70.28 220802 Above 60 8168 9299 17467 7.91 Source: CBS, 2011

89. Literacy Status: Literacy rate of LMC is 87.37%. In term of number male are literate than female. Table below presents the details.

Table IV-4: Literacy Status Gender 5yrs and Can read can read cannot Literacy Literacy rate above and write only read and not write stated Male 106908 99343 1352 6186 27 92.92 Female 100927 82241 1984 16662 40 81.49 207835 181584 3336 22848 67 87.37 Source: CBS, 2011

90. Employment: The economy of Lalitpur district is based on trade, commerce, and manufacturing industries (e.g., carpets, garments and sculpture). Other important sectors are agriculture, education, transport, hotels and restaurants. Tourism is also a key component of the Valley’s economy. However, in the rural areas, the economy is still based on agriculture. Lalitpur has developed as a centre of trade links with India and Tibet (People’s Republic of China). The main export commodities are ready-made garments, woollen carpets, woollen and pashmina goods, and handicrafts

91. There are no direct impacts on the structures and shop but 18 old structures, 4 small temples that lies at the both side of the road might be at risk. These structures are already damaged by earthquake 2015 and standing on supports of wood and metal pillars. The numbers of permanent shop that lies both side of the road is 525. Numbers of Vendors identified are 63 in numbers. The project construction activities will not disrupt shop and vendors permanently.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

92. Land Use.The proposed project area comprises residential and commercial area and classified as mixed land use covers the largest part the Lalitpur Metropolitan City, comprising 673.06 hectares.

 Infrastructure

93. Drinking Water. Total number of HHs in Lalitpur district is 54,581. Different sources are used for the purpose of drinking water. The main source of drinking water is tap/piped water. Out of total population 33,378 (61.15%) HHs has access to drinking water supplied by Government of Nepal. In addition, supply of drinking water facility is available throughout the project alignment. Some HHs also depends on covered well/kuwa as well as on tube/Hand pump. Others details are tabulated below.

Table IV-5: Source of Drinking Water S.N Source of Drinking Water Number 1 Taped/Piped Water 33378 2 Tube Hand pump 801 3 Covered well/ Kuwa 6045 4 Uncovered well/Kuwa 940 5 Spout Water 2708 6 River/Stream 38 7 Others 10242 8 Not stated 429 Source: CBS, 2011

94. Toilet Facility. The majority of households (about 81%) in the districts have toilet facilities. Most of the households’ toilets do not have septic tanks and they are directly connected to the sewerage lines that discharge waste to the nearby river.

Table IV-6: Households by Type of Toilets S.N Description of HHs Number 1 HHs without toilet 113 2 Flush Toilets 50947 3 Ordinary Toilets 3061 4 Not stated 460 Source: CBS, 2011

95. Surface Drainage, Sanitation, and Sewerage. Storm water especially during monsoon season in the project area mixes with sewer and overflows existing manholes rendering flooding at Mahapal and Mangalbazar area. The sewers of Lalitpur are largely a combined sewer/drainage system. For many years, reports on Lalitpur sewerage have highlighted the value of separating storm water and sanitary sewage, but the process has not yet started. The increased use of plastic bags has also worsened the problem as plastics frequently clog the drains.In addition, throughout the project alignment, there is presence of sewerage network with 129-manhole.

Table IV-7: Existing Water Supply Pipes with their Diameter (Chainage Wise)

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Line Chainage Diameter From To Line 1 0 + 000 0 + 225 GI 50 and CI 250 0 + 225 0 + 631 SI 125 0 + 631 0 + 864 GI 80 and GI 50 0 + 864 1 + 109 GI 50 1 + 109 1 + 337 CI 250 and GI 50 1 + 337 1 + 395 CI 250 1 + 395 1 + 959 CI 80 Line 2 0 + 000 0 + 864 CI 80 Line 3 0 + 000 0 + 225 CI 200 and CI 250 Note: GI – Galvanised Iron, CI – Cast Iron

96. Existing sewer manholes along the proposed alignment are presented in the following table.

Table IV-8: Number of Existing Manholes and its Type along the Project Alignment Line Chainage Number of man hole chainage wise From To Line 1 0 + 000 0 + 225 0 + 175 to 0 + 200 (2) 0 + 225 0 + 631 0 + 200 to 0 + 250 (6) 0 + 631 0 + 864 0 + 300 to 0 + 325 (2) 0 + 864 1 + 109 0 + 350 (1) 1 + 109 1 + 337 0 + 375 (1) 1 + 337 1 + 395 0 + 400 (1) 1 + 395 1 + 959 0 + 425 to 0 + 450 (1) 0 + 469 (1) 0 + 545 (2) 0 + 575 to 0 + 600 (1) 0 + 631 to 0 + 675 (5) 0 + 700 to 0 + 750 (3) 0 + 750 to 0 + 789 (5) 0 + 837 to 0 + 864 (3) 0 + 900 (1) 0 + 920 (1) 0 + 932 to 0 + 957 (4) 1 + 007 to 1 + 032 (2) 1 + 057 to 1 + 082 (1) 1 + 190 (1) 1 + 395 (1) 1 + 458 (1) 1 + 598 (1) 1 + 959 (2) Line 2 0 + 000 0 + 864 0 + 160 to 0 +210 (2) 0 + 310 (1) 0 + 320 (1)

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Line Chainage Number of man hole chainage wise From To 0 + 340 (1) 0 + 350 (1) 0 + 360 to 0 + 385 (2) 0 + 385 to 0 + 410 (3) 0 + 425 to 0 + 465 (10) 0 + 479 to 0 + 510 (2) 0 + 543 (3) 0 + 549 to 0 + 579 (3) 0 + 600 (1) 0 + 604 to 0 + 644 (8) Line 3 0 + 000 0 + 225 0 + 102 to 0 + 225 (2) Source: Survey 2018

97. Electricity. Not all households in the valley have electricity, but the overall proportion of households connected to electricity is high at roughly 95%. Based on the District Profile of Lalitpur District 2011about 97%, of households have electricity facility. However, electricity facility is available to every household within the project area. In addition, there are 120 number of electric poles along the project alignment.

98. Health Facilities. Kathmandu is the centre for all types of health services (general medicine, surgery, heart care, orthopaedic care, kidney care, dental care, children’s care, eye care, mental care, neurology, etc.). The number of health facilities owned by the Government or provided by local and international NGOs and the private sector is relatively higher (and with better services) in Kathmandu than in Lalitpur and Bhaktapur districts. However, the ratio of health institutions to the population served for 1: 4,119 in Lalitpur. Patan Hospital is one of the prominent hospitals situated very close to the project area.

99. Communications. Nepal Telecommunication (NTC) has established several underground and above ground cable line along the proposed alignment.

100. Utilities in the World Heritage site Core Zone. A survey of existing infrastructure services and utilities in Patan Durbar Square was carried out as part of the engineering design work. The proposed pipeline right-of-way through Patan Durbar Square (as well as roads in the buffer zone) has already been excavated several times in the past for the installation of various services and utilities, and include two telecom chambers, two water supply pipelines, and two concrete sewer lines with manholes.

D. Cultural Heritage Environment

101. Among the three cities of Kathmandu valley, Lalitpur municipality is the most ancient city dating back some 2000 years and best known for its artistic heritage. It is probably one of the oldest Buddhist Cities in the world. The city is surrounded by 4 Stupas as 4 corners, one at each corner of its cardinal points. These Stupas are said to have been built by the famous Emperor Ashoka, though this is unconfirmed – these Stupas are some of the most elegant architectural treasures of which Patan prides itself. The LMC is full of Hindu temples

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 and Buddhist monuments with bronze gateways, guardian deities and wooden carvingsred.

102. Patan Durbar Square World Heritage Site. Patan Durbar Square is included as one of seven monument zones in the overall Kathmandu Valley UNESCO World Heritage Site. The Kathmandu Valley WHS was established in 1979, placed on the List of World Heritage in Danger in 2003 and after intensive planning and establishment of the Integrated Management Plan was removed from the danger List in 2007. The boundary of the monument zone and buffer zone was modified slightly in 2006, and approved by UNESCO in August of that year. Figure IV-2shows the most recent boundary, with the WHS core zone indicated within a thick black line and the buffer zone in a dashed line. The project alignment is shown in red.

Figure IV-2: Patan Durbar Square World Heritage site and Buffer Zone

103. This square consists of what is said to be the best preserved Malla period palaces and temples, with the majority constructed in the 16th and 17th centuries. There are fine pagodas and Shikhara-style temples, stone statues and unique artistic Newar architecture. This diversity of the mediaeval culture that allowed both Hinduism and Buddhism to flourish has left a rich legacy of impressive sightseeing.

104. The Square floor is tiled with red bricks that are modern materials, from approximately 20-25 years ago7, but in keeping with the heritage character of the site. The main temples

7 Discussion with Kathmandu Valley Preservation Trust, 05 February 2019. 37

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 are aligned opposite of the western face of the palace. The entrance of the temples faces east, towards the palace. There is also a bell situated in the alignment beside the main temples, and the Square also holds old Newari residential houses.

105. The main attraction of Patan Durbar Square is the ancient Royal palace. It consists of three main courtyards (Mul chowk, Sundari Chowk and Mani Chowk, Narayan Chowk). The north-eastern corner of the Mul chowk is the 3 storied octagonal temple of Taleju Bhawani built by King Shree Niwas Malla in 1667. The Sundari Chowk holds in its centre a masterpiece of stone sculptures popularly known as Royal Bath, between central Mul chowk and Mani Keshab Narayan Chowk lies a temple of Degu Taleju looking out into the Main Square. The former royal palace complex is the centre of Patan's religious and social life and houses a museum containing an array of bronze statues and religious objects.

 Archaeology

106. Patan Durbar Square is a site that developed over time – the current layout of open space and standing monuments only developed in the past few centuries, but its history and civilizations are much older and have been covered over time. Therefore, understanding the risks to archaeology, or “subsurface heritage” is a critical element of the HIA and protecting the heritage of Patan Durbar Square. This was done through (i) a desk review of an archaeological study done in 2016, (ii) geophysical investigation of the project site, and (iii) establishing zones at risk of potential chance finds and developing procedures for working in those zones. Detailed findings of this investigation are found in the HIA, Section 4.5. The study found that risks of damaging subsurface archaeology are minimal. The extensive subsurface survey in key segments of the WHS core and buffer zone, including Patan Durbar Square, has found segments where conditions could indicate archaeology, but in the WHS these are below the project’s maximum excavation depth of 3.0m and the risk of disturbance is minimal. The survey found two areas in the WHS buffer zone where conditions could indicate archaeological remains at a depth that intersects with the project’s excavation.

 Intangible Heritage

107. The project area is a major source of intangible cultural heritage as well, given its importance as a site for major festivals celebrated by local people. The Rato Machhindranath Chariot festival is one of the major festival of the Lalitpur District that is celebrated during the month of April/May. Similarly, Krishna Janmastami is another major festival celebrated during the month of August/September. The festival celebratesworshiping the Lord Krishna, and significant numbers of devotees visit Krishna Temple situated at PatanDarbar Square area. Other festivals include BhimsenJatra, MatiyaJatra, Gai Jatra, Janai Purnima.

Table IV-9: List of Major Festivals S.N Name of festival Affected Months Affected alignment Nepali English 1 RatoMacchindranathJatra Baisakh April/ May Pulchowk-Gabahal-Sundhara- Lagankhel-Iti – Kumaripati- Jawlakhel

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

S.N Name of festival Affected Months Affected alignment Nepali English 2 Krishna Asthami Shrawan/ August/ Inside Mangalbazar Bhadra September 3 BhimshenJatra Shrawan July/August Mangalbazar-Sundhara- Okhubahal- Tangal- Kumbeswori- Mangalbazar 4 MatiyaJatra Shrawan July/August People visit whole Patan area for puja organized by Gabahal (Patan) 5 GaiJatra Shrawan- August Throughout the alignment Bhadra 6 Janaipurnima Shrawan- August Patan Durbar Square - Bhadra Baglamukhi Source: Field Survey, June 2018

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

V. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

108. Environmental impacts on the physical, biological, and socio-economic and cultural environments during design, construction, and operation phases are discussed here in detail together with the mitigating measures. Most of the impacts will be localized, not greatly significant, and relatively small during construction and operation. The laying of sewerage pipe line is lie along the existing road tracks and the laying of sewers will be done in the RoWs of existing roads and that will be ultimately connected to manhole at river banks which will cater to sewerage treatment plants. The details of the anticipated environmental impacts in the physical, biological, socio-economic and cultural environments during the design and construction phases of the project are presented here under in the following sections. The summary of the anticipated environmental impacts and the corresponding mitigation measures are shown in the EMP table below.

A. Design Phase

109. One of the most important activities before construction is the identification of the likely adverse impacts and their mitigation measures before construction works commence.

110. Integrating Safeguards in Design Specifications. Identification of camp sites, construction material storage yards, spoil disposal sites, procedure of trench excavation maintaining safety, traffic management, barricades both temporary and permanent prior to construction is important to prevent or minimize impacts. Hence it is necessary to incorporate Environment Management Plan into the project design, as well as in bidding documents. The design and specifications should consider minimum impact upon existing utilities, direct impact upon physical cultural resources, and safety during excavation, pumping and management of existing sewer line outcomes, avoid air, water, land and noise pollution during the time of construction. During the preparation phase, the land areas required by the project should be demarcated and sign posted accordingly. Consultation with affected communities should be conducted and due notifications to any interruptions as a result of construction should be provided in a timely manner.

111. Employment. An employment policy that avoids depriving the local communities of opportunities should be prepared to prevent tensions and dissatisfaction. The local people, especially the project-affected families and women above the age of 16 (Children’s Act 1992), should be given first preference in employment. Wages should be settled based on the District Wage Evaluation Committee resolution or guidelines and the list of employees submitted to the Design and Supervision Consultant.

112. Letters of Approval and Agreements. Approvals are required for the following: (i) temporary acquisition of land and properties for use by contractors, (ii) construction along cultural and archaeological temples and areas, such as at Mangalbazar, Patan Durbar Square

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 from the Department of Archaeology, (iii) digging of roads from the concerned municipalities. Archaeological and cultural sites within the core city are located in areas where sewer improvements are planned. Written permission was obtained from the Department of Archaeology on 13 June 2018, per The Ancient Monuments Preservation Rules 2046 (1989), Section 4.1.1 (paragraphs 190 to 192).

113. Cultural Heritage. The project design phase included the following actions and activities related to identifying and minimizing impacts on cultural heritage:

 Bidding documents finalized based on comments and requirements of ADB and the government;  An expert-guided HIA on affected heritage sites was carried out;  Mitigation measures developed that will be used during the project implementation phase, consistent with the recommendations of the HIA and existing management plan being adopted by the government for the Patan Durbar Square WHS,  Construction specificationsdeveloped for the project area that are consistent with the recommendations of the HIA  Chance finds procedures developed and approved by the Department of Archaeology.

B. Pre-construction Phase

114. Contractor Mobilization. Immediately after award of contract, the contractor shall undertake all pre-mobilization works in order to ensure impacts are avoided on natural environment and man-made structures specific to different sections of the subproject alignments, including any disturbance to existing customs, movements and way of life of local people in the different sections of subproject alignments. No mobilization and civil works shall be undertaken unless the following have been complied with by the contractor:

 Develop a site-specific EMP (SEMP) that is approved by PID for each section of the subproject alignments (e.g. section for the Patan Durbar Square area) based on the results of HIA and EMP of this IEE. Sectioning of the subproject alignments shall be based on common but contiguous environmental features and attributes along said alignments; and  Develop a Traffic Management Plan covering all areas along the subproject alignments, in coordination with local traffic police.Contractor shall have traffic management plan in place prior to the excavation.  Develop a Health and Safety Plan that is approved by PID.  Undergo a training conducted by PID and Department of Archaeology for working in sensitive heritage areas, including excavation methods and chance finds procedures.

115. Waste Disposal Site Identification. PID shall identify an approved disposal site for excess spoils and wastes expected to be generated during construction activities. The proposed disposal site is the ponds in Dhobighat Treatment Plant or any suitable place as decided by the

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 engineer. Detail information with map is given in Chapter III (Section G). The final disposal site will be finalized and approved by the DSC and PID during preparation of the Contractors S- EMP.

116. Baseline photographs of the construction areas along the core city area from Lagankhel to Mangalbazar, Patan Durbar Square area and along the line 2 that would be impacted will help the project in identifying/justifying/verifying the adverse impacts due to construction activities (e.g. cracks in houses, earthquake damaged houses, restoration of temporary sites to their original condition, etc.).

117. Worker accommodation. Haphazard construction of camps for workers without basic amenities could result in social stress and the degradation of the local environment. Therefore, it is very important that these camps be provided with sanitary amenities at designated areas. As Nepal has no standards regarding the number of ablution blocks to be constructed in temporary labour camps. Standards for workers accommodation pertaining to “Workers’ accommodation: processes and standards A guidance note by IFC and the EBRD” 2009 will be followed by contractor. However, it is anticipated that most of the labour in city will be local people who will not stay in the camps.

C. Construction Phase

118. Environmental impacts due to project construction shall be mitigated by strictly implementing the measures in each SEMP developed as described in preceding sub-section above (Pre-Construction Phase). Each SEMP shall provide, among others, the specific mitigation measures for applicable environmental impacts discussed in this sub-section (Construction Phase).

Physical Environment

119. Instability due to Excavation. Impacts likely to occur from the improvement and construction of sewerage systems will include trench excavations and topsoil stripping, which may induce trench wall collapse and severe damage to the foundation of existing physical structures. This is will be an issue particularly along the alignment with narrow width and market areas where sewer pipes will be installed. The excavation along the core area from Lagankhel to Mangalbazar could impact old buildings, some of which were damaged by the devastating earthquake 2015. Deep excavation along the line 2 will be more challenging during the laying of sewer pipes due to existing narrow road width of 3.5 meters. Deep excavations along the road may lead to temporary closure and prevention to locals in their daily activity and movement of traffic due to confirmed space. Collapse of trench, caving, damage to nearby structures etc. along the proposed alignment could occur during the excavation without adequate shoring.

120. Foundation of old monuments within the heritage site could be damaged if the excavated trench along the heritage area filled with rain water. Excavation of trench shall be avoided during rainy days and seasons all along the project area. Shoring shall be applied regarding site

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 condition to avoid any sort of collapse and maintaining safety of lives and property. Proper personal protective equipment shall be provided to all labourers during the time of construction. Proper barricade and signage boards shall be installed during excavation to avoid unauthorized person entering into the construction site. Shoring shall be in place in each excavated trenched along the alignment. Excavated materials shall be handled properly; which shall be loaded to dump truck and shall be taken to temporary disposal site. The excavated material shall not be stored along the excavated trench.

121. Detailed excavation methodology has been developed for each of the three Area Types based on street typologies described earlier in the IEE (Table V-1). The methodologies, which specify day and night works, vibration limits, machine or manual digging, etc are included in Annex 1 of the HIA and the EMP, and included in the bidding documents.

Table V-1: Excavation Methods by Area Type

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

 Excavation will be carried out during the night time as far as possible.  Vibration limit of 50 mm/sec Peak Particle Velocity. Frequency limit of not less than 10Hz.  Any archaeological artifacts identified during trench excavation will follow the Procedures for Archaeological Chance Finds. Area Type 2 Excavation method WHERE: Residential areas, narrow lanes.  The excavation of trenches for pipelines shall be done half mechanically and half manually using appropriate equipment.  Small equipment and vehicle will be used especially small JCBs for excavation, small tipper trucks, compactor vibration machine etc.  Hand ramming is proposed for compaction and small vibration machine is allowed in these areas but must not exceed vibration limits.  Vibration limit of 10 mm/sec Peak Particle Velocity. Frequency limit of not less than 10Hz.  The excavation of trench will be carried out for every 8 to 25 m for at least one DWC pipe to be installed.  Excavation will be carried out during the night time as far as possible. Area Type 3 Excavation method WHERE: WHS Core Zone, Archaeology risk zones, fragile building zones  The excavation of trenches for pipelines shall be done full manually using appropriate equipment.  Hand ramming or small vibration machine where unavoidable is allowed in these areas, and must not exceed vibration limits.  Vibration limit of 5 mm/sec Peak Particle Velocity . Frequency limit of not less than 10Hz.  The excavation of trench will be carried out for every 8 to 10 m for at least one DWC pipe to be installed unless otherwise specified by the engineer.  Excavation will be carried out only during day to more easily identify chance finds. Pipe installation and site reinstatement may proceed at night time if required.  Equipment and heavy machines will not be used for trench excavation or compaction within the heritage site.  Excavation work will be carried out in piece meal approach.  Excavation work along the Patan Durbar Square will be carried out in presence of a representative from DoA. No excavation work will be executed in absence of representative from the Department.

122. Land and Air pollution due to Collection, Storage and Backfilling of Excavated Materials. During excavation of trench; excavated materials will be directly loaded to dump truck/disposal vehicle and will take to temporary disposal sites. No excavated materials will be piled along the trench and along the road side near the excavated trench. Contractor will be responsible for preparing spoil disposal management plan to identify temporary disposal sites within the 10 km periphery from the proposed sewer alignment and will be responsible to get approval from the engineer as well as from land owner. A preliminary disposal site has been

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 identified at the Dhobighat Wastewater Treatment Plant, but will be confirmed by PID and DSC during preparation of the Contractor’s S-EMP. Vehicle with excavated materials will be covered with tarpaulin sheet to avoid air pollution during transportation. Temporary disposal site should also be cleared and rehabilitated after piled excavated materials used for backfilling. Contractor will be responsible to mitigate other likely impacts due to temporary piling of excavated materials such as air pollution along the alignment and within the temporary disposal sites. Further, contractor will be responsible to mitigate impact upon any physical resources due to such activities.

123. Water and Land Pollution. Water and land pollution could occur by improper storage of construction aggregates, hazardous toxic materials, lubricating oils. Moreover, during the construction period water logging on the trench excavated can pollute the ground and surface. Furthermore, the existing drainage and drinking water pipe may be damaged by excavation work, which may result mixing of drainage with drinking. This will cause contamination in the existing drinking water supply.

124. Pollution of land and water could also be mitigated by observing proper storage of construction aggregates, hazardous toxic materials, lubricating oils, and segregating and disposing of chemical containers, packaging materials, plastic bags, etc. Used oil and lubricants should be recovered and reused or removed from the sites. Safe storage areas for fuels and lubricants should be away from any drainage leading to water bodies. All fuel use areas (e.g., generator) must have drip basins installed to prevent any leakages and recycled. All fuelling, repair, and maintenance work should be done on a concrete surface provided with a catch tank that can be cleaned and all spilled fuel recovered and recycled. Provision of training on the safe handling of toxic materials and occupational health and safety measures during construction could help in mitigating many of the adverse impacts mentioned above.

125. Air and noise pollution. Dust is likely during the time of construction and excavation and will be significant adverse impact to the ambient environment. Earth excavation, construction materials stockpiling, drilling, and plying of vehicles will produce dust (TSP, PM10), noise, and vibrations. Plying of trucks on non-metallic roads will produce huge amounts of dust that can deteriorate the air quality and increase the noise levels to above 90 dB and also have impact upon old buildings and houses with the operation of excavators during excavation of trench.

126. The permissible level for road traffic noise is 70 dB. Mitigating measures to be employed include the following: (i) dust suppression on roads or at open sites by sprinkling water as required at regular intervals; (ii) covering earth stockpiles using plastic sheets or cement jute bags; (iii) routine monitoring of sound and vibrations at regular intervals; (iv) limiting vehicle speeds and banning power horns; (v) seeing that vehicles comply with the National Vehicle Mass Emission Standards, 2056 BS; (vi) fitting of mufflers in vehicles to control noise; (vii) regular maintenance of vehicles; (viii) prohibiting the construction activities and construction vehicles between 7 p.m. and 6 a.m. in residential areas; (ix) compensating the damages caused by vibrations to buildings, structures, temples and monuments and (x) providing ventilation in confined working areas.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

127. Vibration. Use of machinery for excavation and compaction could cause ground vibration that could impact fragile buildings and/or heritage structures. An assessment was carried out during the design phase by a structural engineer to determine appropriate vibration limits for zones with fragile buildings and heritage structures based on international good practices and the project context. Each of the three Area Types has maximum vibration limits based on this study, which is included in IEE Appendix XVI and in the EMP. In the Patan Durbar Square area and other highly sensitive areas (Area Type 3), only manual digging and compaction are allowed.

128. Disturbance to Locals due to the Stock piling of Construction Materials.Stockpiling of construction materials might not be possible within the core areas. Hence; construction materials shall be brought into construction areas as and when required. No any stockpiling areas shall be developed within the core area with might cause disturbance to local traffic, movement of locals and producing dust nuisance.

129. Damage to Existing Underground Utilities such as Water Supply Pipelines, Sewerage Pipelines, Electric cables and Telephone Cables etc. Existing underground utilities will be damaged during excavation. Such underground utilities are existed all along the proposed alignment. Significant amount of utilities is existed right after the Patan Durbar Square from chainage 0+864 Swotha to chainage 1+109 Gahiti. The underground utilities within that chainage include cable line, sewer line, water supplypipelines etc.Contractor will pre-inform the locals belonging to such infrastructure before dismantling likely affected infrastructures. Contractor will also be responsible dealing with relevant authority if any sort damage is likely to be occurred.

130. Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA) has already been contacted in this regard and has ensured that the authority will manage alternative lines for the supply of electricity even the underline electric cables will be dismantled during the time of construction.The dismantled electric cable lines will be reinstated during construction in coordination with NEA. The project will be responsible for the rehabilitation cost for electricity cables.

131. Similarly, existing cable lines of telecommunication will also be dismantled. Nepal Telecommunication (NTC) has also been coordinated in this regard. NTC ensured that the office is going to enhance its service along the excavated trench line replacing existing cables with optical fibre. The NTC has ensure that it will be an opportunity for NTC in upgrading the service and capacity and cost for optical fibre shall not be bearded by the project. The project will be responsible only of the reinstallation and civil works in this regard.

132. Moreover, any damaged existing water supply pipelines will be replaced after the laying of sewer line. Adequate potable tank water will be supplied to the affected houses in coordination with KUKL during the time of construction and excavation of trenches. Existing sewer line will also be dismantled during excavation. Temporary system for the collection of household sewer will be established before trench excavation and laying of sewer pipes. The

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 existing sewer from the houses along the working area will be tapped and diverted to functional manholes. Pumping method will be established for the diversion of existing sewer. The detail methodology has been established in specification - Diversion of existing sewer flow.

133. Damage to Existing Physical Structures such as Electric Poles, Telephone Poles, Cable Poles, Telephone Booths, Residences and Houses. Construction activities likely to have adverse impacts on community services and infrastructure. Any adverse impacts (e.g., cracks in buildings and structures during trenching, use of rollers for compaction and drillings) on community assets such as, temples, electricity poles, telephone lines, drinking water pipes, sewerage lines, roads, etc. shall be mitigated, compensated, reinstated, or relocated to the satisfaction of the community. Mitigation is to be done through coordination with respective authority, LMC, LM- Ward offices, and the local people. Further, construction contractor will carry out environment friendly construction works; however, contractor will be responsible for any damage to infrastructure such as electricity poles, cable lines, telephone booth etc. above ground level.

134. Stone Paved Road Surface. The heritage character of the WHS core and buffer zones could be affected if site reinstatement is done without due consideration of paving materials that will be removed during excavation, including traditional red bricks in Patan Durbar Square and flag stones in parts of the buffer zone. Where possible, paving stone shall be unearthed without affecting its shape and size and properly stored during the time of excavation in the designated location and shall be repaved after completion in its original form satisfying the requirement of DoA, which provided specifications on the type of traditional bricks that must be used for repaving. These have been included in the construction specifications. Construction and excavation work including rehabilitation within he Heritage site will be carried out only in presence of DOA representative. Further, all the area shall be rehabilitated after completion of laying of sewer pipe line. Flagstone pitching shall be carried out in all the areas meeting satisfactory of the locals where it is existed. Manhole covers will be consistent with the current design of manholes in Patan Durbar Square, which is also included in the specifications.

135. Vulnerable structures. Contractor will be responsible to take care for the existing old vulnerable houses as well as structures of cultural importance situated close to the road alignment (listed in IEE Report Appendix-IV and Due Diligence Report) which are likely to be affected due to project activities. Contractor is responsible to produce applicable methodology for the protection of vulnerable physical structures together with construction methodology and should get approval from LMC and engineer prior to construction activity. In addition, trench excavation should be carried without affecting such structures and hence shoring should be applied along the excavated trench to protect the foundation of such vulnerable structures. Further, shoring should also be applied to the building and structures above the ground which are vulnerable to damage during the time of excavation. Shoring should be applied to all vulnerable buildings and residences prior to excavation. Contractor shall be responsible to reinstate structures that are affected due to construction activity. These areas are subject to vibration limits as set by the structural engineer for Area Type 3.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

136. Traffic management. Existing traffic conditions will be affected significantly with the excavation of trench along the core areas of Lalitpur. The traffic from Lagankhel to Mahapal area via Patan hospital will also be significant in order to maintain traffic during day time. Traffic congestion and temporary disruption to local access due to open trenches, excavation across roads, or road closures due to construction could have impacts on pedestrians and economic activities. To mitigate these, contractor shall have traffic management plan in place prior to the excavation. As such, Contractor shall implement the traffic management plan developed at the pre-construction phase which includes, among others, the following:

 Use of steel plates or other temporary materials across trench facilities in key areas such as footpath;  Excavation to be carried out according to the methods in Table V-1, depending on Area Type.  Arrangement for pedestrian access and sidewalks and parking areas;  Proper arrangement in congested or heavy day-time traffic areas;  Arrangement for onsite “grievance handling”;  Trench closure and rehabilitation as quickly as feasible;  Coordination with the Traffic Police Division, the authority in charge of traffic management; and  Obtaining permission from the Department of Roads for digging in the main urban roads and from the municipalities for digging in inner urban roads.

137. Land Pollution due to Generation of Construction Waste. Haphazard disposal of spoil materials may create dust nuisance, disturbances to the existing drainage lines, and changes to the existing land use practices. Mitigation measures to be used are spoil disposal at designated and stabilized sites, compaction of the backfill of excavated areas including replacement of topsoil, avoiding work during the rainy season as much as possible. Excavated trench shall be properly rehabilitated after backfilling. All the excavated spoil and construction materials shall be removed completely from the construction area to avoid dust that may generated with the plying of vehicle along backfilled trench. The excavated trench shall be compacted and rehabilitated properly. Moreover, all the pave stone shall be unearthed without affecting its shape and size and properly stored during the time of excavation in the designated location and shall be repaved after completion of laying of sewer pipes and backfilling of excavated trench.

138. Generation of Dust due to Improper Rehabilitation. During rehabilitation of trench generation of dust particles (PM10, TSP and others) will lead to air pollution, which may cause health impact to the local inhabitants. Sprinkling of water shall be carried out during compaction ofexcavated and immediate rehabilitation of trench should be done and reinstated in its previous conditions.

Biological Environment

139. All the project component lies in urban area along the existing road of project sites. So,

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 clearance of tree and vegetation is not required. Mitigation measures consist of the following: (i) providing LPG/kerosene to the workforce at labour camp; (ii) disposal of construction materials and solid wastes generated from the camps into the rivers shall be prohibited.

Socio-Economic and Cultural

140. Damage to Old houses and Structures with Support. There are significant number of old houses within the core city area of LMC and 12 fragile buildings were found adjacent to the project right-of-way. Excavation of trench may lead to vibration undermining foundation of the old housed situated along the road side. The mitigation measures include the following: (i) apply of shoring above ground level to protect old houses avoiding its collapse (ii) establishment of a "grievance redress committee”; (iii) restoration of temporary sites to their natural or stable conditions as agreed with the land owners; (iv) making sure that the proponent reports in writing that temporary areas have been vacated and restored to pre-project conditions before acceptance of the works; (v) provision of disturbance and rehabilitation costs to local businesses; (vi) protection of the traditional rights of the local people; (vii) establishment of a technical committee to assess the compensation for damages caused by vibrations of construction equipment and vehicles (photographs of the damaged structures should be taken and compared to the baseline photographs taken before construction). Excavation in the areas with fragile buildings shall be subject to vibration limits specified for Area Type 3 excavation.

141. Damage on Community Services and Infrastructure. Construction activities could have adverse impacts on community services and infrastructure. Any adverse impacts (e.g., cracks in buildings and structures during trenching, use of rollers for compaction and pneumatic drills, and unusable access roads) on community assets such as, temples, electricity poles, telephone lines, drinking water pipes, sewerage lines, roads, etc. will be mitigated, compensated, reinstated, or relocated to the satisfaction of the community. Mitigation is to be done through coordination with concerned utilities personnel and the local people, detailed design drawings, geotechnical testing in sensitive areas, and traffic management and emergency response plans. When excavating trenches for the installation of new sewers in heritage sites manual labour shall be employed and the use of mechanical equipment avoided.

142. Social disharmony due to Influx of Outside Workers. Alcohol abuse, gambling, and other social disharmony are likely to occur in the labour camp and construction site. There will be an influx of workers to the project site with their immediate family members. This can increase crime and social stress, create unwanted congestion, and exert pressure on the limited local resources. The mitigation measures to be carried out consist of prohibiting gambling and alcohol consumption in construction camp sites; instructing the outside workforce to respect the local cultures, traditions, rights etc.; and providing security in the camps.

143. Occupational Health and Safety. There could be adverse impacts on the health and hygiene of the workers due to unsafe working conditions, accidents, fire hazards, transmission of communicable diseases etc. To mitigate these adverse impacts, mitigation measures include implementation of an occupational health and safety plan to include international best practices

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 on occupational health and safety such as those in Section 4.2 of World Bank EHS Guidelines on Construction and Decommissioning Activities.8 As minimum and whichever are applicable, the occupational health and safety plan prepared by the Contractor and approved by DSC and PID shall ensure the following:

Communication and Training  Training of all workers on occupational health and safety prior to construction works;  Conduct of orientation to visitors on health and safety procedures at work sites;  Signages strategically installed to identify all areas at work sites, including hazard or danger areas;  Proper labeling of equipment and containers at construction and storage sites; and  Suitable arrangements to cater for emergencies, including: first aid equipment; personnel trained to administer first aid; communication with, and transport to, the nearest hospital with an accident / emergency department; monitoring equipment; rescue equipment; firefighting equipment; and communication with nearest fire brigade station;

Physical Hazards  Use of personal protective equipment by all workers such as earplugs, safety shoes, hard hats, masks, goggles, etc. as applicable, and ensure these are used properly;  Avoidance of slips and falls through good house-keeping practices, such as the sorting and placing loose construction materials or demolition debris in established areas away from foot paths, cleaning up excessive waste debris and liquid spills regularly, locating electrical cords and ropes in common areas and marked corridors, and use of slip retardant footwear;  Use of bracing or trench shoring on deep excavation works;  Adequate lighting in dark working areas and areas with night works;  Rotating and moving equipment inspected and tested prior to use during construction works. These shall be parked at designated areas and operated by qualified and trained operators only;  Specific site traffic rules and routes in place and known to all personnel, workers, drivers, and equipment operators; and  Use of air pollution source equipment and vehicles that are well maintained and with valid permits;

General Facility Design and Operation  Regular checking of integrity of workplace structures to avoid collapse or failure;  Ensuring workplace can withstand severe weather conditions;  Enough work spaces available for workers, including exit routes during emergencies;  Fire precautions and firefighting equipment installed;

8https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/3aa0bc8048855992837cd36a6515bb18/4%2BConstruction%2Band%2BDeco mmissioning.pdf?MOD=AJPERES

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

 First aid stations and kits are available. Trained personnel should be available at all times who can provide first aid measures to victims of accidents;  Secured storage areas for chemicals and other hazardous and flammable substances are installed and ensure access is limited to authorized personnel only;  Good working environment temperature maintained;  Worker camps and work sites provided with housekeeping facilities, such as separate toilets for male and female workers, drinking water supply, wash and bathing water, rest areas, and other lavatory and worker welfare facilities; and  Maintain records and make reports concerning health, safety and welfare of persons, and damage to property. Take remedial action to prevent a recurrence of any accidents that may occur.

144. Excavation of trench along the narrow street shall be carried out very carefully. Shoring should be applied while excavating trench along the core residential areas where road width is not more than 4.5 meters. Manual excavation shall be applied instead of using mechanical equipment to avoid vibration and collapse of trenches in sensitive areas. Manual excavation should be carried out especially at the confined space applying proper mitigation measures such as applying of shoring during excavation. Contractor will be responsible in maintaining emergency plan to avoid or mitigate any likely accidents. The potential occupational health and safety impacts or hazards are likely during the time of construction and mitigation measures for the laying of sewers. Before construction begins, the contractor will inform and provide training to its workers on occupational health and safety and mitigation measures to be used during construction.

145. Contractor will place 2 numbers of environment health and safety (EHS) officer to safeguard environment, health and safety as well as safeguard excavation site at heritage area during the time of construction. The officers will be responsible to implement EMP and recommendations of Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA) and continue monitoring and supervision of project area throughout the project period till its completion. EHS officer will also be responsible in providing trainingsin Nepali with hand-outs distributed and information posted in conspicuous places. As most of the workers would be uneducated, pictorial presentations depicting the hazards and the mitigation measures should be used during the training. Appropriate signage providing safety messages including restrictions to public access need to be erected at construction sites. All personal protection equipment will also be provided to labour workers and will make comply to wear such apparels during the time of construction. Contractor will also make available all time stand by emergency vehicle at site to handle emergency situation. Moreover, contractor will be responsible to have prior contactwith a medical institution or hospital in case of emergency.

146. Impact on Community Health and Safety. The contractor should be aware of the adverse health and safety impacts of the construction works on communities along the construction areas. However, the contractor will be fully aware upon the health and safety impacts upon the adjacent communities during the time of construction. To mitigate these impacts, the contractor shall implement a community health and safety plan following

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 international best practices on community health and safety such as those in Section 4.3 of World Bank Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines on Construction and Decommissioning Activities (footnote 8). As a minimum and whichever is applicable, the community health and safety plan shall ensure the following:

 Implementation of risk management strategies to protect the community from physical, chemical, or other hazards associated with sites under construction and decommissioning;  restricting access to the site, through a combination of institutional and administrative controls, with a focus on high risk structures or areas depending on site-specific situations, including fencing, signage, and communication of risks to the local community;  removing hazardous conditions on construction sites that cannot be controlled affectively with site access restrictions, such as covering openings to small confined spaces, ensuring means of escape for larger openings such as trenches or excavations, or locked storage of hazardous materials;  implementing measure to prevent proliferation of vectors of diseases at work sites;  provision of adequate space and lighting, temporary fences, shining barriers and signage at active work sites;  preparedness in emergency response; and  adequate dissemination of GRM and contractor’s observance and implementation of GRM; and  upon availability, local people should be given an opportunity for work in the subproject activities.

147. As most of the workers would be uneducated, pictorial presentations depicting the hazards and the mitigation measures should be used during the training. Appropriate signage providing safety messages including restrictions to public access need to be erected at construction sites.

148. Discomfort to Locals and their Daily Movability. Excavated trench shall be backfilled within a short period after laying of sewer pipeline. Safe and easy accessibility of local people plying the existing road shall be maintained. Proper rehabilitation of excavated trench shall be carried out by the construction contractor as the core areas are densely populated. Further, significant number of shops, hotels and restaurants are existed within the core areas. Excavation of existing road will have direct impact upon economic activities of the local people. Excavation and construction activity if took long time for completion will have severe impact upon locals due to inaccessibility, likely accidents, safety and security issues etc. Further discomfort to local street vendors and their livelihood is likely due to delay in completion of construction work.

149. Working space will be very confined due to narrow road width and movement of construction vehicles will also be very difficult in such core areas. Construction and excavated trenched shall be backfilled within a short period of time. Long period disturbance within the

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

core Lalitpur area will have significant impact upon local’s day to day movement and will also have impact upon local economic activities. Excavated materials will be loaded directly todump truck and dispose at temporary location to reuse the same material for backfilling.

150. Discomfort to Daily Waste Management from Collection to Transfer of Solid Waste Generated from Households. Lalitpur Metropolitan City has been collecting and transferring of solid waste generated from core area. All the wastes generated within the core area have been collected early in the morning. The excavation activities will not have easy access to waste collection vehicle and hence will have difficulty in managing solid wastes generated from the locality during the time of excavation. Mitigation measures to be used are backfilling of excavated trench to the extent possible after the laying of sewer pipes and avoid excavated trench unattended. All excavated trench shall be barricade avoiding easy accessibility in order to maintain safety.

151. Social Problem due to Labour Camp and its Management. Establishment of camps within the core area shall be avoided. Labours will be accommodated in a rented property. Mitigation measures to be used include providing designated areas with collection of bins for wastes generated by the workers, providing toilet facilities and prohibiting open defecation. Contractor shall negotiate with locals to allow construction workers using their toilet during the time of construction. Pollution of land and water could also be mitigated by observing proper storage of construction aggregates, hazardous toxic materials, lubricating oils, used tyres, and exhausted batteries; and segregating and disposing of chemical containers, packaging materials, plastic bags, etc.

152. Provision of training on the safe handling of toxic materials and occupational health and safety measures to labourers during construction could help in mitigating many of the adverse impacts mentioned above.

153. Employment of workers from the local communities will mitigate some of these effects. Besides, the contractors will need to enforce strict rules for the behaviour of the workforce hosted in the camps. The following measures will be adopted and applied for construction and removal of the camps.  Permission for camp areas must be obtained in writing from the respective owner of rented property.  Labour camp should be constructed following SPS 2009 ADB and IFC Accommodation Guideline.  Suitable latrines and other sanitary arrangements at the camps and sites where work is in progress shall be made available to the personnel.  Access tracks and the camp area shall be sited to cause minimum disturbance.  Only kerosene, gas or other suitable energy sources will be allowed for cooking. Use of firewood will be strictly forbidden.  Safety rules will be applied and firefighting equipment be provided. Proper signage boards shall be installed in order to maintain safety.  Movement of personnel shall be restricted within workers’ camps, construction sites.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

 All rubbish (except for oils and other mechanical or chemical waste) shall be buried or removed. Organic waste shall be buried. Non-organic waste shall be removed from the site.  Waste oils, chemicals and mechanical waste shall be stored temporarily near camp and shall be disposed safely. Further, solid waste generated from the labour camp shall not be disposed directly into the Bagmati River.  The generated wastes from camp shall be collected and disposed into the municipal waste outside the park area. The contractor shall coordinate with the local waste collector or municipal waste collector for the proper management and disposal of solid wastes generated from the camps and offices during the time of construction, and this shall be continued during the time of operation. Health services, first aid kits and regular health checks shall be provided to labourers.

154. Discomfort Local Street Vendors and Livelihood. Approximately 63 numbers of different street vendors are identified along the proposed alignment, especially from Lagankhel to Mangalbazar area. Improvement and upgrading of sewer network along the alignment will have direct impact upon street vendors. However, they will be informed one or two weeks prior to the excavation so that the street vendors could manage their business alternatives for couple of days during the time of construction.

155. Impact upon Economic Activities of Local Businesses. To avoid or limit the disturbance to the least extent possible, contractors are required to maintain access to shops; mitigation measures are also incorporated into their contracts and are monitored by the construction supervision consultants. Economic impacts to businesses along the sewer routes are expected to be temporary if works done at daytime. To avoide and/or mitigate contractors will be required to maintain access to shops during trenching (metalplanks, spaces, etc.). Prior to construction, contractors and design and supervision consultant (DSC), with the assistance of the community participation consultants, will be required to provide atleast one to two weeks advance notice, along with an awareness campaign involving local area committees (Tole committees).

156. Good traffic management planning and implementation, and maintaining access to shops during the construction period, as outlined in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) should be strictly followed. Some mobile hawkers and vendors, including those with stalls and temporary structures, will be assisted by contractors in moving to alternative locations during the short period of construction. They will also be allowed to return once the area is declared complete of construction.

157. Impact upon Tourism and Heritage Site, Patan Durbar Square Area. Approximately 157.5-meter length of brick pavement of Patan Durbar Square Area will be excavated with the laying of sewer pipeline. No monuments or temples situated within the heritage sites are likely to be affected, though it is possible that water supply to the Manga Hiti water spout could be disrupted if pipes are damaged during excavation. The construction works will be implemented as per the specifications outlined in the HIA and bidding documents without disturbance to daily

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 activity and a representative from the Department of Archaeology shall be available compulsory during excavation.

158. Consistent with the recommendations of the HIA, the following methods, among others, shall be applied for the excavation with the 157.5-meter segment in Patan Durbar Square:  Manual excavation - Equipment and heavy machines will not be used for trench excavation within the heritage site;  Works to be carried out during daylight hours;  Access to temples and other sites (or alternative access) to be provided, and contractor’s work plan must factor in festivals and daily/periodic rituals;  Excavation work will be carried out in piecemeal approach. A maximum of 50- meter length will be excavated for one excavation. All excavated trench will be back filled properly and rehabilitated prior to further excavation;  Any archaeological artefacts identified during trench excavation will follow the chance finds procedures outlined in HIA Annex 3;  Excavation work along the Patan Durbar Square will be carried out in presence of a representative from Department of Archaeology. No excavation work will be executed in absence of representative from the department; and  Excavation along the heritage site will be carried out in accordance with the specificatios outlined in the Area Type 3 excavation methods.

159. Impact upon Local Temples. Significant number of cultural sites and temples are located along the proposed sewer network alignment which was damaged by the devastating earthquake during 2015. Excavation could impact upon the foundation and structures of such cultural sites and temples. Contractor will be responsible to document properly for the status and condition of all cultural sites and temples and shall be responsible to maintain photographic documentation prior to excavation. Contractor will be responsible to rehabilitate if any physical cultural structure damaged due to excavation of trench. Contractor will ensure the safety and security of such cultural structures. Locals and LMC authority will be responsible for the monitoring of all such likely impact during the time of construction. DSC will be monitoring all the construction and excavation works to avoid impact upon existing temples and cultural sites.

160. Chance finds of archaeology or artifacts. Project area within the Lalitpur Metropolitan City has a rich and varied cultural heritage, including many temples, ghats, stupas, and shrines. There is a risk that any work involving ground excavation could uncover and damage archaeological and historical remains. If there are any chance finds, work has to be stopped immediately and chance finds procedures followed, which can be found in HIA Annex 3. Construction and excavation work within the World Heritage Core Zone will be carried out following the recommendations of the HIA and in the presence of a representative/s from Department of Archaeology at all times. An Archaeology Expert Committee has been formed, chaired by the DoA, which will oversee any works in the Core Zone and convene in the case of chance finds or other heritage related issues. The contractor must also have a qualified archaeologist as part of their staff.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

161. Impacts upon Local Festivals and Cultural Practices. As the Patan area is rich in intangible heritage (e.g. festivals, rituals, cultural practices); construction of the proposed package may disturb various festivals in different months around the year as well as daily/periodic rituals and cultural practices. Contractor shall follow festival calendar to avoid impact upon local festivals. For example, blockage of road especially at Mahapal, Mangalbazar, Iti chowk will have severe impact upon Rato Machindranath Chariot festival during the month of April/May. Similarly, there are other major festivals and cultural practices within the proposed project area. Alternative access to temples, shrines, and other important sites must be considered during the construction phase.

D. Operation Phase

162. Hazards to public health due to overflow flooding and groundwater pollution due to failure of the sewerage system could have adverse impacts on human health and the environment. The system will have to be carefully designed and operated. The project design should include stand-by generators (the diesel generator is the second backup power). Floods, earthquakes, and storms can also damage collection systems and equipment. Having emergency response procedures can save lives, prevent diseases, and minimize environmental and property damage. The ERP should be developed in coordination with all the key stakeholders, including the Executing Agency (EA), project implementation units, consultants, contractors, and other key government organizations. A modified ERP Template can be achive from www.rcap.org.

163. Discharge of hazardous materials and illegal disposal of waste into existing sewerage line could damage the proposed wastewater system and will be dangerous to workers. It is important to ensure that the existing HHs do not illegally discharge their effluents into the sewer system. Regulations should be developed and enforced by the Ministry of Forest and Environment to control illegal waste discharges into the sewers. A trade waste policy, including setting discharge criteria from industries, needs to be developed.

164. Sewer cleaning staff will be at risk of communicable diseases. KUKL should ensure that the operation and maintenance staff of sewerage system are fully aware of the hazards by training them in hygiene procedures to avoid infection from wastewater, sludge handling, and health and safety procedures against exposure to hazardous gases. Workers should be inoculated against infectious diseases and kept under medical supervision. Emergency procedures need to be developed by KUKL and protective clothing to sewer cleaning workers, including safety showers at the WWTP sites, should be provided.

E. Potential Environmental Enhancement Measures

165. Potential environmental measures that shall be taken by KUKL before the project commences are training and awareness programs on health, occupational health and safety measures, and community health and safety to the general public. Sufficient human resources should be trained in maintaining the sewerage systems and treatment plants. The efficiency

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 level of the treatment plants should be recorded by regularly monitoring the wastewater characteristics. All wastewater treatment plants should have a basic laboratory for the analysis of wastewater and a dedicated, trained, and qualified laboratory technician.

166. There are many environmental youth clubs in Kathmandu Valley. They should be mobilized to observe the sewer system in their areas and report problems like overflows to KUKL. By 2010, there were 4,321 youth services affiliated or registered with the Social Welfare Council: 130 from Lalitpur. Out of the registered 30,284 NGOs working in the environmental protection sector 69 are from Lalitpur.

167. The project is an opportunity to gain greater understanding of earlier architectural phases and settlements in Patan Durbar Square. While many studies have been done on the architectural history, relatively little is known about the past settlements that lie underneath the project area. If archaeological remains are indeed discovered, the excavation can document the archaeology that other infrastructure projects may have damaged or ignored.

F. Cumulative Impacts

168. The project activities would take place in existing road rights-of-way that have already been subject to prior excavation. The main cumulative impact assessed would be an additional contribution of dust emissions to the already severe air pollution problem in the Kathmandu Valley, however the project excavation is small in nature and will involve mitigation measures to reduce dust pollution.

169. While the project would require excavation in a World Heritage Site, the HIA found that the Outstanding Universal Value of the site would not be at risk due to the project, and in fact the project would benefit the site’s heritage value through reduced flooding of contaminated stormwater. This finding was concurred by the Department of Archaeology and UNESCO.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

VI. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

170. As part of preparing the IEE, an alternatives analysis was carried out to examine technical, financial and implementation feasibility of the best possible design option for the SN- 03 pipeline to (i) reduce flooding in the Patan Durbar Square World Heritage Core Zone, especially storm water contaminated with wastewater, and (ii) ensure that execution of pipe- laying works is technically and financially feasible given the dense and complex built environment including heritage assets. While the project is a Category B, which does not require an alternatives analysis (as per ADB, SPS requirement), this assessment was undertaken to fully examine all possible design options given the complexity of the core area.

171. A do nothing option was assessed, as well as the following four design options: Option 1: Single line passing infront of Patan Durbar Square Option 2: Pipeline that bypasses Patan Durbar Square to the east Option 3: Pipeline that bypasses Patan Durbar Square to the west Option 4: Combined option of bypass to the east and west

Within these options, different technologies were also assessed but deemed technically infeasible due to space constraints and construction risks: (i) The possibility of using trenchless technology was considered in Options 2, 3, and 4, which was found to be technically infeasible due to insufficient space required for movement of machinery. (ii) A downstream below-ground pumping station for Option 1, to reduce any overflows in Patan Durbar Square due to a backflow effect during heavy rains. Two optimal locations were assessed, both of which have insufficient space for the equipment and construction of the civil structure. This also requires deep excavation (9.5m) which could risk damage to adjacent buildings.

172. This section presents a summary of the alternatives analysis, and the full analysis can be found in IEE Volume II.

A. Summary of Options

 Without Project Option

173. Mangalbazar, Mahapal and Patan Durbar Square area are considered as core area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City, which has rapidly changed into highly urbanized area. Higher population density, increased impervious area and poor sewerage system has introduced flooding problems, damage to the properties (including the foundation of the heritage building) and inconvenience to the travellers in the core area especially in Mahapal and around the Patan Durbar Square. The area has been flooding in every monsoon season due to poor storm water drainage of that area. The existing sewer network dysfunction due to substantial ingress of storm water that mixes with sewage during heavy storms, blocking all the sewer networks, and the area gets inundated. Without the project, the existing system will not be able to

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 accommodate wet and dry weather flows, and flooding during every monsoon season will continue to occur. This option was not analysed further given the risks to public health, safety, and cultural heritage assets. Option 1: Single Additional Pipeline through Patan Durbar Square

174. Option 1 consists of three main sewer lines where Line 1 (shown as the red line in Figure VI-1: Map of Option 1 below) would include a 157.5m segment that passes directly through the Patan Durbar Square walkway (segment shown with the red circle), part of the World Heritage Core Zone, which is closed to vehicular traffic but heavily used by pedestrians. Two older sewer lines already exist in this segment, one on the right side and one on the left side of the walkway, and the proposed larger diameter pipe for combined wastewater and stormwater would be installed in the center at a maximum depth of 3m in this segment. Pipe size would be 1m diameter double-wall corrugated plastic pipes (DWC). The design would accommodate dry weather flows as well as combined storm water and wastewater flows in the wet season. The walkway is approximately 6m wide.

Figure VI-1: Map of Option 1

Option 2: Eastern Bypass

175. Option 2 would avoid construction in the Patan Durbar Square walkway. It starts from Mangal Bazaar Chowk towards Saugal on the East of Patan Durbar Square ( Figure VI-2: Map of Option 2– purple line). At Saugal, the route will follow towards North until it reaches to Neuta. The route turns towards West and It comes in front of Bhimsen Temple.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Figure VI-2: Map of Option 2

176. Road width ranges from 2.5 m to 6.1 m. From Mangal Bazaar to Saugal, the road is blacktopped with road width of 5.0- 6.1 m. From Saugal to Neuta, the road is concrete paved with 2.8- 6 m wide. There exists the drainage system of an existing old traditional stone spout at a depth of 4 m. About half of the roads (125m) along this section are narrow (2.8 to 3.3 m wide). Again half of the road from Neuta to Bhimsen Temple is concrete paved with road width from 2.3 to 4.1 m. And the proceeding half is stone paved with road width of 2.6- 4.5 m.

177. Option 2 would increase the contributing area for sewage by 12.8 ha (see the red polygons in Figure VI-3: Map of Option 2 Catchment) with increase in dry weather flow of about 0.04 m3/s and storm water of about 1 m3/s. This additional catchment area would require larger pipes than Option 1, not only on this stretch but also downstream to accommodate the additional flows.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Figure VI-3: Map of Option 2 Catchment Option 3: Western Bypass

178. Option 3 would also avoid construction in the Patan Durbar Square core zone. The bypass would start from Mangal Bazaar Chowk towards Mahapal to the West of Patan Durbar Square (Figure VI-4: Map of Option 3) Just 100 m west from Mahapal, the route turns north at the Chowk 1 and it passes through Dhaugal until the Chowk 2 to meet the road of Nagbahal. At this junction, it turns back to East. It meets the route from Patko near Golden Temple and goes towards Swotha Chowk where it meets the original main sewer Line 1 shown in the Option 1 design.

179. From Mangal Bazaar to Chowk 1 the road is blacktopped with road width ranging from 5.9 to 6.6 m. Half of road from Chowk 1 to Chowk 2 (about 100 m) is wide concrete paved but the preceding half of this section is narrow concrete paved having road width 2.1- 4.5 m. Along this section almost 60 m road is very narrow of 2.1 to 2.5 m. At Chowk 2, there is a small open temple on the corner. From Chowk 2 to Golden Temple the road is blacktopped with 2.9-3.8 m wide road.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Figure VI-4: Map of Option 3

Option 4: Combined Eastern and Western Bypass

180. Option 4 is the combination of Option 2 and Option 3, with bypass lines both to the east and west of Patan Durbar Square Figure VI-5: Map of Option 4. The option was considered largely in order to analyse if smaller pipe sizes could be used.

Figure VI-5: Map of Option 4

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

B. Findings and Selected Option

181. The analysis found that the best possible option is to route the pipeline in front of Patan Durbar Square (Option 1) due mainly to (i) pipe sizes in other alternative routes would need to be larger, necessitating reinforced concrete pipes whereas the selected alignment could use smaller-diameter plastic pipes, (ii) alternative pipeline routes to the east or west would involve segments with narrow streets that cannot accommodate the required excavation depth nor equipment needed for large concrete pipes, and (iii) trenchless technology was also examined for these two alternative routes, which was found to be technically infeasible due to insufficient space required for inlets and outlets of the machinery. Options 2, 3, and 4 were found to pose significant construction-related risks as well due to narrow residential/commercial streets requiring deep excavation (i.e. more than 4m) and heavy equipment, which would be risky in terms of both fragile buildings as well as accessibility by vehicles, residents, and tourists. Option 1 also had a significantly lower cost than all other options, about 8.5 times less than Option 2, 6 times less than Option 3 and 11 times less than Option 4, with all options having similar results for hydraulic function. A downstream below-ground pumping station for Option 1, to reduce any overflows in Patan Durbar Square due to a backflow effect during heavy rains. Two optimal locations were assessed, both of which have insufficient space for the equipment and construction of the civil structure. This also requires deep excavation (9.5m) which could risk damage to adjacent buildings.

182. For all options, dynamic flood modelling revealed that there will be some degree of flooding in the heritage zone for a flood greater than 5-year return period. However, given the technical constraints and safety risks with negligible difference in flood mitigation, the Government determined to proceed ahead with Option 1, which has an acceptable level of risk for both flooding and execution of the project. Design modifications were included to separate sanitary sewer flows from stormwater flows to the extent possible in order to prevent contamination during more intensive rainfall events.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

VII. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION

183. As part of the feasibility studies, an extensive consultation program with key stakeholders was carried out, in line with the requirements pertaining to environment and social considerations of ADB. The tools used for consultations were stakeholder workshops and meetings, interviews, structured questionnaires, and focus group discussions (FGD). These consultations provided inputs for identification of the felt needs of the communities, and the relevant stakeholders.

184. Businesses and Traders. During the business survey, business/shops of different core areas of cities were informed about the project activities such as replacement, rehabilitation, cleaning of sewer, separation of storm water drain and sewer, new laying of sewer etc. in the main road and inner roads of the cities. They were informed about the possible impacts such as disruption to the local inhabitants, and pedestrians during construction. During the business survey, the business owners and the shop keepers were informed about the possibility of disruption to the business and the survey was a preliminary activity to determine possible profit losses if full closure of the road was required during construction. They were informed that future public consultations and disclosures would be held regarding possible disruption to businesses and issues of compensation modality would be discussed. They were also informed that they will get more information about the project activities during topographical survey.

185. Local Leaders. Consultations were undertaken with key stakeholders about the project information; potential impacts and mitigation measures were assessed and discussed with stakeholders. The consultations helped in identifying the felt needs/concerns and priorities of the stakeholders. The following table provides a summary of consultations and discussions held with stakeholders.

Table VII-1Summary of Consultations

S.N Date Ward no Total Male Female Topic, Issue & Decision

1 2075.2.10 LMC 34 29 5 Presentation on DPR at LMC to different stakeholders 2 2075.2.23 LMC 2 Coordination meeting with different government agency 3 2075.03.11 5 11 7 4 Information dissemination of the project. Coordination with ward committee and local community members 4 2075.3.12 12 21 6 15 Information dissemination of the project. Coordination with ward committee and local community

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

S.N Date Ward no Total Male Female Topic, Issue & Decision

members

5 2075.3.12 19 15 11 4 Information dissemination of the project. Coordination with ward committee and local community members 6 2075.3.15 11 16 14 2 Information dissemination of the project. Coordination with ward committee and local community members 7 2075.3.15 9 28 23 5 Information dissemination of the project. Coordination with ward committee and local community members 8 2075.3.15 16 19 14 5 Information dissemination of the project. Coordination with ward committee and local community members 9 2075.8.2 12,19 & 34 30 4 Information dessimination of the 5 project. Coordination with ward committee and local community members 10 2075.10.27 LMC 20 16 4 Discussed on project impact and benefits and how to minimize the project impact during construction 11 2075.11.1 KVPT 1 1 Discussion of project; KVPT was (Country positive about project. Director) 12 2075.11.1 PDMMO 1 1 PDMMO Chief joined site visits, (Chief) PDMMO was positive about project.

186. Community Awareness. The PID will extend and expand the consultation and disclosure process during the detailed design stage and construction period of the project. A community awareness firm will be recruited to ensure ongoing consultations and public awareness during project implementation. Consultations at ward level has been carried out and further consultation with other stakeholder and locals will be continued. Community groups such as tole committees and vendor associations will be consulted and made aware of the civil works and project activities prior to construction.

187. Interaction/Meeting. Consultations meeting were conducted on 2075/10/27 and 2075/12/17 in LMC and on 2075/12/10 with the local people/stakeholders. The process was

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03 carried out by conducting interaction meetings amongst the local people/stakeholders, concerned ward and related officials/agenesis of the sub-project areas. The overwhelming response of the local people made the public consultation more interactive and road maintenance, road reinstatement, timely completion and regular monitoring of works are the major outcomes from the public consultations. The minutes of meetings are attached in Appendix XII.

188. Issue Raised. Opinion/Feedback of public required for the preparation of IEE report of Sewer Rehabilitation in the core city area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City was collected. The issues raised during focal group discussion /public consultation are addressed in different section of this chapter and in EMP table. The opinion/suggestions collected are listed in Table below.

Table VII-2: Issue Raised During Public Consultation and Focal Group Discussion

S.N Name Opinion/Suggestion

1 Raju Maharjan In present situation, it is highly necessary to improve Ward chairman LMC-9 the condition road from Mangalbazar to Gapuhiti. If the road cannot be improved then it is difficult to convince the public of this area. 2 Suprava Shakya Stone pavement should be made along the area of the heritage site as it is done in present condition. Project should be completed in time as it is necessary to satisfy the public otherwise it would be difficult to the concerned people. 3 Pancha Bajra The condition of sewer and drinking water within the Bajracharya Lalitpur Metropolitan City should be taken into consideration and work should be completed without creating any difficulties to the concerned people. 4 Nhuchhe Ram I request you to work efficiently to finish the project in time. Khadgi, ward no 19 5 Surat Malla, I hope for the successful completion of the SN03 Nepal Telecom office , project. Patan During the construction phase of this project, facilities given by Nepal Telecom to the public would be interrupted. So, considering this and the government revenue, it is necessary to run this project by side with NTC. Moreover, to continue to give the service of NTC, provision of additional budget is not available at present with NTC. Hence the additional budget would be incorporated for damaged line by project side. 6 Lalitpur Metropolitan City i. Design should be made considering the worst

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

S.N Name Opinion/Suggestion

office condition of site such as narrow road and in such situation construction methodology should be recommended for carrying out the construction activities. ii. For the safety of the people during the construction phase, hard cover fence and blinking light should be kept around the project area. Work schedule should be prepared considering the festivals according to Nepali, Newari and English calendar and also considering the ‘Visit Nepal 2020’. iii. As the section from Bhimsen temple to Sankhamul and Mahapal Iti road are tourist areas, there should be a provision for the pavement of the roads in that area should with high quality stone. iv. A maintenance manual containing maintenance plan, technology, and equipment should be recommended such that the project runs smoothly after the construction and completion of project. 8 Saru Rai (K.K Mart- The proposed project is good as storm water during rainy Department Store) season would also be collected in the sewer line. 9 Hari Humagain (K.K Please install the pipeline without giving much trouble to Mart- Cloth shop) the public people and with proper management. 10 Kalpana Silwal (K.K Work without generating dust particles and without Mart- Cloth shop) polluting air. Road should not be muddy. Road should be maintained in short period of time. There should be a provision of finishing the work sooner. 11 Sabita Nepal (Shoes Construction of sewer line is necessary as people who shop) come to worship face difficulties in rainy season. Many accidents occur yearly in the area around Krishna Mandir. So the construction work should be started fast. 12 Bijay Raj (Chirag Sewer line is not rehabilitated since Rana dynasty. So this Sweets) project is necessary. This is a good work.

13 Umesh Duwal The sewer line should be constructed in a way that lasts (Umesh store- Owner of for many years. Presently, sewer flows in front of our a house) house. 14 Bhawani Timalsina (MBS Big sewer line is a big necessity in this area. In rainy Fancy) season, the existing sewer line breaks and all the roads starts stinking. Hence the living of people is very difficult.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

S.N Name Opinion/Suggestion

15 Devraj Karki Big sewer line is a big necessity in Lagankhel area. The (Dev Cloth shop) existing sewer line gets over flooded during the rainy season. Due to this the water flows in the road like a river and the whole area gets disgusting smell. As a result, it is very difficult to run the shops. Hence the sooner the sewer line is constructed, it is much better. 16 Prachanda Raj Jibi Sewer line excavation and construction work should be (Cloth Shop) finished fast with generating dust particles. 17 Nutan Tamrakar Wastewater gets over flooded from manhole during rainy (Nutan Kitchen Store) season. Hence construction of sewer line is important. This project should be implemented as this project is for all. 18 Dipak Adhikari (Worship It would be better if the construction works is done at night Utensils shop) time. It is also better if the construction work is started after 2 years because the road has been blacktopped just few days earlier. We would not like to suffer again from the dust particles that would be created because of the excavation of the road. During the working period, it is hoped that the work is done as per the plan. 19 Narayan Lal Shrestha Water flows in the roads during the rainy season. Hence (Beans shop) the sewer line should be constructed. We are ready to face the difficulties that may arise during the construction period but the sewer line must be constructed. 20 Suresh Singh Manage the dust that would be formed. Black top the road (Gift shop- Owner of a again once the work is finished. house) 21 Sanu Hira Shakya/ Please manage the dust that would be blown during Sharmila Maharjan construction. (Owner of a house/ Owner of a Tailor Shop) 22 Bipin Bajracharya (Patan Work should be done without affecting the tourist visiting Durbar Square Museum) the place. 23 Prem Lama Sewer line should be constructed. Concerned authority (Art Gallery) says that the work would be done fast but in Nepal, the work always gets delayed. Hence please finish the project fast. 24 Dikesh Maharjan Laying pipe is a good work but as this area is a tourist (Tea Shop-Owner of the area, the construction work should be done in the night

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

S.N Name Opinion/Suggestion

house) time. I hope that this project don’t get delayed as the Melamchi project. 25 Yogendra Maan Sewer line is necessary. Bajracharya (Owner of a house) 26 Bishnu Limbu Sewer line is necessary but during the construction work, (Little City Kids School) the people of community and school should be concerned. And the work should be finished in estimated time. Many works is left without completion. Keeping this thing in mind, the work should be done and the roads should be black topped as it is now once the pipe laying work is finished. 27 Amit Shah The work should be done in the night time as far as (Bagmati Multi-Speciality possible and finish until morning so that our business does Clinic) not get affected. 28 Bharat Bhujel Sewer line is necessary. (Shoes Shop-Vendor) 29 Laxmi Shrestha (Vendor) Sewer line is necessary. Work should be done without blowing dust particles. It would be better to work in the night time rather than day time. If the public gets advantage with the construction of sewer line then we are ready to close the shop as well. 30 Krishna Bahadur Waste should not be thrown in the sewer line but people Shrestha (Vendor) throw waste there due to which the pipeline gets blocked and people face difficulties. 31 Subachandra Mandal It should be tried to finish the work as early as possible. (Mixed things Vendor) 32 Shahbaj Ansari The work should be in proper way and finished in time. (Chatpate/Paanipuri Vendor) 33 Babita Chitrakar Sewer line should be constructed and work should be (Handicraft Vendor) completed fast. Number of worker should be high and work should be done without the generation of dust particles. 34 Durga Dahal If the sewer line is important then we will find alternative (Chatpate/Paanipuri way and alternative place to open the shop. Vendor)

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

VIII. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

189. A grievance redress mechanism (GRM) will be established to receive, evaluate, and facilitate the resolution of affected people’s concerns, complaints, and grievances about the social and environmental performance of the project. The GRM aims to provide a trusted way to voice and resolve concerns linked to the project, and to be an effective way to address affected people’s concerns. The GRM for the project is outlined below and consists of four levels with time-bound schedules and specific persons to address grievances.

190. First level of GRM: The first level and most accessible and immediate contact for the fastest resolution of grievances are the contractors and supervision consultants on site. Prior to construction of any works, the community awareness consultants, DSC, and contractors are to hold local community meetings to notify the local residents and businesses of the temporary disturbance, and to inform them of the project. If a local area committee (LAC) exists, they should also be informed. If any complaints arise, the contractors, DSC, and PID can immediately resolve the complaints on site. The PID branch offices can also be involved in grievance redress at this stage. The KUKL hotline and PID office phone numbers will be posted in public areas within the project area and construction sites. Any person with a grievance related to the project can contact the project to file a complaint. The PID branch offices are staffed with a consumer relations officer to field and resolve complaints. The consumer relations officer or branch manager will document the complaint, and immediately address and resolve the issue with the contractor within 1-2 days, if the complaint remains unresolved at the field level. The branch manager may seek the assistance of the DSC safeguards specialists (the environmental specialist or social safeguards specialist) to help resolve the issue. The consumer relations officer or branch manager will notify the PID safeguards unit that a complaint was received, and whether it was resolved. The branch manager will fully document the following information: (i) name of the person, (ii) date complaint was received, (iii) nature of complaint, (iv) location, and (v) how the complaint was resolved.

191. Second level of GRM: Should the grievance remained unresolved, the branch manager will forward the complaint to the PID safeguards unit. The person filing the grievance will be notified by the consumer relations officer or Branch Manager that the grievance was forwarded to the PID safeguards unit. For resettlement issues, the resettlement officer will address the grievance; for environmental issues, it will be the environmental officer. Grievances will be resolved through continuous interactions with affected persons, and the PID will answer queries and resolve grievances regarding various issues, including environmental, social, or livelihood impacts. Corrective measures will be undertaken at the field level by the PID safeguards staff within 7 days. The relevant safeguards unit staff will fully document the following information: (i) name of the person, (ii) date complaint was received, (iii) nature of complaint, (iv) location, and (v) how the complaint was resolved.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

192. Third level of GRM: Should the grievance remain unresolved, the PID’s Project Director will activate the third level of the GRM by referring the issue (with written documentation) to the local Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) of KUKL, who will, based on review of the grievances, address them in consultation with the PID safeguards unit, Project Director, and affected persons. The local GRC will consist of members of PID, affected persons, and local area committee, among others determined to provide impartial, balanced views on any issues. The GRC should consist of around 5 persons. A hearing will be called with GRC, if necessary, where the affected person can present his or her concern/issues. The process will promote conflict resolution through mediation.

193. The local GRC will meet as necessary when there are grievances to be addressed. The local GRC will suggest corrective measures at the field level and assign clear responsibilities for implementing its decision within 15 days. The functions of the local GRC are as follows: (i) to provide support to affected persons on problems arising from environmental or social disruption, asset acquisition (if necessary), and eligibility for entitlements, compensation, and assistance; (ii) to record grievances of affected persons, categorize and prioritize them, and provide solutions within 15 days; and (iii) to report to the aggrieved parties developments regarding their grievances and decisions of GRC. The PID safeguards officers will be responsible for processing and placing all papers before the GRC, recording decisions, issuing minutes of the meetings, and taking follow-up action to see that formal orders are issued and the decisions carried out.

194. Fourth level of GRM: In the event that a grievance is not addressed by the contractor, DSC, branch office, PID, or GRC, the affected person can seek legal redress of the grievance in the appropriate courts, the fourth level of the GRM, which is the formal legal court system. The grievance redress mechanism and procedure are depicted in 195. GRC Composition. Below is the GRC members composition under the project: GRC Chairman - PID Director GRC Members:  LMC representative  Tole Community representative as AP’s representative  Appointed NGO representatives as independent party  KUKL/ KVWSMB/DSC (as relevant)

196. ADB Accountability Mechanism. In the event that the established GRM is not in a position to resolve the issue, the affected person also can use the ADB Accountability Mechanism (AM) through directly contacting (in writing) the Complaint Receiving Officer (CRO) at ADB headquarters or the ADB Nepal Resident Mission. The complaint can be submitted in any of the official languages of ADB’s DMCs. The ADB Accountability Mechanism information will be included in the KUKL/PID to be distributed to the affected communities, as part of the project GRM.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Figure VIII-1: Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM)

Note: DSC= design and supervision consultant, PID=project implementation directorate

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

IX. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AND MONITORING

A. Institutional Arrangement

197. The Ministry of Forests and Environment, (MoFE) is the main institution mandated to formulate and implement environmental policies, plans and programmes at the national level. Ministry of Water Supply (MoWS) is the executing agency responsible for overall strategic planning, guidance, and management of the project, and for ensuring compliance with loan covenants. Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited (KUKL) is the implementing agency, and the existing Project Implementation Directorate (PID) in KUKL is responsible for (i) project planning, implementation, monitoring, and supervision; (ii) reporting to KUKL Board of Directors, MoWS, and ADB; and (iii) coordination of all activities in the project. .

198. PID has already established a safeguards unit staffed with environmental, social, and legal specialists. Two consulting firms, design, supervision and management consultant (DSC) and community awareness and safeguard support consultant (CASSC) facilitate PID in preparation of IEE and implementation and supervision of safeguards-related works. The role and responsibilities of Institutional/organizational in environmental management are given in the Table below.

Table IX-1: Institutional/Organizational Responsibilities in Environmental Management Organization Roles and Responsibilities

Pre- construction phase Construction phase Operation phase

Ministry of Water  Review IEE document Review IEE Report Review bi-annual Supply (MoWS) and submit to donors; (i) to ensure EMP monitoring reports, approve IEE report, implementation and  Review design and (ii) effectiveness of the Annual site tender documents in implementation inspection order to examine measures and whether or not compliance mitigation prescriptions are included and instruct KUKL

Kathmandu Valley • Review final design and  Conduct frontline  Ensure smooth Water Supply tender documents and monitoring on operation of Management Board forward them to MoWS, mitigation treatment plants (KVWSMB)/ • Establish ‘Safeguard implementation  Regular and Kathmandu Unit/Utility Management (i) effectiveness timely UpatyakaKhanepani Coordination Sub- (ii) enhancement maintenance Limited (KUKL) and committee /appoint programs Projection Design and Supervision (iii) appoint Implementation Consultant (DSC) monitoring team Directorate (PID) • Select contractor, award (iv) ensure public and review participation

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

SEMPdocument (vi) environmental prepared by the Compliance and contractor and approve it  Prepare quality- monitoring report to submit to MoWS

Design and • Incorporate all provisions • Approval of Supervision of EMP in the final construction works Consultant (DSC) design, • Monitoring of the • Incorporate all mitigation contractor’s measures in the tender performance on EMP documents, implementation/ • Assist in site inspection mitigation during land intake, and effectiveness / impact • Baseline monitoring of monitoring air and receiving water • Instruct contractor for quality, noise level and corrective actions vibrations and overall • Impose fine/or null environmental status of payment in case of the project area. non-compliance and  Preparation of IEE • Conduct trainings and Report community awareness and periodic meetings with stakeholders and  Submit monthly and bi- annual progress reports, including monitoring results and mitigation activities

Construction  Monitoring of impacts on  Get permission to Contractor physical, biological and start work from DSC socio¬economic mobilization of environment in the “Environment, Health project area and Safety Specialist”  Conduct trainings and during construction community awareness  Ensure that all and periodic meetings prescriptions of EMP with stakeholders and are included in the  Submit monthly and bi- work activities annual progress reports,  Ensure employment including monitoring opportunities for the results and mitigation locals and maintain activities. records of employment, and submit to the Supervising Engineer  Carry out corrective measures as recommended by DSC  Participate in

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

monitoring and inspection  Provide training to the monitoring personnel, and  Submit monthly reports on EMP compliance to DSC

Project Affected Ward Cooperation and Monitoring, supervision, Support to PID in coordination in meeting coordination with PID operation and with stakeholders and supervision maintenance consultant

199. Role and responsibilities of different institutions during different phase of the project are presented in the following table.

Table IX-2: Institutional Arrangements S.N Phase Activity Responsible Institution

1. Pre- Preparation of IEE, Detail Design, cost KUKL-PID, Design and construction estimate, Tender and Bidding document construction supervision consultant 2. Pre- Coordination will all the related stakeholders Lalitpur Metropolitan City construction 3. Pre- NEA will cut electricity supply in the Nepal Electricity Authority construction underground electric cables prior to the (NEA) excavation NEA will decide for the side of the road for laying of electricity cables. 4. Pre- Temporary work- NTC will lay temporary fibre Nepal Telecommunication construction above the ground to continue the supply of NTC (NTC) service to likely affected area for temporary purpose.

5. Pre- Support in preparing cost estimates and Tender Patan Durbar Archaeological construction Document Office, Mangalbazar

Approval for excavation along the heritage area 6. Pre- Approval for the construction along the Department of Archaeology construction historical heritage site 7. Construction Daily monitoring of underground water supply KUKL-PID, Design and pipelines and utilities along the excavated construction supervision trenches consultant

Coordination and supervision of pipe laying works and support

8. Construction Monitoring and supervision Lalitpur Metropolitan City support and coordination with locals, wards, and other stakeholders.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

S.N Phase Activity Responsible Institution

9. Construction NEA will take all reusable underground Nepal Electricity Authority electricity cables and materials (NEA)

Daily monitoring of underground electricity cables along the excavated trenches and existing electric poles and other facilities above the ground level within the project area.

Make available and laying of underground cable in timely manner with coordination with sewer construction contractor.

10. Construction Existing underground copper wire will be Nepal Telecommunication damaged during excavation. NTC will collect all (NTC) the existing underground cables and existing facilities above the ground level within the project area.

Daily monitoring of underground cables along the excavated trenches

Make available and laying of underground cable in timely manner with coordination with sewer construction contractor. 11. Construction Monitoring and supervision during the time of Patan Durbar Archaeological excavation and laying of sewer pipes. Office, Mangal bazar

Dealing with archaeological issues if arose during construction. 12. Construction Monitoring and supervision during construction Department of Archaeology along the heritage site & resolving any archaeological issue arose during construction 13. Operation Cooperation and coordination with LMC and KUKL-PID other stakeholders while required for combine maintenance work. 14. Operation Cooperation and coordination with stakeholders Lalitpur Metropolitan City while required for combine maintenance work. 15. Operation Cooperation and coordination with LMC and Nepal Electricity Authority KUKL while required for combine maintenance (NEA) work 16. Operation Cooperation and coordination with LMC and Nepal Telecommunication KUKL while required for combine maintenance (NTC) work. 17. Operation Cooperation and coordination with LMC and Patan Durbar Archaeological KUKL during maintenance. Office, Mangal bazar 18. Operation Cooperation and coordination with LMC and Department of Archaeology KUKL during maintenance.

200. Some clearances are required to be taken before the Project commences. The Ancient Monuments Preservation Rules 2046 (1989) mentions:

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

”4.1.1 Pursuant to Sub- section (5) of Section 3 of the Act, any person or Association willing to install telephone and electricity, to dig the land for drinking water and sewerage, to construct and repair the road, to shoot a film, cinema, to celebrate festival and fare, to dance or to park vehicles or to place the poster and photograph, shall have to submit an application to the Department, for its approval in format as prescribed in Schedule- 1 (Appendix VIII).

201. Some stretch along the proposed network area fall under the UNESCO Heritage site (Patan Durbar Square) where wastewater improvements are planned. Prior permission will have to be taken as stated in The Ancient Monuments Preservation Rules 2046 (1989) Section 4.1.1, as stated above.

B. Environmental Management Plan and Mitigation Measures

202. Anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures have been dealt in detail in Section D and (Table IX-3). Mitigation measures from the Heritage Impact Assessment have been integrated throughout the EMP in relevant sections.

203. A detailed environmental management and monitoring program is presented. The Table lists the environmental impact, its mitigating measures; the parameters to be monitored (including measurement and responsible agency) and how mitigation measures have been integrated into the project. Monitoring will evaluate: (i) the extent and severity of the adverse environmental impacts as compared to what was predicted, (ii) how effective the mitigating measures were and compliance with the regulations and the (iii) overall effectiveness of the EMP.

204. The environmental monitoring of the wastewater system includes field supervision and reporting of project activities prior to and during the project construction and operation in order to ensure that the works are being carried out in accordance to the approved design and that the environmental mitigation measures are fully implemented in accordance with the EMP.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Table IX-3: Environmental Management Plan with Mitigation Measures Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility Design Phase Identification of sites Direct Impact upon Approval from Department of Archaeology prior to work Initial Responsibility- Required approval for handling Heritage Site along the Patan Durbar Square KUKL-PID (in has been obtained excessive spoil consultation with from DoA. materials; Approval letters from other concern agencies DOA)/ DSC. Consultation with Identification of Impact on existing Proper engineering design Subsequent beneficiaries and earthquake affected infrastructures Responsibility- stakeholder has been houses; Update construction methodology Contractor done and will continue further. Identification on land Consultation with local and stakeholders for the approval area required for the Impact on land area of project components HIA has been project facility sites required for the project completed. such as labour facility sites Field Survey, collection of secondary data from LMC camps; construction Geophysical survey material stock piling Coordination with concern local authority to avoid impact carried out to assess yards, spoil disposal upon existing infrastructure and utilities potential archaeology. sites etc; Plan for emergency situation need to be made during Vibration study carried A subsurface construction phase (earthquake, flood, etc) out to set vibration investigation by limits. geotechnical/archae Identification of land area for project facility sites. ological experts will Archaeology Expert be undertaken by Plan for the establishment of labour camps, construction Committee has been specialist consultants material stock piling yards, spoil disposal sites and other established. prior to signing the facilities. construction contract; PID shall identify an approved disposal site for excess spoils and wastes expected to be generated during Vibration survey to construction activities. The proposed disposal site is the be carried out; ponds in Dhobighat Treatment Plant or any suitable place as decided by the engineer.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility

Develop the terms of reference (TOR) for the conduct of heritage impact assessment (HIA) and mitigation measures for all affected heritage sites such as any UNESCO World Heritage Sites or other physical cultural resources declared by the government. The TOR shall include the specific qualifications of experts who will be hired to spearhead the conduct of HIA.

Undertake an expert-guided HIA on affected heritage sites

Develop mitigation measures that will be used during the project implementation phase, consistent with the recommendations of the HIA and existing management plan being adopted by the government on the heritage site/area

Develop specific construction methodology for each heritage site that is consistent with the recommendations of an HIA conducted, if any, on such heritage site/area.

Develop a chance finds procedure approved by the Department of Archaeology.

Finalize bidding documents based on comments and requirements of ADB and the government

Vulnerable buildings will be identified and appropriate vibration limits will be set for construction in these areas.

Pre-construction Phase

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility Post-contract award Impact on natural Develop a PID-approved site-specific EMP (SEMP) for Contractor, Requirements have and pre-mobilization environment and man- each section of the subproject alignments (e.g. section for been included in the made structures specific the Patan Durbar Square area) based on the results of KUKL-PID, DSC Particular Conditions to different sections of HIA. Sectioning of the subproject alignments shall be of Contract.(PCC the subproject based on common but contiguous environmental features 4.18) alignments. and attributes along said alignments. The PID to approve SEMP. Disturbance to existing customs, movements Develop a Traffic Management Plan covering all areas and way of life of local along the subproject alignments, to be approved by PID. people in the different sections of subproject Develop a Health and Safety Plan, to be approved by the alignments. PID.

Identify a government-approved disposal site for excess spoils and wastes expected to be generated during construction activities. The proposed disposal site is the ponds in Dhobighat Treatment Plant or any suitable place as decided by the engineer during preparation of the Contractor’s S-EMP.

No access to the site by the Contractor will be allowed until these plans are prepared and approved by PID.

Conduct Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR) survey on project areas outside of Patan Durbar Square to identify any other potential sites with archaeological remains.

An Archaeology Expert Committee will be formed (chaired by Department of Archaeology).

Construction Phase

Physical environment

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility Excavation Instability due to Shoring should be properly maintained along the Primary Provisioned in BOQ- excavation excavated trenches Responsibility- Part-B Civil Work B1- Contractor/ 5 and Part-C-C2-3 Trench Collapse Water flow need to be managed Supporting Role- DSC/ CSE/ CASSC Impact upon structures Avoid work in rainy season and houses A maximum of8- 25 m trench will be excavated and will Slip hazard due to long be backfilled within same day, or 10 m in Type 3 and unattended trench excavation areas.

Slope failure All excavated trench section will have hard safety barricade Disturbance to existing customs, movements Erection of safety signage boards, project information and way of life of local boards, prohibiting unauthorized person people in the different sections of subproject Excavated materials shall be handled properly; which alignments. shall be loaded to dump truck and shall be taken to temporary disposal/storage site. The excavated material shall not be stored along the excavated trench.

Avoid any accident

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Collection, storage Air pollution as dust will Excavated materials will be directly loaded to dump Primary BOQ Part B- B1-8 and and backfilling of be generated during truck/disposal vehicle and will take to temporary disposal Responsibility- B1-14Temprory excavated materials; loading and sites. Contractor/ location for disposal transportation of Supporting Role- stacking materials has materials No excavated materials will be piled along the trench and DSC/ CSE/ CASSC been identified, along the road side near the excavated trench. however required Excavated materials if space for these piled along the trench Identify temporary disposal site within the 10 km purposes will be sole likely to occur trench resposibility of the

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility collapse periphery form the project alignment. contractor to identify in consultation with Disturb mobility of Truck with excavated materials will be covered with the consultant people; tarpaulin sheet to avoid air pollution during transportation.

Contractor will be responsible to mitigate other likely impacts due to temporary piling of excavated materials such as air pollution along the alignment and within the temporary disposal sites as well as mitigate impact upon any physical resources due to such activities.

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Excavation of trench; Water and land Use of fuels and lubricants should be done in specific site Primary BOQ no Part C- C2-1 pollutionContamination of Responsibility- and BOQ Part-B water (surface and Drain shall be managed before and after excavation Contractor/ ground) and land due to Supporting Role- Civil work B1-14 Handling of fuels and spillage of fuels and Excavation should be done following existing pipe DSC/ CSE/ CASSC lubricants; lubricants network plan in conjunction with special condition Water logging in the Construction waste materials should be properly disposed related to clause 4.18 excavated trench may at specific site and 6.7 of GCC Improper disposal of result to ground and the construction surface water pollution The Contractor will undertake a daily inspection of the waste; construction site, ensuring that all litter and debris, Damage of existing whether or not is collected and disposed of .responsibly. sewerage and drinking water supply Stockpiling of spoil and construction materials or debris will be done in a manner that minimizes its visual impact. Land pollution due to construction materials Burning or open dumping of any waste is strictly prohibited.

The contractor will develop a method statement for fuel

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility storage, refueling and spills procedures.

PID Safeguards Manual to be strictly followed.

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Air pollution The Contractor shall take all reasonable measures to Primary BOQ no Part A-A1- minimize the generation of dust as a result of construction Responsibility- C.1 Sprinkling of Generation of dust Produce huge amount of activities to the satisfaction of the Project Manager or Contractor/ water. Read in due to different dust, which will equivalent officer. The Contractor’s dust management Supporting Role- conjunction with project activities like deteriorate heath planning should, as a minimum, include the following: DSC/ CSE/ CASSC special condition qualities of locals related to clause4.18 Plying of trucks on Dust suppression on roads or at open sites by sprinkling and 6.7 of GCC non-metallic road ; Discomfort to the local of water three times a day due to bad odour and foul smelling Carry out work accordance to the document “Sewer Network Details in World Heritage Area”. Excavation of existing sewer and National Vehicle Mass Emission Standards, 2056 BS manholes; should be complied

Cover dismantled manholes while excavation work is not in progress

Spraying of fragrance liquids as per requirement to suppress foul odour. Apply proper pumping of sewer from manholes.

Covering earth stockpiles using plastic sheets or cement jute bags.

Measures to ensure that material loads are properly covered during transportation

Minimization of the areas disturbed at any one time and

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility protection of exposed soil against wind erosion, e.g. by dampening with water or covering with straw or a tarp

Location and treatment of material stockpiles taking into consideration prevailing wind directions and location of sensitive receptors

Reporting mechanism and action plan in case of excessive wind and dust conditions.

PID Safeguards Manual to be strictly followed

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Earth excavation, Noise Pollution and Routine monitoring of sound and vibrations at regular Primary Provisions included in drilling, compacting Vibration intervals Responsibility- BOQ Part A-A1-C.1 and plying of Contractor/ and also to be vehicles Limiting vehicle speeds and banning power horns Supporting Role- followed in DSC/ CSE/ CASSC conjunction with Fitting of mufflers in vehicles to control noise special condition related to clause4.18 Regular maintenance of vehicles and 6.7 of GCC

Avoid using heavy machines and vehicles where old houses and structures are situated. The contractor should inspect nearby buildings to observe any structural instability or cracks, and inventory these with photographs.

PID Safeguards Manual to be strictly followed

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility Stock piling of Disturb mobility of locals Stockpiling of construction materials should not be within Primary Cost provision has construction and traffic the core areas Responsibility- been made in materials Contractor/ BOQ.Aproposed.Site Degrade air, water and Construction materials shall be brought at into Supporting Role- map has been land quality of core area construction areas as and when required DSC/ CSE/ CASSC attached.However of the city required space for Material stockpiles or stacks, such as pipes, must be these purposes will stable and well secured to avoid collapse and possible remain injury to workers or communities thesoleresposibility of the contractor to Covering of stock piling materials with tarpaulin sheets identify in consultation with the consultant Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Excavation Under ground utilities Rehabilitation of utilities in coordination with respective Primary Provision for these such as water supply agencies. Responsibility- rehabilitation has pipelines, sewerage Contractor/ been included in BOQ pipelines, electric cables, Relocation and rehabilitation of utilities after installation of Supporting Role- Part A-A3-A and Part telephone cables are sewer pipelines DSC/ CSE/ CASSC C-C3 to C-C6 likely to be affected significantly Adequate potable tank water will be supplied to the affected houses in coordination with KUKL during the time of construction and excavation of trenches.

Diversion of existing sewer flow by pumping.

Repair of damaged water pipes of dia 25mm and less - shall be undertaken before backfilling the excavated trench (i.e. within the same day of pipe laying if possible) and at cost to the Employer;

Repair of damaged water and sewer pipes of dia 25mm and above - shall be undertaken within 2 days of the damage depending upon circumstances and at cost to

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility the Contractor;

Repair of damage to all other utilities - at cost to the Contractor;

Relocation and repair of damage to the utility is the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall need to coordinate the relocation and repair with the concerned Authority;

The Employer/ Engineer can engage others at cost to undertake any non-compliance of the above said works;

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Construction Impact on community Excavation of trench along the narrow street shall be Primary BOQ activities like; assets such as, temples, carried out maintaining safety. Responsibility- trenching, electricity poles, Contractor/ BOQ- C2-4 Shoring of compaction and telephone lines, existing Shoring should be applied while excavating trench along Supporting Role- building structure drillings at core area roads the core residential areas to protect foundation and DSC/ CSE/ CASSC above the ground. structures above ground level where road width is not Follow in conjunction Damage to existing more than 3.5 to 4.5 meters. The approximate depth of with special condition physical structure trench will be about 0.60m to 4.5m. related to clause4.18 and 6.7 of GCC Damage to paved stone Manual excavation (Patan Durbar Square, 157.5 m) and and bricks of core area other vunerable sites as mentioned by the site enginer, and cultural heritage should be carried out under supervision of DoA and the sites (Patan Darbar Contractor’s archaeologist. Square, 157.5 m) roads Emergency response plan need to be prepared prior to start work

The paved stone and bricks in Patan Durbar Square shall be unearthed without affecting its shape and size and properly stored during the time of excavation in the

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility designated location and shall be repaved after completion in its original form satisfying the requirement of DOA.

New paving stones, flagstones, and manhole covers to follow the specifications. Contractor should maintain materials on-hand to ensure sites reinstated without delay.

Construction and excavation work including rehabilitation within the Heritage site will be carried out only in presence of DoA representative and the Contractor’s archaeologist.

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Open trenches, Traffic Management Implement traffic management plan to be developed by Primary Provision has been excavation across Problem Contractor in coordination with traffic police. Responsibility- made in the BOQ- roads,; Contractor/ Part A-A1-C.1 and Traffic congestion and Adequate signage boards shall be in place to manage Supporting Role- Spec 2.1.6.3 Road closures due to temporary disruption to traffic in order to divert vehicles plying at the excavation DSC/ CSE/ CASSC construction local access site. activities; Impacts on pedestrians Advance road signage indicating the road detour and and economic activities. alternative routes.

Provide sign boards for pedestrians to inform nature and duration of construction works, safety warnings, and contact numbers for concerns/complaints.

Use metal plates across trench facilities in key areas such as footpath; arrange for pedestrian access and sidewalks

PID SafeguardsManual to be strictly followed

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Reinstatement of Road surfaces and Any historic paving stones (e.g. more than 100 years old BOQ C.C1, existing footpaths will need to be per DoA threshold for antiquities) shall be unearthed Specification 9.1.3.1 & road/footpath removed temporarily for without affecting its shape and size and properly stored Primary 20.5 (bricks); 20.4 surfaces trench excavation. during the time of excavation in a location designated by Rresponsibility- (flagstones), Part II incompatible with DoA and, unless DoA advises otherwise, will be Contractor/ (road works); 1.2.3 existing condition. Only the WHS core zone reinstated after completion in its original form satisfying Supporting Role- (manholes) is noted to be paved with the requirement of DoA and any other recommendations DSC/ CSE/ CASSC red bricks that are from the subsurface investigation. important for aesthetic value of the heritage Specifications included in the bidding documents for area. Other zones are bricks and flagstones are consistent with the current either asphalt or modern paving style (see Section 5.4). DoA will closely supervise flagstones. to ensure the specifications provided are followed. If not, the DoA will advise the DSC to stop work until rectified. The existing red paving bricks in the core zone Cast-iron manhole cover designs are specified in the are modern as well and DPR and construction specifications to be consistent with materials/capacity exist current manhole covers already present in the core zone. to replace any damaged bricks that cannot be The contractor should have paving materials (e.g. bricks preserved during site and flagstones) on-hand before commencing the project reinstatement. to ensure sites are properly reinstated without delay.

The area has been excavated and properly reinstated several times before for installation of other utilities, thus impacts are not considered irreversible.

Compaction and Generation of dust Spoil disposal at designated and stabilized sites, the Primary BOQ Part B BOQ-B1 rehabilitation of particles (PM10, TSP proposed disposal site is the ponds in Dhobighat Responsibility- 6&7, B1-8 and B1-14 excavated trench and others) which may Treatment Plant or any suitable place as decided by the Contractor/

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility and sealing of road cause health impact to engineer during preparation of the Contractor’s S-EMP. Supporting Role- surface; the local inhabitants and DSC/ CSE/CASSC road users. Avoid work during the rainy season as much as possible.

Disturbances to the Excavated spoil shall be removed completely from the Improper / existing drainage lines construction area to avoid dust haphazard disposal of spoils The excavated trench shall be compacted and rehabilitated properly.

Sprinkling water during compaction periods and immediate rehabilitation of trench should be done.

Safeguards Manual to be strictly followed

Specification 2.1.6.1.n(iii)Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Biological environment

Disposal of waste Impact on river ecology Disposal of construction materials should be disposed in Primary Included in BOQ into the river Dhobighat wastewater treatment site or any other as Responsibility- approved by the engineer in coordination with respective Contractor/ contractor Supporting Role- DSC/ CSE/CASSC Contractor should coordinate with LMC for the management of solid waste generated from camp and its disposal

Separate waste collection bin for the collection of solid waste within the camp

Direct disposal of solid and liquid waste into Bagmati River should be avoided.

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility PID Safeguards Manual to be strictly followed

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Socio-economic and cultural heritage environment

Excavation of trench Damage the existing The contractor will immediately cease all operation if the Primary BOQ Part B B1-4 and vibration; infrastructures (cracks on archaeologist or site engineers observe or suspect any Responsibility- old houses) and structural damage to monuments or cultural objects (e.g. Contractor/ For shoring to protect Use of pneumatic archaeology cracks). Supporting Role- old houses- BOQ drills; DSC/ CSE/ CASSC Part-C Civil Work Part Excavation along the Frequency and vibration limits will be as follows, and /LMC/concern local C2-4 Use of rollers for core area from monitored by the contractor and DSC: Frequency limit of authorities compaction Lagankhel to not less than 10 Hz for all excavation zones. Vibration Mangalbazar could limit of 5 mm/sec Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) in Core impact older building Zone and in any zone with fragile structures (Excavation which are already Area Type 3). Vibration limit of 10 mm/sec PPV for damaged significantly by Excavation Area Type 2. For Excavation Area Type 1 the 2015 earthquakes. (low risk) vibration limit of 50 mm/sec PPV. See Annex 1 for specifications by excavation area type.The contractor Foundations of wil have his own vibration testing equipment in place monuments within the before excavation in these areas. core zone could be damaged if the A line item is included in the BoQ for shoring and bracing excavated trench along of old buildings to mitigate additional structural damage the heritage area is filled (per specification 5.2.5.2.3 in the DPR). Any accidental with rain water. damages will be repaired at the contractor’s cost under the supervision of the DSC and PDMMO. Vibration from compaction could No vibrating machinery allowed in the Core Zone, only irreparable damage both hand digging and compaction is allowed unless low- monuments in the core vibration machinery deemed absolutely necessary, per zone and the Engineer’s instructions. monuments/damaged/fra gile buildings in the Excavation work along the Patan Durbar Square will be

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility buffer zone carried out in presence of a representative from Department of Archaeology. Allowances for the DoA Vibration from heavy representative will be covered by the Contractor – this is machinery could included in a provisional sum in the bidding documents. irreparable damage both monuments in the core Manual excavation (Patan Durbar Square, 157.5 m and zone and other areas as mentioned by the site engineer) will be monuments/damaged/fra carried out under supervision of DoA and AEC. Manual gile buildings in the excavation is required in other areas where roads are buffer zone narrow and buildings dilapidated.

Excavation could Excavation should take care not to damage shrines damage dilapidated located at ground level (see Appendix-IV for locations). traditional houses, and/or shrines located at ground The contractor’s work program will factor in stoppage of level. work during the rainy season.

Damage other Excavation work will be carried out in piecemeal community assets such approach: For the WHS Core Zone, no more than 10 m as, temples, electricity may be an open excavation at one time unless otherwise poles, telephone lines, specified by the engineer. For the buffer zone, 8 – 25 drinking water pipes, meters may be excavated at one time. sewerage lines, roads, etc) All excavated trenches will be backfilled properly according to the methods in HIA Annex 1 and light hand- held compactors will be permitted to get quality compaction so as to have an even smooth top surface.

Excavated trenches must have adequate shoring according to the specifications, which will be inspected by the DSC structural engineer. All trenches along a given segment will be rehabilitated prior to further excavation.

Plastic pipes to be used in core area and parts of buffer zone which can be carried by hand in order to reduce the

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility impact of heavy machinery.

Influx of outside Alcohol abuse, gambling, Prohibiting gambling and alcohol consumption in Primary Continious monitoring workers prostitution, and other construction camp sites Responsibility- during the social disharmony are Contractor/ construction period by likely to occur in the Instructing the outside workforce to respect the local Supporting Role- respective agencies construction site. cultures, traditions, rights etc. DSC/ CSE/CASSC

Increase crime and Providing security in the camps. social stress, create unwanted congestion, PID Safeguards Manual to be strictly followed and exert pressure on the limited local Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation resources. measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Improper Impacts on the health Provide regular health check-ups, sanitation and hygiene, Primary Provision included in implementation of and hygiene of the health care, and control of epidemic diseases to the Responsibility- BOQ Part A-A1 and OHS measures workers due to unsafe workforce Contractor/ also to be followed in working conditions, Supporting Role- conjunction with accidents, fire hazards, Implement international best practices on occupational DSC/ CSE/ CASSC special condition transmission of health and safety such as those in Section 4.3 of World related to clause4.18 communicable diseases Bank EHS Guidelines on Construction and and 6.7 of GCC Decommissioning Activities

The Contractor shall provide at cost all labour and materials and construct/install and maintain site safety, hard barricading, flexible green net, signboards, temporary day/light traffic diversions throughout the construction activities according to the specifications and provide Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) to all the labourers working at the construction site.

Launch awareness programs concerning human trafficking and the possibility of spread of sexually transmitted diseases (STDs) and HIV/AIDS using

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility brochures, posters, and signboards

Make available first aid kits, ambulance facilities, and fire extinguishers in camp sites

Compensation for the loss of life (a zero tolerance to loss of life policy should be developed and implemented) or for any type of injuries

Provide insurance to the workers. Health and safety training for all site personnel is very important and must be mandatory.

Equal wages to male and female workers

Labour Act shall be complied, no underage workers will be allowed in the construction

Supply of potable water, mobile toilet and basic sanitary facility for the workers

Contractor shall implement their approved Health and Safety Plan

PID SafeguardsManual to be strictly followed

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Labour camp and its Waste generation The labour camp should be constructed following the Primary Provision made in the management standards outlined in the Asian Development Bank Responsibility- BOQ and and also to Open defecation Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 and IFC/EBRD Contractor/ be read in conjunction Accommodation Guidance Note, including hygienic Supporting Role- with special condition Conflict with locals facilities with proper ablution facilities and waste DSC/ CSE/CASSC related to clause management. 4.18,6.7 of GCC

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility No camp facilities should be located within the UN Park area, or any areas considered at risk of flooding or natural hazards.

The Contractor shall ensure that access to the site and associated infrastructure and equipment is off-limits to the public at all times during construction.

The Contractor’s camp should be surrounded by durable permanent fencing material to prevent unauthorized public access.

The camp should be kept in a neat and orderly fashion, with proper disposal of solid waste, vermin control, and access to potable water for all workers.

PID SafeguardsManual to be strictly followed

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Health and safety Impact on people and Prior notice will be given to local communities about the Primary Provision has been (Community) communities, particularly construction. Responsibility- made in the health during Contractor/ respective section of construction. Awareness meetings with local communities Supporting Role- BOQ and also to be DSC/ followed in Spread of communicable Emergency plan is required CSE/CASSC/LMC conjunction with disease special condition Application of adequatesafety signboards related to clause 4.18,6.7 of GCC Application of safety barricades. Such barriers shall be erected before undertaking designated activities. Barriers are to be engineered to withstand heavy winds and rains and must consider public safety (i.e. no sharp protrusions or edges, no tripping risks, major gaps and holes) and be

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility sturdy enough for the intended purpose.

PID Safeguards Manual to be strictly followed

Contractor must take special precautions for public safety to minimise the scale and extent of disruption to public and commercial life.

Implement international best practices on community health and safety such as those in Section 4.3 of World Bank EHS Guidelines on Construction and Decommissioning Activities

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Chance finds of Site analysis indicates Excavation work will be carried out in piecemeal Primary Provision has been immovable that archaeological approach, with 10 meter trench maximum in Core Zone Responsibility- made in the BOQ B1 subsurface remains may be present and 8 to 25 meter in buffer zone unless otherwise Contractor/ 7&4 archaeology (e.g. beneath the pipeline right specified by the engineer. Supporting Role- walls, foundations, of way, such as historic DSC/ CSE/CASSC/ wells) building foundations. Excavation work along the Patan Durbar Square will be DoA carried out in presence of a representative from Specification 2.3.15 Excavation could cause department of archaeology. The Contractor will be irreparable damage to responsible for covering the cost, which is included in the archaeology if heavy BoQ. machinery or poor construction practices In Zones A and B (indicated in the subsurface survey), (even by hand) are used. trial trenching using hand-digging must be done prior to project excavation, under the supervision of the AEC. While risk areas are known for Patan Durbar The Department of Archaeology has been advised of Square, no information is zones where the subsurface survey indicate anomaly known about potential areas where archaeology could be present, but is below archaeology in the buffer the maximum excavation depth of the project and would not be disturbed, in case DoA wishes to carry out physical

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility zone. investigation for potential archaeological remains.

Excavation in Patan Durbar Square will be carried out during the daytime hours to ensure visibility of any chance finds. Other areas may also require day works to ensure visibility and safe handling of any chance finds. In order to reduce the amount of disturbance in the area, once pipes are installed site reinstatement can continue during night hours.

The contractor will be required to include a qualified archaeologist on their team, who must have at least 10 years of field experience.

Only laborers trained in excavation in historic areas should be employed. If laborers with such experience are unavailable, they must be trained prior to commencement of works in the heritage zone.

A subsurface investigation was undertaken up to 5m depth, which is 2m below maximum excavation depth in Patan Durbar Square and key segments in the buffer zone. This identified two key areas in the buffer zone where trial trenching (supervised by the Archaeology Expert Committee) must be done prior to excavation.

Any archaeological remains exposed during the works should be fully documented (measured, drawn and photographed) as they are uncovered.

Any remains should be retained in situ as far as possible, and only removed as necessary for installation of the pipeline.

Chance finds procedures as described in HIA Annex 3

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility will be followed.

Chance finds of In addition to potential Manual work is required in Patan Durbar Square and any Primary Provision has been smaller/movable archaeological finds, other areas determined to be high risk of chance finds. Responsibility- made in the BOQ A- artefacts chance finds of smaller Contractor/ A1-C. 3 and B1- 4 & 7 relics and artefacts are Implement the approved chance finds procedures (HIA Supporting Role- likely in all zones given Annex III) DSC/ CSE/CASSC/ the long history of DoA settlements in the area. Excavation in Patan Durbar Square will be carried out Specification 2.3.15 during the daytime hours to ensure visibility of any chance finds.

Other areas may also require day works to ensure visibility and safe handling of any chance finds.

Laborers trained in excavation in historic areas should be employed, and if unavailable be trained prior to commencement of works.

The Contractor’s team will include a qualified archaeologist.

Construction and excavation work within the Patan Durbar Square core zone and other identified risk zones will be carried out in presence of a representative from Department of Archaeology.

Archaeologists engaged in works on site should be provided with secure, lockable, office and storage accommodation.

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

All artifacts found during the excavations should be documented, inventoried, and handed over to the

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility Department of Archaeology for conservation and storage.

If considered appropriate by the Department of Archaeology, artifacts may be displayed in the Patan Museum.

Excavation Further damage to Only hand-digging is allowed adjacent to Manga Hiti site, Primary Follow in conjunction conduit of Manga Hiti following Area Type 3 excavation methods for Patan Rresponsibility- with special condition traditional stone spout Durbar Square core zone. Contractor/ related to clause4.18 Supporting Role- and 6.7 of GCC In case additional conduits are found, implement the DSC/ CSE/ approved chance finds procedures (HIA Annex III). CASSC/DoA

Damage or theft of Damage or theft of these Chance finds are recorded and archived according to the Primary Specification 2.3.15 archaeological finds artefacts could occur if Standard Archiving and Removal Guidelines in the Rresponsibility- not properly managed, Chance Finds Procedure (HIA Annex 3, Attachment C). Contractor/ causing a loss of Supporting Role- heritage value and Archaeologists engaged in works on site should be DSC/ CSE/ CASSC missed opportunity for provided with secure, lockable, office and storage better understanding of accommodation. the area’s history. If the site is well publicized while work is still ongoing, or if The presence of it becomes known that valuable finds have been made, archaeological remains site managers or in-charges may be advised to consider on site can raise additional security measures to discourage unauthorized particular security issues. entry to the site (e.g. hiring security guards)

Any unauthorized removal of archaeological materials by project staff will result in immediate dismissal from job duties and be subject to fines by DoA.

Construction Visual impact on heritage To the extent possible, work sites should maintain a tidy Provision has been activities and resources environment. BOQ barricades will be

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility present in the core During construction A piecemeal approach will be taken to works such that a zone. temporarily impact the maximum 25m stretch will be barricaded at one time in visual qualities as Patan the buffer and 10m in the core zone unless otherwise Durban Square’s temples specified by the engineer. and monuments are a major tourist attraction Attractive signage should be placed at the worksite, due to their unique visual explaining that the project is a temporary disruption that is qualities and beauty. intended to improve sanitary and flooding conditions (in Nepali, English and other relevant languages for typical tourists)

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Disruption to The project area lies in A maximum of 10m trench in the Core Zone and 8-25 m Primary Provision has been pedestrians, tourists, the center of the city in in other areas will be excavated and will be backfilled Rresponsibility- BOQ and local people in tourist area as well as in within same day, unless otherwise specified by the Contractor/ heritage areas business hub. The engineer. Supporting Role- density of the people DSC/ CSE/ CASSC traversing there is high. All excavated trench sections will have hard safety barricade as per the specifications. Construction would restrict access to certain Safety signage boards, project information boards, and areas along the right-of- signs prohibiting unauthorized person will be posted at way, including the site. pedestrian pathway through Patan Durbar Excavated materials shall be handled properly; which Square which is heavily shall be loaded to dump truck and shall be taken to traversed by tourists and temporary disposal site, which will be agreed between the local residents making Contractor and LMC prior to construction. The excavated use of heritage resources material shall not be stored along the excavated trench. for leisure and cultural purposes. During the day when construction has halted, metal plates will be placed across open trenches to provide for

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility If spoils, bricks and other safe pedestrian and vehicular access (where vehicles are materials are stockpiled allowed). on site this will further disrupt access and be a Take care to minimize business disruptions and provide nuisance or potentially alternative access to businesses. dangerous for pedestrians and road The contractor should be fully equipped (manpower, users. materials, equipment) prior to starting works in order to avoid delays and minimize disruptions.

Delay in completion Discomfort to local and Excavated trench shall be backfilled within a short period Primary Provision has been of construction work their movability after laying of sewer pipeline. Safe and easy accessibility Responsibility- made in the BOQ of local people plying the existing road shall be Contractor/ PartB- B1-4&7 and Severe impact upon maintained. Supporting Role- relared specification locals due to DSC/ CSE/CASSC clauses inaccessibility, likely Coordination with ward office and stakeholders accidents, safety and security issues etc. Excavated materials will be loaded directly to dump truck and dispose at temporary location to reuse the same Further discomfort to material for backfilling. Contractor shall identify location local street vendors and for the storage of spoil temporarily and shall get approval their livelihood is likely. from the engineers.

Safeguards Manual to be strictly followed

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Excavation activities Discomfort to daily waste Backfilling of excavated trench to the extent possible after Primary Provision has been will not have easy the laying of sewer pipes and avoid excavated trench Responsibility- made in the BOQ A-

100

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility access to waste collection unattended. Contractor/ A1-E and B-B1-8 and collection vehicle Supporting Role- related specification Difficulty in managing All excavated trench shall be barricaded avoiding easy DSC/ CSE/ CASSC clauses solid wastes generated accessibility in order to maintain safety. from the locality during the time of excavation. The Contractor will undertake a daily inspection of the construction site, ensuring that all litter and debris, whether or not, is collected and disposed of responsibly.

Stockpiling of spoil and construction materials or debris will be done in a manner that minimizes its visual impact.

Burning or open dumping of any waste is strictly prohibited.

Coordination with municipal waste collection department.

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Improvement and Impact upon street Prior information to the street vendors should be given, so Primary Pre consultation and upgrading of sewer vendor and their that the street vendors could manage their business Responsibility- consultation during network along the livelihoods alternatives for couple of days during the time of Contractor/ the construction alignment construction. Supporting Role- period with the DSC/ CSE/ stakeholders will be With coordination with LMC, management plan of street CASSC/LMC conducted and Economic loss of street vendors will be implemented informed in advace to vendors minimize the problem Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Improvement and Impact upon local Maintain access to shops Primary upgrading of sewer businessman Responsibility- network along the Contractor need to follow the project implementation Contractor/ Construction schedule alignment Disturbance in local schedule Supporting Role- will be provided to the DSC/ CSE/ local people, major

101

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility economy Prior to construction, provide at least one to two weeks CASSC/LMC works will be carried advance notice, along with an awareness campaign during the night time. Economic loss of local involving local area committees (Tole committees). Extra cost of this has businessman due to been in built in item hindrance on the street Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation rates of BOQ A1- measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs. D1&E

Improvement and Impact upon tourism and Manual excavation only will be allowed in the core Primary Cost for hard upgrading of sewer heritage site monument zone Responsibility- barricade has been network along Patan Contractor/ made and there will Durbar Square 157.5-meter Patan Equipment and heavy machines will not be used Supporting Role- be sufficient space for Durbar Square Area is DSC/ CSE/CASSC human movement on supposed to get impact. Excavation work will be carried out in piecemeal /Department of either sideof the approach. Archaeology trench excavation in Disturbance on tourist the core area(refer to and visitors All excavated trench will be back filled properly, and light drawings). hand-held compactors will be permitted to get quality compaction so as to have an even smooth top surface.

Excavated trench will be rehabilitated prior to further excavation.

Any archaeological artefacts identified during trench excavation will follow chance finds procedures and be handed over to Department of Archaeology.

Excavation work along the Patan Durbar Square will be carried out in presence of a representative from Department of Archaeology and the Contractor’s archaeologist.

Excavation along the heritage site will be carried out in accordance with specifications in the “Sewer Network Details in World Heritage Area” Plan.

Prior to excavation photographs need to be collected and

102

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility get approved from Department of Archaeology

Attractive signage should be placed at the worksite, explaining that the project is a temporary disruption that is intended to improve sanitary and flooding conditions (in Nepali, English and other relevant languages for typical tourists)

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the SEMP developed and approved for the Patan Durbar Square subproject site.

Improvement and Impact upon local Document properly for the status and condition of all Primary Provision has been upgrading of sewer temples cultural sites and temples Responsibility- made to maintain network along the Contractor/ these requirements in alignment Impacts upon the Maintain photographic documentation prior to excavation Supporting Role- BOQ Part A3- A1&B1- foundation and structures DSC/ CSE/CASSC / 5. of earthquake damaged Rehabilitate if any physical, cultural structure damaged Department of cultural sites and temples due to excavation of trench Archaeology

Disturbance for local Access road/footpath for local devotee provided to safely devotee reach the temples

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Improvement and Impact upon local Close coordination with local stakeholders especially Primary Work schedule has to upgrading of sewer festivals and cultural Guthis, Tol Sudhar Samiti and concern ward Responsibility- be planned network along the practices (Jatra, Mela representatives Contractor/ accordingly and alignment etc.) Supporting Role- disseminated to all The Contractor’s work plan must consider annual and DSC/ CSE/CASSC/ concerned Cultural issue may rise periodic (daily/weekly/monthly) rituals and other practices. Department of stakeholders in timely This plan should be consulted with local representatives Archaeology/ manner. Conflict with local people to ensure that all activities are captured. local Guthi Safe access road/paths for local devotees will be

103

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility provided for them to reach temples when access is (trust)/stakeholders restricted.

An alternative should always be made ready in case a road is needed for marriage procession, ambulance, funeral etc.

Implement all other applicable site-specific mitigation measures as indicated in the respective SEMPs.

Operation phase

Failure of sewerage Overflow flooding and The system will have to be carefully designed and KVWSMB/ KUKL- A maintainence system ground water pollution operated. PID/LMC agreement between KUKL/PID/LMC has to Hazards to public health Having emergency response procedures (ERP) can save be done at highest Adverse impacts on the lives, prevent diseases, and minimize environmental and level surrounding environment property damage.

The ERP should be developed in coordination with all the key stakeholders, including the Executing Agency (EA), project implementation units, consultants, contractors, and other key government organizations.

PID SafeguardsManual to be strictly followed

Discharge of Will damage the Regulations should be developed and enforced by the KVWSMB/ KUKL- Joint monitoring hazardous materials proposed wastewater Ministry of Forests and Environment to control illegal PID/LMC mechanism has to be and illegal disposal system waste discharges into the sewers. established with all concerned Will be dangerous to A trade waste policy, including setting discharge criteria workers. from industries, needs to be developed.

Health hazard to sewer Training in hygiene procedures to avoid infection from KVWSMB/ KUKL- Responsible unit cleaning staff wastewater, sludge handling, and health and safety PID/LMC within PID/LMC/KUKL wil conduct regular

104

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility Cleaning of sewer Risk of communicable procedures against exposure to hazardous gases. training and diseases monitoring Emergency procedures need to be developed by KUKL and protective clothing to sewer cleaning workers, including safety showers should be provided.

PID SafeguardsManual to be strictly followed.

Cumulative Impact

Temporary alteration in Monitoring of construction activities KVWSMB/ KUKL- The air quality air quality, water quality PID/LMC/Contractor monitoring unit within Construction (surface and ground), Inspection of construction and excavation machines and LMC will be involved activities noise, and human health vehicles from the start of the project to continiously Impact upon human Coordination with local community for smooth monitor the air quality. health construction and excavation

Contamination of water PID Safeguards Manual to be strictly followed sources

Temporary illness of locals

Construction Impact on Traffic during Traffic diversion and management signage boards shall KVWSMB/ KUKL- Provision has been activities office hours be in place. PID/LMC made in BOQ for night shift of major works in Heavy traffic affecting Early information to locals and inhabitants about traffic main roads roads of adjacent urban route and its management. area beyond 500 meters

Construction Impact on historical Inform DoA if any such historical drainages and artefact KVWSMB/ KUKL- The provision has activities drainage systems, stone identified, following the chance finds procedures. PID/LMC been made to have taps or natural ponds etc. round the clock supervision of DoA. Dysfunction of historical 105

Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) of SN-03

Project Potential Institutional Proposed Mitigation Measures Action/Cost Activity/Issue Environmental Impacts Responsibility drainages and loss of artefacts.

Note: DSC: Design and Supervision Consultant, CSE: Construction Supervision Engineer (DSC), CASSC: Community Awareness and Social Safeguard Consultant, KVWSMB: Kathmandu Valley Water Supply Management Board/ KUKL-PID- Kathmandu Upateka Khanepani Limited- Project Implementation Directorate, LMC- Lalitpur Metropolitan City

106

C. Agreement between LMC and KUKL-PID

205. A Construction Execution Office (CEO) will be established within LMC, till the project completion period, for implementation of the project including monitoring, coordination and contract administration. CEOwill be headed by a Senior Engineer in LMC. It will also include an engineer seconded by PID, safeguard officer and other support staff as necessary. A TOR and manpower requisite for CEO will be prepared separately. All the Logistics for CEO operation including one vehicle with driver and fuel will be provided by PID.

206. It was agreed to form a Steering Committee (SC) with LMC Mayor as Chair of the Committee. Other members of the SC are ED-Kathmandu Valley Water Supply Management Board (KVWSMB), PD-PID, MD-KUKL and Head-CEO (Member Secretary), Invites-Ward Chairperson and others may be invited in the SC meeting as decided by the Chair. A Coordination Committee will be formed under the Ward Chairperson for facilitation of the works and coordination with local people.

207. The Detailed Design and Drawings, preparation of bidding documents, cost estimates and Social Safeguard and Environment related documents will be prepared by PID through its Design and Supervision Consultant (DSC). CEO with support from LMC will ensure compliance to environmental and social safeguard requirements. LMC will obtain required approval on archaeological aspects from relevant authority and will undertake all required coordination with other utilities agencies such as Nepal Electricity Authority, Nepal Telecom, including Traffic Police.

D. Implementation of EMP

208. The EMP and SEMP shall be implemented by the contractor with close supervision by PID. The cost of implementing the EMP and SEMP is included in the contract documents and BOQ, including the costs of relocation and rehabilitation of existing utilities, safety measures such as shoring, protection of fragile buildings, and mitigation of heritage-related risks. As well, contractor with close supervision by PID and Department of Archaeology will be responsible for implementing the recommendations of the HIA to avoid damage and mitigate impacts to existing old vulnerable houses as well as structures of cultural importance situated close to the road alignment which could be affected due to project activities.

209. Mitigation measures for the construction phase have been integrated into the design specifications and Bill of Quantities in the construction contract, both as unit costs and provisional sums depending on the mitigation measure. This is described in the “Action/Cost” column in Table IX-3 above, including the number of the BOQ items and specifications, both of which were included in the bidding documents. Where possible costs are specified, but in some cases disaggregated costs are not possible since they are built into overall unit rates. The draft EMP was included as Section 8 PCC in the bidding documents, and contractor compliance with the EMP explicitly required in Section 8 clause no 4.18 of the bidding documents and construction contract. All the works related to this EMP has been explicitly mentioned in the BOQ.The section C(C1,C2,C3,C4) of the BOQ covers all these requirement. 210. As such, contractor is responsible to produce applicable methodology for the

107

protection of vulnerable physical structures together with construction methodology and should get approval from LMC and engineer prior to construction activity. In addition, trench excavation should be carried out without affecting structures and hence shoring should be applied along the excavated trench to protect the foundation of such vulnerable structures. Further, shoring should also be applied to the building and structures above the ground which are vulnerable to damage during the time of excavation. Shoring should be applied to all vulnerable buildings and residences prior to excavation. Contractor shall be responsible to reinstate structures that are affected due to construction activity. The estimated cost for environmental mitigation and social safeguards, including unanticipated mitigation measures is NRs. 7,984,869.00 and issues related to environment and social safeguard are covered in different BOQ items and provisional sum. EMP implementation budget estimate is NRs. 42,438,847.00. (*For detailed cost breakdown of BoQ items please see Table XX.) Details of contractor mitigation measures cost estimates (from BoQ) is given below in the Table IX-4 and summary of EMP implementation budget estimate is given in Table IX-5.

Table IX-4 Details of contractor mitigation measures cost estimates (from BoQ)

S.N Particulars Unit Quantity Rates (NRs.) Total (NRs.)

1.1 Summary of General Items, Section C: EMP Implementation and Safeguards

C.1 Providing and implementing safety signage boards, caution tapes and green nets, water sprinkling three times a day during construction works, monitoring the sound and vibrations of machine and tools, regular health check-ups in three equal time interval, trainings and awareness programs to contractor's labors, personal protective equipment, first aid kits, fire extinguishers, traffic control devices etc during construction works as per specification and engineer’s instruction. C.1.1 Providing safety signage boards, LS caution tapes and green nets 158,560 during construction works in site. C.1.2 Providing water sprinkling three LS times a day during construction 1,080,000 works in site. C.1.3 Monitoring the sound and LS vibrations of machine, tools, etc 480,000 during construction works in site including hiring of instrument and renumeration of expert. C.1.4 Regular health check-ups in three person 35 4,500 equal time interval 157,500 C.1.5 Trainings and awareness no. 35 6,000 programms to contractor's labours 210,000 at least three times in the project period. C.1.6 Provide personal protective LS equipments, first aid kits, fire 350,000 extinguishers C.2 Placement of a dedicated 2 nos months 18 240,000 Safety officers throughout contract 4,320,000 period for maintaining safety and protection against accidents including traffic control and EMP safeguard compliances with one standby emergency Vechicles. (Payment Shall be made upon 108

Deployment of all resources/manpower)

C.3 Placement of a dedicated 1 nos months 6 100,000 Archeologist officer for 6 months 600,000 period for uncovering chance findings of archelogical remains . (Payment Shall be made upon Deployment of all resources/manpower) C.4 Provide temporary No.s 60 10,546 hoardings/barricades for protection 632,787 of work area with flashing lights during trench excavation in the construction site Subtotal Section 1.1 7,988,847 1.3 Summary of Provisional Sum, Section A: Provisional Sum for Additional Environmental Mitigation Measures and Social Safeguard A.1 Provision for mitigation measures of unanticipated environmental impacts and social safeguard, Reinstating or relocating public utilities within land services, ie. Electric pole, transformer, street lightning, other electric line assessories, telephone poles, other telecom network infrastructures, unanticipated water supply pipe lines, water supply fittings and assessories, etc; reinstatement of affected pavement not specified in Work No. C1; reinstatement of damaged structures during construction activities, items not covered etc. including supply of necessary materials, labors, equipments, tools and installation all complete work as per specification and instructed by the Engineer. A.1.1 Reinstatement or relocation of PS 1 NA public utilities within land services, 3,000,000 ie. Electric pole, transformer, street lightning, other electric line assessories etc as per instruction of engineer. A.1.2 Telecom Network infrastructures PS 1 NA not covered by BOQ 1,900,000 A1.3 Reinstatement of unanticipated PS 1 NA water supply pipe lines not covered 400,000 by BOQ A1.4 Water supply pipe line fittings and PS 1 NA assessories not in BOQ 2,200,000 A1.5 Items not covered by BoQ PS 1 NA 20,000,000 A1.6 Reinstatement of affected PS 1 NA pavement not specified. 2,100,000 A.2 Supplying of potable tank water to PS 1 NA affected area during construction 2,400,000 works.

Subtotal Section 1.3 32,000,000

Total NRs (Section 1.1 + Section 1.3) 39,988,847

109

Table IX-5: Summary of EMP Implementation Budget Estimate Activity Cost (NRs) Responsible Phase

A. Contractor Mitigation Measures (summary of cost estimates from BoQ)* EMP measures having unit rates (General Items, 7,988,847 Contractor Construction Section 1.1.C) Provisional sums related to EMP implementation 32,000,000 Contractor Construction (Section 1.3.A) Subtotal A 39,988,847

B. Supervision and Training

PID Archaeologist/heritage expert 1,800,000 PID/DSC Construction 1-day training for LMC and ward officials 100,000 PID/DSC Mobilization At least 2-day training for contractor and laborers 100,000 PID/DSC Mobilization Subtotal C 200,000

D. Other

Subsurface investigation 2,250,000 PID/DSC Design Subtotal D 2,250,000

Total (A+B+C) 42,438,847 Total USD (@NRs 118/$1US) $ 359,651

*For detailed cost breakdown of BoQ items please see Table XX

211. It was agreed that the LMC will bear 20% and PID will bear 80% of the project cost. A Construction Execution Office (CEO) will be established within LMC, till the project completion period, for implementation of the project including monitoring, coordination and contract administration. CEOwill be headed by a Senior Engineer in LMC. It will also include an engineer seconded by PID, safeguard officer and other support staff as necessary.

212. DSC under KUKL will be responsible for the monitoring of construction and supervision including implementation of EMP. The total monitoring cost will be included in DSC.

E. Monitoring and Reporting Procedures

213. The contractor shall develop site-specific environmental management plan (SEMP) based on the EMP. The SEMP should be approved by PID/KUKL and DSC. Contractors are to submit monthly SEMP implementation status reports to DSC. A sample template for daily monitoring of contractor is in Appendix XV (A). This sample template may be improved further by contractor depending on suggestions or information needs of PID.

214. DSC should submit quarterly reports to PID which should be reviewed by the Safeguard Unit of PID. PID should submit semi-annual monitoring reports to ADB in a similar format provided in Appendix XV (B). The reporting system should be based on site supervision to see whether mitigation measures are carried out according to the Monitoring Plan. DSC is responsible for checking the monthly progress reports submitted by the Contractor and field verified whether or not the Contractor has complied with the approved

110

conditions as stated in the SEMP.

215. DSC should prepare a quarterly environmental monitoring report based on the monthly report submitted by the Contractor and submit to PID/KUKL for review. The report is developed based on field inspection, investigation, consultation and information given in the monitoring report. 10 copies of the reports should be submitted to PID/KUKL every month, which should be distributed to the responsible agencies for review. The Environmental Specialist of DSC should then review the comments and suggestions from the various authorities and act accordingly.

216. Monthly progress reports, including bi-annual and annual reports on the implementation of EMP should be produced on a regular basis. The monthly progress report should contain information on the works carried out and the results of all monitoring and investigation works performed during that particular month. The report should also include cases of compliance and non-compliance and the corresponding further mitigation measures to be adopted to correct the non-compliances and also include the outcome of the monitoring, important issues identified and the measures to be undertaken to ameliorate them.Sample outline for the monthly reporting of contractor is as follows. 1. Introduction 2. Major issues raised during construction 3. Status of construction activities 4. Status of labour camps 5. Material storage yard 6. Safety status 7. Mitigation measures mentioned in the EMP implemented 8. Photographs

F. Training and Capacity Building

217. PID has ongoing capacity building efforts for environmental safeguards as part of the overall KVWMP, of which SN-03 is a relatively much smaller infrastructure project compared with interceptor sewers and WWTP works. Therefore, capacity building efforts are focused on cultural heritage impacts, and awareness of the contractor on the responsibilities and expectations in the EMP.

218. PID will develop a contractor training program (together with DSC-06 and DoA), that is required prior to any works. DoA has already signaled that they are willing to be involved in the training. As part of this training program, Ward chairs and LMC are also to be trained on heritage issues and oversight (potentially together with Contractor or as separate training). Budget of NRs 2,00,000 has been allocated for this training.

219. Where possible, the contractor will use laborers that have been trained in archaeological excavation - Durham University previously trained 150 laborers in these techniques in 2015, and where possible these workers should be used. Where it is not possible to hire trained laborers, any workers engaged in the heritage area will be required to undergo training for working in these sensitive areas per the contractor training program.

111

X. CONCLUSION

220. This IEE is prepared for the rehabilitation and expansion of sewerage network in the core area of LMC. As the proposed sewer network will have a section of about 157.5 m in length that passes through the historical and UNESCO World Heritage Site Patan Durbar Square. Approval letter from Department of Archaeology (DoA) has been acquired for the rehabilitation and improvement of existing sewer line within the Patan Durbar Square. A Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA) has been conducted for this stretch, which provided the recommendations on how to undertake such construction activities without impacting the heritage site and the structures therein. These recommendations are adopted and incorporated in this IEE.

221. In summary the IEE concludes that there are no identifiable significant environmental impacts nor is the project deemed environmentally sensitive, and is thus consistent with a Category B impact level as specified in ADB SPS (2009). Potential impacts are site-specific, limited to the construction phase, and temporary in nature. The project activities would take place in existing road rights-of-way that have already been subject to prior excavation.

222. The HIA found that the SN-03 project could pose some risks to the heritage assets of the project area, most notably to sub-surface archaeology, fragile earthquake-damaged buildings, and disruption of religious and sociocultural practices in both the core monument zone and the buffer zone. However the HIA finds that the risks are temporary during construction and manageable so long as the mitigation measures are strictly followed and there is strong supervision by the DSC and PID. The team noted significant commitment of PID and LMC to ensure that heritage aspects were fully integrated into the DPR, bidding documents, and EMP, and coordinated consultations with all levels of government to develop technical specifications and inputs to the design and mitigation measures. Implementation will be complex and challenging, but given the flooding problem that is causing impacts on both the communities and heritage assets the project is clearly important and a long-term solution is needed to protect the culturally and historically unique Lalitpur core area from damaging flooding and sewer overflows.

223. The sub-project will contribute significantly to the improvement of the health and quality of life of the people due to management of sewer and drainage. The core area of LMC and Patan Durbar Square area suffers flash flooding during rainy season. It is anticipated that the implementation of project will solve the existing problem of inundation for a 1 in five year return period, especially in and around Mahapal and Patan Durbar Square Area. Adverse impacts are possible, however, the potential adverse impacts associated with design, construction, and operation can be mitigated through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures as detailed in the EMP.

112

APPENDICES

Appendix-I: REA Checklist Appendix-II: Approval letter from Department of Archaeology Appendix-III: Communication letters from LMC Appendix-IV: Inventory of Vulnerable Structures Appendix-V: Map of existing utilities Appendix-VI: Maps indicating cultural structures Appendix-VII: Map with proposed rehabilitation sewer line and manholes Appendix-VIII: Map with major area where street vendors are existed Appendix- IX: Map with catchment area with proposed sewer line Appendix- X: Map with pipe diameter along the proposed alignment Appendix- XI: Map with excavation depth along the proposed alignment Appendix- XII: Minutes of Consultations Appendix- XIII: List of Participants and Photographs Appendix- XIV: Standards Appendix- XV: Sample Monitoring Checklist Appendix-XVI: Construction Induced Vibration Limits and Heritage Vulnerability Assessment Appendix-XVII: Recommendation/No Objection Letters

X-1

Appendix-I REA Checklist

X-2

X-3

X-4

X-5

Appendix-II Approval letter from Department of Archaeology

X-6

X-7

Translation of approval letter from Department of Archaeology written to Lalitpur Metropolitan City office

Subject: Regarding combine sewer line

In reference to the above subject, we are aware of Lalitpur Metropolitan City letter ref; 7320, 074/075 dated 2075/02/21 (4 June 2018). In this regard, it is to inform you that based upon LMC’s decision dated 2075/02/30 (13 June 2018) we approve for the implementation of combined sewer line within the vicinity of protected monument site, Patan Durbar Square listed in World Heritage to management sewer problem occurring during rainy season due to surface runoff; and DOA is agreed to provide approval for the implementation of construction works during night time without disturbance to daily activity and a representative from Monument Conservation and Palace Watch Office, Patan shall be presentmandatorily (adequate incentive shall make available from the project for the extra time spend by the DOA personnel) during excavation.

X-8

Appendix-III Communication letters from LMC

X-9

X-10

X-11

Letter written by LMC to Patan Durbar Care Office, Mangalbazar, Patan Durbar Area.

Subject: Requesting of approval for the construction of Combined Sewer line

Flooding is one of the major issue along the Patan Durbar Square Area in every rainy season.

In the leadership of LMC, PID and LMC’s joint investment and participation has intended to solve the problem with the implementation of significant Combined sewer network will be operated soon.

This sewer network project will add value of all temples and cultural structures within the area together with Patan Durbar (Palace) which has archaeological and historical significance. A due attention has been given to avoid any sort of significant impact upon physical archaeological structures with the construction of sewer lines.

Construction activity will be under taken during the night time and excavated spoil will be disposed safely and proper management has been taken care for the smooth operation of traffic following day. Construction activity will be carried out in presence of your representative. Further, your instruction will be followed during the time of excavation and construction.

We would like to request you to provide permit to carry out construction activity within the area considering importance and urgency. Ultimately, the estimate of relevant section and required maps are attached with this letter for your reference.

Rudra Gautam Unit Chief, Infrastructure and construction unit

CC: Mayor, LMC

KUKL-PID, Anamnagar

X-12

X-13

Letter from LMC to Nepal Electricity Authority, Nepal Tele Communication, and KUKL, Jaulakhel Branch on 10 June 2018.

Subject: Removing underground utilities

In reference to above subject you are aware about the implementation of Sewer pipeline project starting from Lagankhel, Kumaripati, Mahapal to Patan Darbur Square, and up to Jwagal after the presentation on 16 May 2018.

In this regard; you are requested to provide cost estimate for the removal, temporary operation, and for reinstate of all underground utilities existed within the right of way of proposed sewer network alignment. Proposed pipe route is attached herewith this letter. Please contact SDE Bipul Kr. Laldas, Engineer, KUKL-PID (9861531633) if other Technical Details are required.

Rudra Gautam Unit Chief

X-14

X-15

Letter from KUKL-PID to Nepal Electricity Authority, Pulchok dated 2075/02/29 (10 June 2018).

Subject: Cost estimate In reference to above subject you are aware about the implementation of Sewer pipeline project starting from Lagankhel, Kumaripati, Mahapal to Patan Darbur Square, and up to Jwagal from the presentation on 16 May 2018 held at LMC meeting hall in presence of all stakeholders. We have been coordinating with respective line agencies for the preparation of cost estimates for removal of underground utilities and are under progress. In this regard; you are requested to provide cost estimate for the removal, temporary operation, and for reinstate of all underground electricity utilities existed within Patan Darbur Square area to Sankhamul area the right of way of proposed sewer network alignment. Proposed pipe route map is attached herewith this letter for your reference.

Er. Tiresh P Khatri, Project Director

X-16

X-17

X-18

X-19

X-20

Letter written by NTC to KUKL-PID

Subject: submission of map

In reference to the above subject maps required for the likely affected Copper Network of NTC along the proposed sewer network from Lagenkhel, Kumaripati, Mahapal, to Sankhamul and for civil work for the installation of Fibre Network along the sewer line is attached herewith this letter.

CC: Lalitpur Metropolitan City, Pulchowk, Lalitpur. NTC, Chauni. NTC, Tripureshwor, Kathmandu.

X-21

Appendix-IV Inventory of Vulnerable Structures

During the project design, buildings that could be vulnerable to accidental damages were assessed so that mitigation measures could be designed to safeguard these structures. These include old buildings in poor condition, those damaged by the 2015 earthquake, and small shrines located at ground level. In total, 12 buildings and three shrines were identified.

The contractor will be responsible to take care for the existing old vulnerable houses as well as structures of cultural importance situated close to the road alignment which could be affected due to project activities. The contractor is responsible to produce applicable methodology for the protection of vulnerable physical structures together with construction methodology and should get approval from LMC and engineer prior to construction activity. In addition, trench excavation should be carried out as per Contract Specification Clause 5.2.5.2.3. without affecting structures and hence shoring should be applied along the excavated trench to protect the foundation of such vulnerable structures.

Further, shoring should also be applied to the building and structures above the ground which are vulnerable to accidental damage during the time of excavation. Shoring should be applied to all vulnerable buildings and residences prior to excavation. Contractor shall be responsible to reinstate structures that suffer accidental damages due to construction activity.

No structures were found to lie within the right-of-way of excavation works, so no up-front costs have been incurred. However the contractor will be responsible for protecting these structures, and a line item has been included in the BoQ for shoring and related specifications in the bidding documents. A provisional sum has been incorporated in the BoQ for repairing any accidental damages.

1. OwnerName: RahulShakya Chainage 0+400 StructureID: 1 Nagarpalika LMC

Address Haugal

Ward 12

Side(R/L) Left

StructureType Resident/commercial RoofType RCC Story 2 Length(m) Breadth(m) WallStructure Stone/MudWallandPlasterbyM UseType Resident/Commercial Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be used

X-22

2. OwnerName: Jamuna Shrestha Chainage 0+420 StructureID: 2 Nagarpalika LMC

Address Haugal

Ward 12

Side(R/L) Left

StructureType Commercial RoofType RCC Story 3 Length(m) Breadth(m) WallStructure Stone/MudWallandPlasterbyM UseType Commercial Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be used

OwnerName: PritamrajPanikar Chainage 0+480 StructureID: 3 Nagarpalika LMC Address Haugal Ward 12 Side(R/L) Left StructureType Commercial RoofType CGISheet Story 4 Length(m) Breadth(m) WallStructure Stone/MudWallandPlasterbyM UseType Resident/Commercial Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be used

X-23

4. OwnerName: GovindaDangol Chainage 0+810 StructureID: 4 Nagarpalika LMC

Address Bhimsethan

Ward 20

Side(R/L) Left

StructureType CommercialHouse RoofType CGISheet Story 2 Length(m) Breadth(m) WallStructure Stone/CementWall andPlasterby UseType Commercial Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be Used

5. OwnerName: MukeshShahi Chainage 0+010 StructureID: 5 Nagarpalika LMC

Address Etichowk

Ward 19

Side(R/L) Left

StructureType CommercialHouse RoofType CGISheet Story 3 Length(m) Breadth(m) WallStructure Stone/CementWall andPlasterby UseType Commercial Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be Used

X-24

6. OwnerName: KrishnaKumariShahi Chainage 0+035 StructureID: 6 Nagarpalika LMC

Address Etichowk

Ward 19

Side(R/L) Left

StructureType Resident RoofType CGISheet Story 2 Length(m) Breadth(m) WallStructure Stone/CementWall andPlasterby UseType Rent Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be Used

7. OwnerName: TulsiMayaMalakar Chainage 0+075

StructureID: 7

Nagarpalika LMC

Address Ebahal Ward 19

Side(R/L) Left StructureType Resident

RoofType CGISheet Story 1

Length(m) Breadth(m)

WallStructure Stone/CementWall andPasterby UseType Resident

Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be Used

X-25

8. OwnerName: Hira B.Silapakar Chainage 0+275 StructureID: 8 Nagarpalika LMC

Address Ikhalakhu

Ward 19

Side(R/L) Left

StructureType Resident RoofType CGISheet Story 4 Length(m) Breadth(m) WallStructure Stone/CementWall andPlasterby UseType Resident Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be Used

9. OwnerName: BodhiShakya Chainage 0+518 StructureID: 9 Nagarpalika LMC

Address Patko

Ward 19

Side(R/L) Left

StructureType Resident/commercial RoofType CGISheet Story 3 Length(m) Breadth(m) WallStructure Stone/MudWallandPlasterbyCe UseType Resident/Commercial Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be Used

X-26

10. OwnerName: NoName Chainage StructureID: 10 Nagarpalika LMC

Address Ikhalakhu

Ward 19

Side(R/L) Left

StructureType Wall RoofType CGISheet Story 2 Length(m) Breadth(m) WallStructure Stone/CementWall andPlasterby UseType NeedtodestroyandNoonelive

Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be Used

11. OwnerName: NoName Chainage 0+225 StructureID: 11 Nagarpalika LMC

Address Ikhalakhu

Ward 19

Side(R/L) Left

StructureType Resident RoofType CGISheet Story 4 Length(m) Breadth(m) WallStructure Stone/CementWall andPlasterby UseType Resident Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be Used

X-27

12. OwnnerName: Chainage 0+468 StructureID: 12 Nagarpalika LMC

Address Patko

Ward 19

Side(R/L) Left

StructureType Resident/commerial RoofType RCCwithwood Storey 3 Length(m) Breadth(m) WallStructure Bricks UseType Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be Used

13. OwnnerName: Temple Chainage 0+525 StructureID: 13 Nagarpalika LMC

Address Haugal

Ward 12

Side(R/L) Right

StructureType Temple RoofType N/A Storey Open Length(m) Breadth(m) WallStructure UseType Community Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be Used

X-28

14. OwnnerName: Temple Chainage 0+850 StructureID: 14 Nagarpalika LMC

Address Swotha

Ward

Side(R/L) Right

StructureType Temple RoofType N/A Storey Open Length(m) Breadth(m) WallStructure UseType Community Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be Used

15. OwnnerName: GarudaTemple Chainage 0+860 StructureID: 15 Nagarpalika LMC

Address Swoth

Ward

Side(R/L) Right

StructureType Temple RoofType N/A Storey Open Length(m) Breadth(m) WallStructure UseType Community Excavation Area Type-2 Method to be Used

X-29

Appendix-V Map of existing utilities

The following utilities were assessed and mapped: underground electric cable (NEA) lines; existing electric Poles; existing (NTC cable) telephone lines; existing sewer lines and manholes; existing water supply lines

X-30

X-31

Appendix-VI Maps indicating cultural structures

X-32

Page | X-33

X-34

Appendix-VII Map with proposed rehabilitation sewer line and manholes

X-35

Appendix-VIII Map of street vendor areas

X-36

Appendix- IX Map with catchment area with proposed sewer line

X-37

Appendix- X Map with pipe diameter along the proposed alignment

X-38

Appendix- XI Map with excavation depth of pipe along the proposed alignment

X-39

X-40

Appendix- XII Minutes of Consultation

X-41

X-42

X-43

X-44

X-45

X-46

X-47

X-48

X-49

X-50

X-51

X-52

X-53

X-54

X-55

X-56

X-57

X-58

X-59

X-60

X-61

Notes of meeting discussions and agreed points between Lalitpur Metropolitan City(LMC),NEA and PID regarding underground cabling of electric line

Date: July 22, 2018 Venue: NEA Head office Purpose of the meeting

A meeting was called between Lalitpur Metropolitan City (LMC),Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA) and Project Implementation Directorate (PID) to discuss the issue about laying of underground electric cable from Lagankhel of Patan till Shankamul. The sewer rehabilitation project of Patan core area is in the final stage of completion of the DPR.Management of the existing utilities is one of the key issues within this project too. Many rounds of meeting have been held with the local office of NEA in regard to underground laying of the old electric cable so as to provide an improved system in the narrow alleys and roads of Patan falling within the sewer pipe route. The local unit of NEA had expressed their desire to have this system in place but due to the limitation of funds, had shown their inability to move forward. Visualizing the ground reality of doing any civil construction in these area without the support of the local authorities is going to be a herculean and near to impossible task to accomplice. So LMC has not only taken up the lead role in executing this project jointly with PID but is also sharing the project cost. Thus, all the agencies have understood the importance of this project and have acknowledged the working modality too. This also serves as a golden opportunity for all related utility owners to improve all their worn out and outdated utilities during the execution of this project. It was also informed by NEA officials that they are likely to execute the work of underground cabling of all electricity cable within the Kathmandu valley in near future. LMC and PID made aware to all about the likely timing of the actual construction work of the sewer project which is January 2019.The sewer route map and the related details were presented at meeting.

The following were present in the meeting:

Attendees 1Mr.Chiri Babu Maharjan Mayor, LMC 2 Mr.Kul Man Gheising MD/NEA 3 Mr.Surat Bam PM/PID 4.Mr.Manoj Silwal Act.DMD 5. Mr.Rudra Adikari Senior Engineer/LMC 6.Mr.BharatMaharjan Engineer DSC04 7. Mr.Birendra Kumar Singh Chief,NEA Lagakhel Unit 8.MrJay Kumar Yadav Senior Engineer NEA Lagankhel Unit 9. Rajesh Pd Singh WME/PID 10.Mr.Ramji Bhandari Director, NEA Head office

Discussions and Agreed Actions: There was discussion among all participants and final conclusions and agreed points are as follows: -  LMC and PID will proceed ahead in preparation of the DPR with close consultation with the local unit of NEA.  To have a safe and reliable underground system in place, NEA head office will assist and guide the local unit of NEA in preparation the required cost estimate with proper specifications.  LMC and PID will execute the single package contract with the civil works for the underground cable included.

X-62

 The cost of the civil works for the electrical component will be borne by PID and LMC.  Realizing the opportunity of working with LMC in the forefront, NEA principally agreed to supply all the material required for the underground cabling work and will also explore and manage the budget for the same.  The supply of materials will be synchronized with the timing of the civil contractor being on board i.e. January 2019  NEA will also support the project with its expertise in this field and supervise the entire cable laying work.

X-63

Page | X-64

English Translation Minute

Date: 10 Feb, 2019 Venue: Lalitpur Metropolitan City

Ameeting is organized to day on 26 Magh 2075 (10thFeb2019) on Lalitpur Metropolitan City, for the public discussion for IEE of Sewer Rehabilitation from Lagankhel bus station (LMC ward no.5) to Sankhamul through Patan Durbar Square (SN03) under KathmanduValley Wastewater Management Project (KVWWMP), Project Implementation Directorate, Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited (KUKL). From this sewer rehabilitation project, the problem of sewer flowing around the area Lagankhel bus station, Mahapalchowk, Mangal Bazar and Patan Bazar area would be solved. Regarding this, discussion for the suggestion and opinion of people for IEE and possible impact that the project may cause is being held today in presence of Lalitpur Metropolitan and concerned authority/stakeholers. Following is the list of candidate present in the meeting.

X-65

X-66

English Translation of the meeting 31stMarch 2019 A meeting is organized today on Sunday, 31st March 2019 (16 chaitra 2075) on Lalitpur Metropolitan City in presence of Mayor of LMC. With the budget of Government of Nepal, LMC and ADB, a 2.8 km sewer line will be constructedfrom Lagankhel bus station to Sankhamul through Patan Durbar Square (SN03) that will manage the storm water and sewer line. In this regard, group of people from different organization as well as public people had a discussion, interaction and exchange of information.

X-67

Summary of public consultation (Minutes Translation) English Nepali No of S.N Male Female Location Participants Major issues/Translation Date Date participants Assembly Mayor, House of Presentation & Discussion Hall, Lalitpur representative member, on Dhobighat waste water Metropolitan state assembly member, treatment plant and sewer 6 Feb city ward representatives, ADB system rehabilitation 1. 2074/10/23 55 2018 consultant, PID,KUKL, CASSC, DSC, LMC staffs other concerned stakeholders Assembly Mayor, PD, ward Presentation on DPR at Hall, Lalitpur representatives, PID,KUKL, LMC to different 24 May 2. 2075/02/10 34 29 5 Metropolitan CASSC, DSC, LMC staffs stakeholders; Discussion on 2018 city other concerned DPR of the trunk line for stakeholders SN-03 Assembly Mayor, PD, ward Presentation on DPR and 6 June Hall, Lalitpur representatives, PID,KUKL, Design Revision and 3. 2075/02/23 38 2018 Metropolitan CASSC, DSC, LMC staffs Discussion on SN-03 city ward no 5 Ward chairperson, ward Information dissemination of secretary, local people, the project. Coordination CASSC with ward committee and local community 25 June 4. 2075/03/11 12 7 5 membersand further 2018 discussion on the combined sewerage line of SN-03 and underground utilities over the planned stretch.

Page | X-68

English Nepali No of S.N Male Female Location Participants Major issues/Translation Date Date participants ward no 12 Ward chairperson, ward Information dissemination of secretary, local people, the project. Coordination ,CASSC with ward committee and local community 26 June 5. 2075/03/12 21 6 15 membersand further 2018 discussion on the combined sewerage line of SN-03 and underground utilities over the planned stretch. ward no 19 Ward chairperson, ward Information dissemination of secretary, local people, the project. Coordination ,CASSC with ward committee and local community 26 June 6. 2075/03/12 15 11 4 membersand further 2018 discussion on the combined sewerage line of SN-03 and underground utilities over the planned stretch. ward no 9 Ward chairperson, ward Information dissemination of secretary, local people, the project. Coordination ,CASSC with ward committee and local community 29 June 7. 2075/03/15 28 23 5 membersand further 2018 discussion on the combined sewerage line of SN-03 and underground utilities over the planned stretch.

X-69

English Nepali No of S.N Male Female Location Participants Major issues/Translation Date Date participants ward no 11 Ward chairperson, ward Information dissemination of secretary, local people, the project. Coordination CASSC with ward committee and local community 29 June 8. 2075/03/15 16 14 2 membersand further 2018 discussion on the combined sewerage line of SN-03 and underground utilities over the planned stretch. ward no 16 Ward chairperson, ward Information dissemination of secretary, local people, the project. Coordination CASSC with ward committee and local community 29 June 9. 2075/03/15 19 14 5 membersand further 2018 discussion on the combined sewerage line of SN-03 and underground utilities over the planned stretch. Assembly Mayor, Chief Administrative Discussion on the existing Hall, Lalitpur officer, ward representatives, underground utilities from Metropolitan PID,KUKL, CASSC, DSC, and their reinstate after city LMC staffs, NEA dislocation. representative, NTC (i) The project will provide 19 July 10. 2075/04/03 21 representative civil cost for the relocation 2018 of underground electricity cables and conduit. (ii) Nepal electricity authority will supply all required underground

X-70

English Nepali No of S.N Male Female Location Participants Major issues/Translation Date Date participants cables and conduit and civil cost will be included in the project BOQ. (iii) It is agreed that MOA between KUKL (PID) and LMC will be signed on 31 July 2018. (iv) KUKL (PID) will provide all discussed topics and particulars to all stakeholders by email within 22 July 2018. NEA Head Mayor, KUKL-PID, Preparation of the DPR, cost 22 July office DSC, NEA staffs and LMC of the civil works 11. 2075/04/06 10 2018 staffs

LMC Mayor, Ward Preperation of IEE 10 Feb Meeting Hall representatives, PID,KUKL, 12. 2075/10/26 20 2019 CASSC, DSC and LMC staffs

LMC Mayor, Ward LLCC and Technical team 31st Meeting Hall representatives, DoA, will organize a meeting and 13. March 2075/12/16 29 PID,KUKL, CASSC, DSC, the work of SN03 can be 2019 Media and LMC staffs started

X-71

X-72

Appendix- XIII List of Participants and Photographs

S.N Name of participants Organization Meeting at LMC Assembly Hall on 6 February 2018 1. Chiri Babu Maharjan Mayor, LMC 2. Pampha Bhusal House of representative member 3. Jiwan Khadka State assembly member 4. Raj Kaji Maharjan State assembly member 5. Ashish Ghimire HPCIDBC 6. Kishor Thapa Bagmati Cleaning Campaign 7. Bijaya K Shrestha ADB consultant 8. Rahul Muni Bajracharya ADB consultant 9. Ajar Man Joshi Lalitpur Chamber of Commerce 10. Rudra Gautam LMC 11. Dilendra Raj Shrestha Advisor, LMC 12. Sabin Shrestha Lalitpur Chamber 13. Nabin Mangal Joshi Kebhal Tole Sudhar Samittee 14. Birendra Lal Shrestha Mangal Bazar Tole Sudhar Samittee 15. Binod Tamrakar Ward Chairperson; ward no 19 16. Prayag Joshi Engineer, ward no 19 17. Kiran Man Pradhan Mangal Bazar Tole Sudhar Samittee 18. Gyanu Raja Shrestha Mangal Bazar Tole Sudhar Samittee 19. Sunil Shakya Mahapal Tole Sudhar Samittee 20. Suvendra Raj Joshi Swothe Tole Lalitpur 21. Garinets Safbon water 22. Dinesh Maharjan Choba Gahitee tole 23. Narayan Lal Awale Ward Chairperson; ward no 12 24. Suresh Maharjan Ward Chairperson; ward no 26 25. Indraman Maharjan Ward Chairperson; ward no 11 26. Nirmal ratna shakya Ward Chairperson; ward no 16 27. Bishow mani Jyawali Executive Director; SWMTSC 28. Kishor Shakya Nepal Engineering Association 29. Sanjib Bikram Rana Executive Director; KVW 30. Diwakar Pd Dhakal DPD; PID 31. Nandalal Banjade CDE; DoSS 32. Dipak Puri DSC -04/PID 33. Dhurba Bd Shrestha ADB/PPTA 34. Himesh Anand Baidya DPD/PID 35. Dhurba Raj Regmi PMD/PID 36. Suman Pd Sharma PID/ADB 37. Mahesh Bhattarai KUKL 38. Tiresh Pd Khatri PID 39. Joint Secretary; Ministry of Water Anil Bhadra Khanal Supply 40. Jhanj Honglogn PID Consultant 41. Bharat Maharjan DSC04/ PID 42. Raju Maharjan Ward no 9 43. Krishna Lal Maharjan Lalitpur Metropolitian City 44. Suranjan Ghimire Barakhari.com 45. Narayan K.C Ward Chairperson; ward no 4 46. Rikesh Chitrakar Envt. Expert; DSC04

X-73

S.N Name of participants Organization 47. Kishor Pantee Engineer/ PID 48. Sangitanjali Koirala Engineer/ PID 49. Rukesh Bataju SARBON/ Engineer 50. Bhagwan Maharjan 51. Pushpa Koirala Envt. Expert; CASSC 52. Bharat K.C CSE; DSC04 53. Bharat Acharya CME; CASSC; DSC 04 54. Mahesh Bhattarai KUKL 55. Tiresh Pd Khatri PID 56. Suman Pd Sharma PID/ADB 57. Arjun babu Dhakal LMC 58. Dhurba Raj Regmi PMD/PID 59. Pinky Bijayananda Social Development Expert/DSC04 60. Rikesh Chitrakar Envt. Expert; DSC04 61. Surat Bd Malla Nepal Telecom 62. Ram Sundar Hamal Nepal Telecom 63. Kaji Pyakural Patan Durbar Square 64. Krishna Lal Maharjan LCCI 65. Indra Man Maharjan Ward Chairperson; ward no 11 66. Niran Man Pradhan Ward No 11 67. Chanda lal Maharjan Ward Chairperson; ward no 20 68. Narayan Lal Awale Ward Chairperson; ward no 12 69. Binod Tamarkar Ward Chairperson 70. Nabin Mangal Joshi TLO; Mangalbazar 71. Gyanendra Kalauni Engineer, lalitpur 72. Prayag Joshi Engineer, ward no 19 73. Nirmal ratna shakya Ward Chairperson; ward no 16 74. Birendra K Singh NEA; Pulchowk 75. Mohamad Rayan NEA; Pulchowk 76. Jay K Yadav NEA; Lagankhel 77. Munny pradhan Consultant ADB 78. Vivan Castro ADB 79. Rajesh Pd Singh PID 80. Bipul Das PID 81. Surak K Bam PID/KUKL 82. Jhanj Hong Kyu PID Consultant Meeting at 16 Ward Office, 29 June 2018 1. Nirmal Ratna Sakya, Chief, 16 Ward LMC 1. Dilip Joshi, Advisor, 16 Ward LMC 2. Bal Krishna Maharjan, 16 Ward LMC 3. Prabin Bahadur Shakya, DMC, 16 Ward LMC 4. Narayan Maharjan CDMC, 16 Ward LMC 5. Sapina Karki, 16 Ward LMC 6. Anusha Karki, 16 Ward LMC 7. Sarita Shakya, 16 Ward LMC 8. Deepak Pokharel, Secretary, 16 Ward LMC 9. Puskar Kumar Thapa, 16 Ward LMC 10. Sabin Narayan, 16 Ward LMC 11. Khushi Shakya, 16 Ward LMC 12. Sandeep Budhathoki, 16 Ward LMC

X-74

S.N Name of participants Organization 13. Yanalal Maharjan, 16 Ward LMC 14. Raskumar Nepali, 16 Ward LMC 15. Nutana Shrestha, Enumerator, CASSC CASSC/PID 16. Ramesh Deuba, CASSC CASSC/PID 17. Bharat Acharya, CASSC CASSC/PID Meeting at 5 Ward Office, 25 June 2018 1. Ashok Kumar Shrestha, Ward 5, Chief LMC 2. Manju Rijal, 5 Ward, Member LMC 3. Shova Devi Pradhan Shrestha, 5 Ward, LMC Member 4. Punam K.C. Niraula, 5 Ward, Member LMC 5. Sangita Maharjan, 5 Ward LMC 6. Raghab Dangol, 5 Ward LMC 7. Krishna Ram Shrestha, 5 Ward LMC 8. Bharat Acharya, CASSC PID 9. Min Dahal, CASSC PID 10. Radha Krishna Shrestha, 5 Ward LMC 11. Ravi Kumar K.C. 5 Ward LMC 12. Raj Kumar K.C. 5 Ward LMC Meeting at 12 Ward Office, 26 June 2018 1. Sarita Maharjan, Ward 12 Representative LMC 2. Sanu Awale, 12 Ward Chief LMC 3. Nidhi Tamrakar, 12 Ward LMC 4. Astalaxmi Shrestha, 12 Ward LMC 5. Mohan Laxmi Shakya, 12 Ward LMC 6. Jayenti Maharjan, 12 Ward LMC 7. Budha Laxmi Awale, 12 Ward LMC 8. Rama Maharjan, 12 Ward LMC 9. Gita Tamrakar, 12 Ward LMC 10. Keshari Shakya, 12 Ward LMC 11. Komal Shakya, 12 Ward LMC 12. Laxmi Dangol LMC,Secretary, 12 Ward office 13. Shreejana Bhaidya LMC,12 Ward office, Member 14. Maiya Bista LMC,Secretary, 12 Ward office 15. Maiya Maharjan, Chief LMC 16. Indu Bajracharya, 12 Ward LMC 17. Min Dahal, CASSC KUKL/PID 18. Bharat Acharya, CASSC KUKL/PID Meeting at 19 Ward Office 1. Binod Tamrakar, 19 Ward, Chief LMC 2. Bulal Maharjan, 19 Ward, Representative LMC 3. Ramiya Maharjan, 19 Ward, Representative LMC 4. Renu Maharjan, 19 Ward LMC 5. Nhuche Ratna, 19 Ward LMC 6. Prem Lal Maharja, 19 Ward LMC 7. Devi Chaulagai, 19 Ward LMC 8. Asha Lal, 19 Ward LMC 9. Bhai Krishna, 19 Ward LMC 10. Asta Bahadur Nemkul, 19 Ward LMC 11. Dibesh Maharjan, 19 Ward LMC

X-75

S.N Name of participants Organization 12. Ramesh Shrestha, 19 Ward LMC 13. Bharat Acharya, CASSC/PID KUKL-PID 14. Min Dahal, CASSC/PID KUKL-PID 24 May 2018 meeting at LMC hall 1. Chiribabu Maharjan, Mayor (Chairman) LMC 2. Gita Satyal, Vice Chairman LCM 3. Mahesh Bhattarai, Coordinator KUKL 4. Suman Prashad Aryal, Consultant 5. Arjun Babu Dhakal, 6. Dhurba Raj Regmi, PID Consultant KUKL,PID 7. Pinky Bijayanand, Social Development DSC04, KUKL, PID Officer 8. Rikesh Chitrakar, Environment Specialist DSC04, KUKL, PID 9. Surat Bahadur Malla, Office Chief, NTC Representative 10. Ram Sundar Hamal, Technical Officer, NTC Representative 11. Kaji Pyakurel, Chief Palace Officer, DOA Representative 12. Krishna Lal Maharjan, Chief, Representative LCCI 13. Indraman Maharjan, 11 Ward, Chief LMC 14. Raju Maharjan, 9 Ward, Chief LMC 15. Kirna Man Pradhan, 19 Ward, Chief LMC 16. Chandra Lal Maharjan, 20 Ward, Chief LMC 17. Narayan Lal Awale, Ward Chief LMC 18. Binod Tamrakar, 2 Ward Chief LMC 19. Nabin Mangal Joshi, Coordinator, Area LMC Development Committee 20. Gyanendra Kalauni, Engineer, LMC 21. Prayag Joshi, Drainage Engineer, Local LMC Representative 22. Nirmal Ratna Shakya, 16 Ward Chief LMC 23. Birendra Kumar Singh, Chief, NEA, Lagankhel Representative 24. Kul Mohammad Rayem, Engineer, NEA, Pulchowk Representative 25. Jay Kumar Yadav, Envineer, Representative NEA, Lagankhel 26. Amy, Consultant ADB 27. Munny Pradhan, Consultant ADB 28. Vivian Casteo.Wooldridge, Consultant ADB 29. Rajesh Prasad Singh, WME KUKL, PID 30. Bipul Kumar Lal Das, SDE KUKL, PID 31. Surat Kumar Bam, PM KUKL, PID 32. Jhang Hong Kyu, TL DSC/PID/KUKL 33. Bishnu P. Joshi KUKL 19 July 2018 meeting at LMC hall 1. Chiribabu Maharjan, Mayor (Chairman) LMC 2. Gita Satyal, Vice Chairman LMC 3. Hari Prashad Dahal, Chairman of LMC Administrative Office

X-76

S.N Name of participants Organization 4. Rudra Prashad Gautam, Chairman of LMC Infrastructure Development Unit 5. Kumar Yadav, Engineer, Representative NEA 6. Pradip Adhakari, Engineer, Representative NEA 7. Surat Bahadur Malla, Office Chief, NTC Representative 8. Ram Sundar Dhakal, Representative NTC 9. Sumita Ghimire, Representative NTC 10. Rabindra Amatya, Representative KUKL 11. Rajendra Desar, Representative KUKL 12. Hiranya Prashad Parajuli LMCUnder Secretary, Account, 13. Surat Bam, PM KUKL (PID) 14. Laxmi Pant, SDE KUKL (PID) 15. Rajesh Prasad Singh, WME KUKL (PID) 16. Dhurba Raj Regmi, FMC KUKL (PID) 17. Jhang Hong Kyu, TL DSC/PID/KUKL 18. Rikesh Chitrakar, Env. Specialist DSC04/PID/KUKL 19. Ramesh Deuba, Community Mobilizer CASSC/PID 20. Bharat Maharjan, Network Engineer DSC04/PID

10 Feb, 2019 meeting at LMC hall S.N Name of Participants Organization 1 ChiriBabuMaharjan Mayor LMC 2 GeetaSatyal DeputyMayorLMC 3 RajuMaharjan Wardchairman-9 4 SupravaSakya Wardmember 16noward 5 PanchaBajraBajracharya Wardmember 16noward 6 BulalMaharjan Wardmember 7 NuchhcheRatnaKhadgi Wardmember 8 DikshyaDhakal PID/DSC-6 9 RajLalThakur PID/DSC-5 10 HeraKajiMaharjan NepalTelecom 11 SuratMalla Nepal Telecom Patan 12 KrishnaGovindaJoshi Treasurer Tolecommittee 13 BhagwanMaharjan SecretaryTolecommittee 14 KajiPyakurel PatanDurbarSqureoffice 15 SarikaGharana DSC-6/PID 16 RajeshPd.Singh PID 17 BharatMaharjan NetworkEng./DSC-6/PID 18 MinDahal FC/CASSC/PID 19 ShisirGautam SDE /DSC-6/ PID 20 RudraPdAdhikari LMC

X-77

31stMarch 2019 meeting at LMC hall

S.N Name of Participants Organization 1 ChiriBabuMaharjan Mayor LMC 2 GeetaSatyal Deputy Mayor LMC 3 SurendraGovinda LMC 4 PrayagLalJohari Expert 5 Kiran Man Pradhan Mangaltol 6 Rudra Adhikari LMC 7 Narayan LalAwale Ward chairman -12 8 SaafaleAmatya 9 Prafulla Man Singh Pradhan LMC-Adviser 10 RohitRanjitkaar LMC-Adviser 11 Suresh SarasShrestha Department of Archaeology 12 SandeepKhanal Incharge of heritage site 13 Devendra Bhattrai Department of Archaeology 14 Surat Kumar Bam KUKL/PID 15 Rajesh Pd .Singh KUKL/PID 16 Vidhya Bhandari PID 17 Madhav Prasad Ghimire Media LMC 18 Rama Luitel Media LMC 19 RamiyaMaharjan Ward member 19 no ward 20 Ram-Bhakta Thapa Ward member 4 no ward 21 Bharat Prasad Acharya CASSC/PID 22 Pushpa Koirala CASSC/PID 23 Sarika Gharana DSC-6/PID 24 Bharat Maharjan DSC-6 /PID 25 Min Dahal CASSC/PID 26 BijayKarki NayaPatrika 27 Gopal Man Shrestha Cultural organisation 28 BishweshorKoirala LMC 29 Pramod Ward no 3

X-78

Photographs

Meeting at LMC with constitutional Meeting at LMC with LMC representatives representatives, Mayor, and other stakeholders and Mayor

Interaction programme at LMC with Mayor Signing of MOU between LMC and KUKL- PID for SN-03

Interaction meeting and presentation to LMC Public Consultation

X-79

Appendix- XIV: Standards

Appenxix- XIV (A) Discharge Standards

Tolerance limits for wastewater to be discharged into inland surface waters from combined wastewater treatment plant (generic standards)

Note: This generic standard applies to discharge of wastewater into inland surface waters from combined wastewater treatment plants. The municipal wastewater treatment plants in the proposed project will collect and treat only domestic wastewater from Kathmandu Valley. Therefore, in the absence of generic standards for domestic wastewater to be discharged into inland surface water from municipal wastewater treatment plants, this standard will only be applied as a guide. The project will assist in the development and implementation of domestic sewage discharge standards.

Characteristics Tolerance Limit Total Suspended solids, mg/L, Max 50 Particle size of total suspended particles Shall pass 850-micron Sieve. pH 5.5 to 9.0 Shall not exceed 40 degree C in any section of the Temperature stream within 15 meters down-stream from the effluent outlet. Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) for 5 days at 50 20 degree C, mg/L, Max Oils and grease, mg/L, Max 10

Phenolic compounds, mg/L, Max 1

Cyanides (as CN), mg/L, Max 0.2

Sulphides (as S), mg/L, Max 2

Radioactive materials:

a. Alpha emitters, c/ml, Max 7-Oct

b. Beta emitters, c/ml, Max 8-Oct

Insecticides Absent

Total residual chlorine, mg/L 1

Fluorides (as F), mg/L, Max 2

Arsenic (as As), mg/L, Max 0.2

Cadmium (as, Cd), mg/L, Max 2

Hexavalent chromium (as Cr), mg/L, Max 0.1

Copper (as Cu), mg/L, Max 3

Lead (as Pb), mg/L, Max 0.1

Mercury (as Hg), mg/L, Max 0.01

Nickel (as Ni), mg/L, Max 3

Selenium (as Se), mg/L, Max 0.05

Zinc (as Zn), mg/L, Max 5

Ammonia nitrogen, mg/L, Max 50

Chemical Oxygen Demand, mg/L, Max 250 Silver, mg/L, Max X-80 0.1 Source: Urban Environment Management Framework 2068 (2011), GON

Appenxix- XIV (B) Air Quality Standards

WHO Air Quality Standard values Nepal’s Guidelines (µg/m3) to be followed by Ambient Air ADB-funded Averaging Parameter Quality Global Second projects, Period* Standard, Update^ Edition ^^ whichever are 2003**(µg/m3) 2005 2000 applicable^^^ (µg/m3) Annual - - - - TSP 24-hour 230 - - 230 Annual - 20 - 20 PM10 24-hour 120 50 - 50 1-year - 10 - 10 PM25 24-hour - 25 - 25 Annual 50 - - 50 SO2 24-hour 70 20 - 20 10-minute - 500 - 500 1-year 40 40 - 40 NO2 24-hour 80 - - 80 1-hour - 200 - 200 8-hour 10,000 - 10,000 10,000 CO 15-minute 100,000 - 100,000 100,000 Pb 1-year 0.5 - 0.5 0.5 Benzene 1-year 20 - - 20

* Due to short term duration of civil works, the shortest period will be more practical to use. ** as implementing rules on ambient air quality standards under the Environmental Protection Act, 1997. Summary available from Environment Statistics of Nepal 2011, Government of Nepal, National Planning Commission Secretariat, Central Bureau of Statistics, Kathmandu, Nepal. ^ Source: Environmental, Health and Safety General Guidelines, 2007. International Finance Corporation, World Bank Group. ^^ Source: Air Quality Guidelines for Europe, Second Edition, 2000; WHO Regional Office for Europe, Copenhagen ^^^ Subject to capacity of executing agency to do the test, including the availability of facilities to do the test in the country.

Page | X-81

Appenxix- XIV (C) Noise Level Standards National Noise WHO Guidelines Value Standard values to be Standard For Noise Levels Measured followed by ADB- Receptor/ Guidelines, 2012* Out of Doors** funded projects, Source (dB) (One Hour LAq in dBA) whichever are 07:00 22:00 applicable Day Night – – 22:00 07:00 (dB) 70 for day time Industrial area 75 70 70 for night time 70 70 Commercial 65 for day time 65 55 area 55 for night time Rural 45 for day time 45 40 residential area 40 for night time Urban 55 for day time 55 50 55 45 residential area 50 for night time Mixed 63 for day time 63 55 residential area 55 for night time 50 for day time Quiet area 50 40 - - 40 for night time Water Pump 65 - 65 Diesel 90 90 - generator

* as implementing rules on noise standard guidelines under Environmental Protection Act, 1997. ** Guidelines for Community Noise, WHO, 1999.Source: Environmental, Health and Safety General Guidelines, 2007. International Finance Corporation, World Bank Group.

Page | X-82

Appendix XV: Sample Monitoring Checklist

Appendix XV (A): Monitoring Checklist

Kathmandu Valley Wastewater Management Project

Project Implementation Directorate, Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited

Everyday Monitoring Checklist for Lalitpur Core area sewer

Name of Work:

Name of Contractor:

Monitoring Date: Contract No: Time:

Place:

Full Achieved SN Activities Yes No Remarks Score Score

Available sign board with the name of 1 Project &contractor including start and 6 completion date Available visible sign board for traffic 2 5 alternative route/safety sign boards Available of authorized representative of 3 contractor at work site 5 (Engineer/Supervisor) Regular visit of work area for supervision by 4 5 contractor’s Safety supervisor

Is the safety barricade placed around is adequate (1 m height of green net that must be tightened either to a bamboo pole or to 5 10 iron poles which shall be installed at least 1.5m distance from the edge of the excavation or as local conditions required)

Toolbox talk completed? 6 5

Is there any emergency plan for the 7 construction site/emergency contact 6 numbers provided to workers? No entry of un-authorized person inside the 8 3 area of safety barriers.

Page | X-83

Does the contractor check his machinery 9 regularly and is it in good condition 5 (excavator etc.)? Use of Personnel Protective Equipments 10 (PPEs) by workers i.e. hard helmets, PPE 5 vest, gloves, boots, etc Is the First Aid box on site and in good 11 condition with all the items intact/First 9 Aider? Are all the laborers above age 16 working 12 7 on site? Has potable water been provided to all the 13 3 laborers?

Help Desk: Table, chair and First Aid with 14 3 grievance register available visible by public

Is the ground of working site clear and 15 4 secure against any possible injury? Is the excavated material piled safely 16 5 without earth falling into the trench again? Are all the excavated trenches > 1.5m depth 17 10 (Trench shored) There is no any spillage of chemicals 18 4 around the working site. 100

The acceptable score is 80 and above

If any item is answered with a “No”, explain below:

DSC/CASSC On behalf of contractor

Name: Name:

Signature: Signature:

Date: Date:

X-84

Appendix XV (B): Semi-Annual Environmental Monitoring Report Template

INTRODUCTION  Overall project description and objectives  Environmental category as per ADB Safeguard Policy Statement, 2009  Environmental category of each subproject as per national laws and regulations  Project Safeguards Team

Name Designation/Office Email Address Contact Roles Number 1. PMU

2. PIUs

3. Consultants

 Overall project and subproject progress and status

 Description of subprojects (package-wise) and status of implementation (preliminary, detailed design, on-going construction, completed, and/or O&M stage)

Package Components/List Contract Status Status of Implementation If On-going Construction Number of Works (specify if under (Preliminary Design/Detailed %Physical Expected bidding or Design/On-going Progress Completion contract awarded) Construction/Completed/O&M)a Date

a If on-going construction, include %physical progress and expected date of completion.

COMPLIANCE STATUS WITH NATIONAL/STATE/LOCAL STATUTORY ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTSa Package Subproject Statutory Status of Validity Action Specific No. Name Environmental Compliancec if Required Conditions that

X-85

Requirementsb obtained will require environmental monitoring as per Environment Clearance, Consent/Permit to Establishd

a All statutory clearance/s, no-objection certificates, permit/s, etc. should be obtained prior to award of contract/s. Attach as appendix all clearance obtained during the reporting period. If already reported, specify in the “remarks” column. b Specify (environmental clearance? Permit/consent to establish? Forest clearance? Etc.) c Specify if obtained, submitted and awaiting approval, application not yet submitted d Example: Environmental Clearance requires ambient air quality monitoring, Forest Clearance/Tree- cutting Permit requires 2 trees for every tree, etc.

COMPLIANCE STATUS WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LOAN COVENANTS No. (List schedule and Covenant Status of Compliance Action Required paragraph number of Loan Agreement)

COMPLIANCE STATUS WITH THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (REFER TO EMP TABLES IN APPROVED IEE/S)  Confirm if IEE/s require contractors to submit site-specific EMP/construction EMPs. If not, describe the methodology of monitoring each package under implementation.

Package-wise IEE Documentation Status

Package Final IEE based on Detailed Design Site-specific Remarks Number Not yet due Submitted to Disclosed Final IEE EMP (or (detailed ADB (Provide on project provided to Construction design not Date of website Contractor/s EMP) approved yet Submission) (Provide (Yes/No) by Project completed) Link) Director? (Yes/No)

 For each package, provide name/s and contact details of contractor/s’ nodal person/s for environmental safeguards.

Package-wise Contractor/s’ Nodal Persons for Environmental Safeguards

Package Name Contractor Nodal Person Email Address Contact Number

X-86

 With reference to approved EMP/site-specific EMP/construction EMP, complete the table below

Summary of Environmental Monitoring Activities (for the Reporting Period)a Impacts Mitigation Parameters Method of Location Date of Name of (List from Measures Monitored (As Monitoring of Monitoring Person IEE) (List from a minimum Monitoring Conducted Who IEE) those Conducted identified in the the IEE should Monitoring be monitored) Design Phase

Pre-Construction Phase

Construction Phase

Operational Phase

a Attach Laboratory Results and Sampling Map/Locations.

Overall Compliance with CEMP/ EMP No. Sub-Project EMP/ CEMP CEMP/ EMP Status of Action Proposed Name Part of Being Implementation and Additional Contract Implemented (Excellent/ Satisfactory/ Measures Documents (Y/N) Partially Satisfactory/ Required (Y/N) Below Satisfactory)

APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING OF THE PROJECT  Briefly describe the approach and methodology used for environmental monitoring of each sub-project.

MONITORING OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ON PROJECT SURROUNDINGS (AMBIENT

X-87

AIR, WATER QUALITY AND NOISE LEVELS)  Discuss the general condition of surroundings at the project site, with consideration of the following, whichever are applicable:

o Confirm if any dust was noted to escape the site boundaries and identify dust suppression techniques followed for site/s. o Identify if muddy water is escaping site boundaries or if muddy tracks are seen on adjacent roads. o Identify type of erosion and sediment control measures installed on site/s, condition of erosion and sediment control measures including if these are intact following heavy rain; o Identify designated areas for concrete works, chemical storage, construction materials, and refueling. Attach photographs of each area in the Appendix. o Confirm spill kits on site and site procedure for handling emergencies. o Identify any chemical stored on site and provide information on storage condition. Attach photograph. o Describe management of stockpiles (construction materials, excavated soils, spoils, etc.). Provide photographs. o Describe management of solid and liquid wastes on-site (quantity generated, transport, storage and disposal). Provide photographs. o Provide information on barricades, signages, and on-site boards. Provide photographs in the Appendix. o Indicate if there are any activities being under taken out of working hours and how that is being managed.

 Briefly discuss the basis for environmental parameters monitoring.  Indicate type of environmental parameters to be monitored and identify the location.  Indicate the method of monitoring and equipment used.  Provide monitoring results and an analysis of results in relation to baseline data and statutory requirements.

As a minimum the results should be presented as per the tables below.

Air Quality Results Parameters (Government Standards) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location PM10 SO2 NO2 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3

Parameters (Monitoring Results) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location PM10 SO2 NO2 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3

X-88

Water Quality Results Parameters (Government Standards) Site No. Date of Sampling Site Location pH Conductivi BOD TSS TN TP ty µS/cm mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L

Parameters (Monitoring Results) Site No. Date of Sampling Site Location pH Conductivi BOD TSS TN TP ty µS/cm mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L

Noise Quality Results

LAeq (dBA) (Government Standard) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location Day Time Night Time

LAeq (dBA) (Monitoring Results) Site No. Date of Testing Site Location Day Time Night Time

GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM  Provide information on establishment of grievance redress mechanism and capacity of grievance redress committee to address project-related issues/complaints. Include as appendix Notification of the GRM (town-wise if applicable).

COMPLAINTS RECEIVED DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD  Provide information on number, nature, and resolution of complaints received during reporting period. Attach records as per GRM in the approved IEE. Identify safeguards team member/s involved in the GRM process. Attach minutes of meetings (ensure English translation is provided).

SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES AND REMEDIAL ACTIONS  Summary of follow up time-bound actions to be taken within a set timeframe.

APPENDIXES  Photos  Summary of consultations  Copies of environmental clearances and permits  Sample of environmental site inspection report  all supporting documents including signed monthly environmental site inspection reports prepared by consultants and/or contractors  Others

X-89

Appendix XVI: Construction Induced Vibration Limits and Heritage Vulnerability Assessment

Background

The SN-03 DPR specifies excavation methods for three distinct types of areas based on the context of the built environment:

Area Type 1 (No damaged buildings or other sensitivities) Excavation Method: 1. The excavation of trenches for pipelines shall be done mechanically using appropriate equipment and some portion by manually. 2. The excavation of trench will be carried out for every 15 to 25 m for at least two DWC pipe can be installed. 3. Excavation will be carried out during the night time as far as possible. 4. Vibration limit will be set by Engineer following geotechnical survey, and Contractor to include in S-EMP and method statements.

Area Type 2 (Building in poor condition but damages unlikely) Excavation Method: 1. The excavation of trenches for pipelines shall be done half mechanically and half manually using appropriate equipment. 2. Small equipment and vehicle will be used especially small JCBs for excavation, small tipper trucks, compactor vibration machine etc. 3. Hand ramming is proposed for compaction and small vibration machine is allowed in these areas but must not exceed vibration limits per geotechnical survey. 4. Vibration limit will be set by Engineer following geotechnical survey, and Contractor to include in S-EMP and method statements. 5. The excavation of trench will be carried out for every 8 to 25 m for at least one DWC pipe to be installed. 6. Excavation will be carried out during the night time as far as possible. 7. Any archaeological artifacts identified during trench excavation will follow the Procedures for Archaeological Chance Finds.

Area Type 3 (Building is Structural Unsound or World Heritage Core area) Excavation Method: 1. The excavation of trenches for pipelines shall be done full manually using appropriate equipment. 2. Hand ramming or small vibration machine where unavoidable is allowed in these areas, and must not exceed vibration limits. 3. Vibration limit will be set by Engineer following geotechnical survey, and Contractor to include in S-EMP and method statements. 4. The excavation of trench will be carried out for every 8 to 10 m for at least one DWC pipe to be installed. 5. Excavation will be carried out only during day to more easily identify chance finds. Pipe installation and site reinstatement may proceed at night time if required. 6. Equipment and heavy machines will not be used for trench excavation or compaction within the heritage site. 7. Excavation work will be carried out in piece meal approach. 8. Excavation work along the Patan Durbar Square will be carried out in presence of a representative from DoA. No excavation work will be executed in absence of representative from the Department.

The DPR mentions "vibration limits" in relation to vulnerability assessment of the temples, residential buildings or other monuments; and recommends that geotechnical-structural engineer sets such limits. While the limits should, in fact, be obtained from the actual instrumentation, which is recommended as a regular part of construction, for preliminary assessment purposes, approximate values of those limits can be established. The approach

X-90

adopted to set vibration limits was a literature review of the state-of-the-art knowledge and international best practices. Some engineering judgments in local context based on typical building typologies that exist in the site are also included in this report. The following references were reviewed among many others:

DSC (2020 Jan): Initial Environmental Assessment, Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA) report of KUKL/PID-ADB Kathmandu Valley Wastewater Management Project, Core Area Sewer Network of Lalitpur Metropolitan City

J.S. Held University (2019): The Impact of Construction Vibration on Adjacent Structures, 2nd Ed., White Paper

H. H. Tsang, E. F. Gad, J. L. Wilson, J. W. Jordan, A. J. Moore & A. B. Richards (2018): Mine blast vibration response spectrum for structural vulnerability assessment: case study of heritage masonry buildings, International Journal of Architectural Heritage, 12:2, 270-279

A. Volonnino (2017): Structural Damage from Adjacent Construction Projects – Expert Article, Robson Forensic, accessed on 08/02/2020

A. P. Johnson & W.R. Hannen (2015): Vibration limits for historic buildings and art collections, Journal of Preservation Technology, APT Bulletin, 46: 2-3, 66-74 I. C. Cassar (2013): Allowable levels of vibration and noise in excavation.

NSW Government, Transport Road and Maritime Services (2016): Construction noise and vibration guideline.

G. Monti , F. Fumagalli , G. C. Marano , G. Quaranta, R. Rea & B. Nazzaro (2013): Effects of ambient vibrations on heritage buildings: overview and wireless dynamic monitoring application, Proc. 3rd International Workshop on Dynamic Interaction between Soil, Monuments and Built Environment (Ed. Bagio et al.), 12-13 Dec, Rome, Italy

PD Cenek and AJ Sutherland (2012): Ground Vibration from Road Construction, Opus International Consultants Ltd; New Zealand Transport Agency research report 485.

M.R. Svinkin (2004): Minimizing construction vibration effects, Practice Periodical on Structural Design and Construction, May, USA

DIN 4150-3 (1999): Structural vibration – Part 3: Effects of vibration on structures. BS 7385-1 (1993): Evaluation and measurement for vibration in buildings - Part 1: Guide for measurement of vibrations and evaluation of their effects on buildings.

BS 7385-2 (1993): Evaluation and measurement for vibration in buildings - Part 2: Guide to damage levels from groundborne vibrations.

Exponent, Engineering and Scientific Consulting, Construction and Machine Vibration, accessed on 08/02/2020

An internationally recognized expert on vibration and earthquakes, Assoc Professor Dr Hing-Ho Tsang, originally from Hong Kong and now based in Australia, was also consulted for his expert inputs on this report.

Vibration Limits

Various literature have recommended different values of vibration limits as it is subjective to location, type of vibration equipments, ground soil conditions and the infrastructure landscape.

X-91

However, the following are the generally recommended values of limits and possible vibration amplitudes of groundborne excitations induced by various types of disturbances (Source: J S Held University 2019).

Figure 0-1 - US Bureau of Mines Criteria for Direct Impact (1980 Nov)

The BS standards has the following criteria as reported in Cenek and Sutherland (2012):

Figure 0-2 - Transient vibration guide for cosmetic damage in BS 7385-2-1993 reported in Cenek and Sutherland (2012).

X-92

Figure 0-3 - Typical earth vibration due to construction by J. F. Wiss

For distance from source below 5 m or so, which are more critical sites, the peak vibration amplitude due to JCB like rollers or hammers should be around 5-10 mm/sec. The limits for plaster and dry wall, for example, are respectively, 0.50 in/sec (12.5 mm/sec) and 0.75 in/sec (18.75 mm/s) as per US Bureau of Mines research and practice. General information about the frequencies of vibration of the rolling or vibrating equipments tells us that they are often way higher (e.g. Cenek and Sutherland, 2012) than the natural frequency of vibrations of the buildings stock in our towns and cities.

Buildings, Temples and Shrines Typologies

Inferred from the HIA report, the following building and pagoda typologies exist in and around the proposed sewer line construction site. There are some concrete frame buildings as well in Type 1 construction site whose vulnerability to the proposed excavation and compaction induced vibration should not be of any concern as such. However, the pagoda temples or their components and the traditional masonry buildings with deteriorated properties or partially damaged by the recent 2015 earthquake sequence may warrant assessment and regular monitoring during construction.

X-93

Figure 0-4 - Proposed site and sewer line alignment (source HIA)

X-94

Figure 0-5 Building typologies including multi-tiered pagoda temples, shrines and traditional vernacular houses. Modern houses are excluded here as they are not of concern to ground vibration due to excavation, compaction etc

Indeed, without actual ambient vibration dynamic tests, it is hard to predict the vibration characteristics of these buildings. However, for rough estimate, we can use the following formula of fundamental vibration period stipulated in NBC 105 code for general buildings:

Where H is the height of the structure and D the lateral dimension of the building; we take it longest to get the shortest natural period that attracts highest seismic forces.

X-95

For Ashoka Tower like slender structure: =

For roadside shrines like smaller structure: =

For Krishna Temple like pagoda structure :

Note various past research on heritage buildings such as Jaisi et al. and Shakya et. al. have verified the natural period of vibration of such pagoda temples through ambient vibration tests in the heritage sites of Kathmandu.

Conclusion and Recommendation

Based on the literature survey of best practices and approximate vibration characterization of building stock in the proposed excavation sites presented in above sections, the following table of limits of groundborne vibration amplitude (also called peak particle velocity: PPV) and frequency can be assigned to the three types of construction having been stipulated in the HIA report ( see Introduction section):

Type of Site Vibration limit (PPV) in mm/sec Frequency limit (not less than) in Hz Type 1 50 10 Type 2 10 10 Type 3 5 10

The assignment had tried to review possible vibration characteristics produced by some of the equipments or equivalent mentioned in the DPR and HIA report for excavation and compaction in the three types of sites or method to see if the recommended limits are any practical. The outcome of the review was encouraging. See Fig. 16, for instance, and also see Fig. 17 for some of the photographs the equipments.

X-96

Figure 0-6 - Vibration limits (PPV) for various construction equipments at 2 m away from it (Source: Cenek and Sutherland, 2012)

X-97

Figure 0-7 - Pictures of some of the construction equipments discussed in Cenek and Sutherland, 2012

X-98

While due to small vibration, the potential structural damages to these structures due to groundborne vibration induced by controlled sewer excavation as recommended in DPR and HIA should not be too serious which we can see by comparing the permissible vibration amplitude with the likely vibration amplitude due to ground disturbances; however, possible resonance should at any cost be avoided. From the comparison of possible vibration characteristics of excavation as inferred from literature or best practices and natural vibration characteristics of the building structures in the heritage site under consideration, we can safely assume that there should generally be no resonance case that is going to happen. Having said that all, once again, the vibration limits and vulnerability can be definitely concluded only after physical tests and instrumentation before and during construction.

X-99

Appendix XVII: Recommendation/No Objection Letters

X-100

X-101

X-102

X-103

X-104

X-105

X-106

X-107

Initial Environmental Examination, Vol. II

Analysis of Alternatives

March 2020

NEP: Kathmandu Valley Wastewater Management Project L-3000

Core area sewer network of Lalitpur Metropolitan City

Prepared by the Project Implementation Directorate, Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited, Ministry of Water Supply, Government of Nepal for the Asian Development Bank

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB Asian Development Bank BoQ Bills of Quantities DEM Digital Elevation Model DPR Detailed Project Report DSC Design and Supervision Consultant DWC Double wall corrugated GRP Glass reinforced plastic HDD Horizontal Directional Drilling LMC Lalitpur Metropolitan City PDS Patan Durbar Square PID Project Implementation Directorate RCC Reinforced cement concrete SWMM Storm water management model

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... 5 1. RATIONALE FOR THE ALTERNATIVES ANALYSIS ...... 6 2. DESCRIPTION OF ANALYZED DESIGN OPTIONS ...... 7 3. ANALYSIS OF TECHNICAL FEASIBILITY ...... 10 3.1. Hydraulic Analysis ...... 10 3.2. Feasibility of Pipe-Laying ...... 15 4. FINANCIAL ANALYSIS ...... 22 5. SELECTION OF BEST POSSIBLE OPTION ...... 23 5.1. Conclusion of Feasibility Analysis...... 23 5.2. Additional Risk Considerations for the Selected Option ...... 24 5.3. Final Design and Modifications ...... 25 ANNEX 1: EXTERNAL TECHNICAL REVIEWER COMMENTS AND RESPONSES ...... 27 ANNEX 2: HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS ...... 28 ANNEX 3: TECHNICAL ASPECTS OF SELECTED OPTION ...... 30

Figures

Figure 1: Map of design Option 1...... 7 Figure 2: Map of design Option 2...... 8 Figure 3: Map of Option 3 ...... 9 Figure 4: Map of design Option 4...... 9 Figure 5: Node Flooding of Option 1 design in 5-year return period without existing sewer networks ...... 10 Figure 6: Option 1 design with existing sewer networks ...... 11 Figure 7: Additional Catchment areas in Option 2 ...... 12 Figure 8: Snapshot Map in SWMM interface for Option 2 ...... 12 Figure 9: Pipe size and depth of excavation for Option 2 ...... 13 Figure 10: Snapshot Map in SWMM interface for Option 3 ...... 14 Figure 11: Pipe size and depth of excavation for Option 3 ...... 19 Figure 12: Lowering ground level at Bhimsen Temple ...... 26 Figure 13: Node flooding condition from SWMM result for original design with existing sewers ...... 29 Figure 14: Pipe size and depth of excavation for Option 3 ...... 30 Figure 15: Connection of Existing system at M1-26’ ...... 30 Figure 16: Connection of Existing system at M1-41 ...... 31 Figure 17: Connection of Existing system at M3-1 ...... 31 Figure 18: SWMM Result for Final Suggestion ...... 32

Tables

Table 1: Issues addressed in the Alternatives Analysis ...... 6 Table 2: Comparison Table for System Feasibility including critical stretches for Each Option ...... 15 Table 3: Criteria used for the cost estimate ...... 22 Table 4: Capital Cost Comparison for alternatives ...... 22 Table 5: Summary of Alternative Analysis ...... 23 Table 6: Basic Parameters used in SWMM model ...... 28 Table 7: Sizes and Depth of pipes for Option 2 ...... 29 Table 8: Sizes and Depth of pipes for Option 3 ...... 29 Table 9: Flooding result from SWMM for Final suggestion ...... 32

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

As part of preparing the Initial Environmental Examination, an alternatives analysis was carried out to examine technical, financial and implementation feasibility of the best possible design option for the SN-03 pipeline to (i) reduce flooding in the Patan Durbar Square World Heritage Core Zone, especially storm water contaminated with wastewater, and (ii) ensure that execution of pipe-laying works is technically and financially feasible given the dense and complex built environment including heritage assets. While the project is a Category B, which does not require an alternatives analysis (as per ADB, SPS requirement), this assessment was undertaken to fully examine all possible design options given the complexity of the core area.

A do nothing option was assessed, as well as the following four design options: Option 1: Additional supplementary pipeline through Patan Durbar Square Option 2: Pipeline that bypasses Patan Durbar Square to the East Option 3: Pipeline that bypasses Patan Durbar Square to the West Option 4: Combined option of two additional bypass lines to the east and west

The analysis found that the best possible option is to route the pipeline through Patan Durbar Square (Option 1) due mainly to: (i) Pipe sizes in other alternative routes would need to be larger, necessitating reinforced concrete pipes whereas the selected alignment could use plastic pipes of relatively smaller-diameter, (ii) Alternative pipeline routes to the East or West would involve stretches to be laid through narrow streets that can neither accommodate the required excavation width nor the equipment needed for large RCC pipes, and (iii) Significantly lower cost of Option 1 compared to all other options, about 8.5 times less than Option 2, 6 times less than Option 3 and 11 times less than Option 4, with all options having similar results for hydraulic function

Options 2, 3, and 4 were found to pose significant construction-related issues as well due to narrow residential/commercial streets requiring deep excavation (i.e. more than 4m) and heavy equipment, which would be risky in terms of both fragile buildings as well as accessibility by vehicles, residents, and tourists.

For all options, dynamic flood modelling revealed that there will be some degree of flooding in the heritage zone for a flood greater than 5-year return period. However, given the technical constraints and safety risks with negligible difference in flood mitigation, the Government has decided to proceed with Option 1, which has an acceptable level of risk for both flooding and execution of the project. Design modifications were included to separate sanitary sewer flows from storm water flows from the upstream area at Lagankhel through Patan Durban Square in order to reduce contamination during more intensive rainfall events to the best extent possible.

1. RATIONALE FOR THE ALTERNATIVES ANALYSIS

1. Sewer rehabilitation in the core city area of Lalitpur (SN-03) is the project package to design, construct and rehabilitate sewers in the core area of Lalitpur Metropolitan city (LMC) in order to improve the network and to reduce the stormwater flooding problems. The problem gets compounded due to the topographical shape of the area and gets flooded in case of any upstream flooding also. This project is a joint venture between Lalitpur Metropolitan City (LMC) and the Project Implementation Directorate (PID). As part of the process to prepare the Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) and the associated Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA), an alternatives analysis was carried out to examine technical, financial and implementation feasibility of the best possible option to (i) reduce possibility of flooding by combined sewage (storm water contaminated with wastewater), and the duration of flooding in the World Heritage Core Zone, especially and (ii) ensure that execution of pipe-laying works is technically feasible given the dense and complex built environment, including heritage assets. While the project is a Category B, which does not require an alternatives analysis, this assessment was undertaken to fully examine all possible design options given the complexity of the core area.

2. Based on technical discussions with PID, external expert reviewers, and ADB, the alternatives analysis addressed the following issues outline in Table 1, which also presents how the various issues were addressed in the process.

Table 1: Issues addressed in the Alternatives Analysis S.No Issue Work Performed Alternate Alignment Routes: need of  Alternative route Analysis has been assessed detail technical assessment of the  Topographical survey conducted. 1. alternatives to avoid pipelaying in Patan  Extra catchment area assessed. Durbar Square World Heritage Area  Dynamic analysis performed. Consider possibility of separated storm  Technical possibilities for separating storm 2. drain to avoid sewage overflow in Patan water and wastewater have been explored to Durbar Square propose design modifications. Analysis should be carried out using  Current design for 2 and 5 yrs return period 4. Dynamic Modelling has been modeled. Increase of flood return period from 2 1. Rational method performed 3. year to 5 year return period. 2. Assessed with existing Sewer System to cope with 5 yrs return period. Methodology for laying of DWC Pipe in Adopt the temporary wooden/steel shoring in 5. narrow road narrow road.

2. DESCRIPTION OF ANALYZED DESIGN OPTIONS

3. A total of four design options and a without project option were analysed, described in detail below.

Without project option

4. Mangalbazar, Mahapal and Patan Durbar Square area are considered as core area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City, which has rapidly changed into highly urbanized area. Higher population density, increased impervious area and poor sewerage system has introduced flooding problems, damage to the properties (including the foundation of the heritage building) and inconvenience to the travellers in the core area especially in Mahapal and around the Patan Durbar Square. The area has been flooding in every monsoon season due to poor storm water drainage of that area. The existing sewer network dysfunction due to substantial ingress of storm water that mixes with sewage during heavy storms, overflows from the sewer networks, and the area gets inundated. Without the project, the existing system will not be able to accommodate wet and dry weather flows, and flooding during every monsoon season will continue to occur. This option was not analysed further given the risks to public health, safety, and cultural heritage assets.

Option 1: Single additional pipeline Through Patan Durbar Square

5. Option 1 consists of three main sewer lines where Line 1 (shown as the red line in Figure 1 below) would include a 157.5m segment that passes directly through the Patan Durbar Square walkway (segment shown with the red circle), part of the World Heritage Core Zone, which is closed to vehicular traffic but heavily used by pedestrians. Two older sewer lines already exist in this segment, one on the right side and one on the left side of the walkway, and the proposed larger diameter pipe for combined wastewater and stormwater would be installed in the center at a maximum depth of 3m in this segment. Pipe size would be 1m diameter double-wall corrugated plastic pipes (DWC). The pipes are designed for combined flow. The walkway is approximately 6m wide. This option is also assessed for the feasibility of downstream pumping station to accommodate greater wet weather flows and reduce the risk of overflows.

Figure 1: Map of design Option 1

Option 2: Eastern Bypass

6. Option 2 would avoid construction of any additional sewer in the Patan Durbar Square walkway. It starts from Mangal Bazaar Chowk towards Saugal on the East of Patan Durbar Square (Figure 2 – purple line). At Saugal, the route will follow towards North until it reaches to Neuta. The route turns towards West and It comes in front of Bhimsen Temple. This will be a 1600 mm dia combined sewer.

Figure 2: Map of design Option 2

7. Road width ranges from 2.5 m to 6.1 m. From Mangal Bazaar to Saugal, the road is blacktopped with road width of 5.0- 6.1 m. From Saugal to Neuta, the road is concrete paved with 2.8- 6 m wide. There exists the drainage system of an existing old traditional stone spout at a depth of 4 m. About half of the roads (125m) along this section are narrow (2.8 to 3.3 m wide). Again half of the road from Neuta to Bhimsen Temple is concrete paved with road width from 2.3 to 4.1 m. And the proceeding half is stone paved with road width of 2.6- 4.5 m.

Option 3: Western Bypass

8. Option 3 would also avoid any new construction in the Patan Durbar Square core zone. The bypass would start from Mangal Bazaar Chowk towards Mahapal to the West of Patan Durbar Square (Figure 3). Just 100 m west from Mahapal, the route turns north at the Chowk 1 and it passes through Dhaugal until the Chowk 2 to meet the road of Nagbahal. At this junction, it turns back to East. It meets the route from Patko near Golden Temple and goes towards Swotha Chowk where it meets the original main sewer Line 1 shown in the Option 1 design. The diameter of the new sewer will be 1300 mm.

Figure 3: Map of Option 3 9. From Mangal Bazaar to Chowk 1 the road is blacktopped with road width ranging from 5.9 to 6.6 m. Half of road from Chowk 1 to Chowk 2 (about 100 m) is wide concrete paved but the preceding half of this section is narrow concrete paved having road width 2.1- 4.5 m. Along this section almost 60 m road is very narrow of 2.1 to 2.5 m. At Chowk 2, there is a small open temple on the corner. From Chowk 2 to Golden Temple the road is blacktopped with 2.9-3.8 m wide road.

Option 4: Combined Eastern and Western Bypass

10. Option 4 is the combination of Option 2 and Option 3, with bypass lines both to the east and west of Patan Durbar Square (Figure 4). The option was considered largely in order to analyse if smaller pipe sizes could be used.

Figure 4: Map of design Option 4

3. ANALYSIS OF TECHNICAL FEASIBILITY

11. Technical feasibility was assessed from two angles: (i) reduction in possibility of flooding in the Patan Durbar Square World Heritage Core Zone, and (ii) feasibility of execution of pipe-laying works given the dense and complex built environment including heritage assets.

3.1. Hydraulic Analysis

12. A hydraulic analysis was performed using the dynamic EPA Storm Water Management Model (SWMM) for a 1 in 5 years flood return period. The model for all four options was prepared in SWMM for which GIS was used to create sub catchments, conduits and manholes. Land use data from the year 2018 was used, contours of 1 m interval were used to create a digital elevation model (DEM), and asset survey data for the existing sewer networks were used to create geometric features. Other basic parameters used in SWMM are provided in Annex 2.

13. The model showed no flooding for a 2-year flood return period. However, for a 5 year return period, flooding is prevalent at few locations, as shown in Figure 5, which uses the Option 1 design as an example.

Figure 5: Node Flooding of Option 1 design in 5-year return period without existing sewer networks Left: Southern portion of SN-03 alignment. Right: Northern portion of SN-03 alignment

14. This flooding is reduced considerably after the existing sewer network was inserted in model. Therefore, in all four design options, the existing sewer network is also considered for analysis.

SWMM Result for Option 1: Single additional pipeline through Patan Durbar Square

15. Two existing sewers of 0.6 and 0.3m dia pipe in front of Patan Durbar Square when considered in the Option 1 design (Figure 6), the network works well with the 5 year return period and prevents the overflow in front of Patan Durbar Square. The SWMM result for node flooding condition is shown in in Annex 2.

Figure 6: Option 1 design with existing sewer networks

16. However, the model indicates that the upstream part of Mangal Bazaar would still experience some flooding. If this option was selected, then one additional pipe of 400 dia DWC pipe would need to be installed to have two parallel pipelines from Lagankhel to Mangal Bazaar. Installing parallel pipes would have two advantages: the first is that it will increase the capacity to prevent flooding upstream and the second is that this pipe can be treated as a separate sewer in future only to carry sanitary sewage such that during higher return period than 5 years, the flooding will not mix with sanitary sewage.

17. Option 1 would mitigate flooding for a 1 in 5 year return period in Patan Durbar Square. Some flooding at Mangal Bazar could experience some flooding, which could be mitigated through modifying the design to include upstream parallel pipes.

SWMM Result for Option 2: Eastern Bypass

18. Option 2 would increase the contributing catchment area sewage by 12.8 ha (see the red polygons in Figure 7. This will increase the dry weather flow by about 0.04 m3/s and storm water flow of about 1 m3/s. This additional catchment area would subsequently increase the diameter of the downstream sewers to accommodate the additional flows.

Figure 7: Additional Catchment areas in Option 2

19. After trials of simulation in SWMM (Figure 8), flooding in the Option 2 design is significantly reduced when the pipe diameter is increased to 1.6m with a slope of 0.004 m/m and roughness coefficient of 0.01 (of GRP pipe). The required depth of excavation range from 2.1m to 5.2m as shown in Figure 9 (details in Annex 2).

Figure 8: Snapshot Map in SWMM interface for Option 2

PIpe Dia.=1.6m Depth= 4.3m to 4.4m

PIpe Dia.=1.6m Bhimsen Depth= 2.8m to 3.1m Temple

PIpe Dia.=1.6m M1-010 Depth= 3.1m to 4.4m PIpe Dia.=1.6m Depth= 2.8m to 3.1m Neuta PIpe Dia.=1.4m Depth= 3.0m

PIpe Dia.=1.6m PIpe Dia.=1.4m M1-021 Depth= 2.8m to3.1m M1-007 M1-021 Depth= 2.2m to 2.8m

PIpe Dia.=1.6m Depth= 2.8 to 3.1m M1-26

Mangal PIpe Dia.=1.6m Depth= 2.3m to 2.9m Bazar M1-006

M1-001 PIpe Dia.=1.6m Kuti PIpe Dia.=1.6m Depth= 2.9m to 3.8m Saugal Depth= 5.5 to 3.9m

M1-005 PIpe Dia.=1.6m M1-002 Depth= 3.8m to 4.5m PIpe Dia.=1.6m Hakha Depth= 4.9 to 5.5m

M1-003

PIpe Dia.=1.6m Saugal Depth= 4.3m to 4.6m M1-004 To Gwar ko

Figure 9: Pipe size and depth of excavation for Option 2

20. Option 2 would mitigate flooding for a 5-year return period but would require larger diameter GRP pipes and deeper trench depths than Option 1 or 3.

SWMM Result for Option 3: Western Bypass

21. After trials of simulation of Option 3 (Figure 10) flooding is significantly reduced when the size of pipe adopted to 1.3 m with slope 0.0036 m/m with a roughness coefficient of 0.01 (GRP Pipe). The required depth of excavation will be 2.2 to 4.7m (details in Annex 2).

Figure 10: Snapshot Map in SWMM interface for Option 3

22. Option 3 would mitigate flooding for a 5-year return period but would require larger diameter GRP pipes than Option 1 and deeper trench depths than Option 1.

SWMM Result for Option 4: Combined Eastern and Western Bypass

23. As in Option 2 and 3, the flood will be negligible in front of Patan Durbar square when the pipe diameter is increased to 1.3m in the East route (Option 2) and 1.2m in the West (Option 3). All the pipe gradients and trench depths are same as in Option 2 and 3. The required minimum trench width for 1.2 and 1.3 GRP pipes will be 2.1 and 2.2 m respectively.

24. Option 4 would mitigate flooding for a 5-year return period but would require larger diameter GRP pipes than Option 1 and deeper trench depths than Option 1.

3.2. Feasibility of Pipe-Laying

25. The LMC core zone is a complex environment for carrying out construction works given narrow streets, density of population and businesses, fragile buildings, subsurface utilities, density of shrines and temples, and the World Heritage Core zone. Feasibility of executing the pipe-laying activities therefore needed to be carefully assessed

26. Feasibility was assessed for the execution of pipe-laying works for each option was carried out based on space availability, equipment accessibility and workability. This analysis considered:

(i) The general practice of open cut method for execution of pipe laying for all alternatives has been assessed. (ii) If open cut was not possible due to space constraints then trenchless methods were assessed (both horizontal directional drilling – HDD - and microtunneling). (iii) Installation of a pumping station was assessed but due to the lack of available space for a sump well and associated structures in any of the proposed routes, further details were not worked on.

27. Table 2 compares the road widths for each option, minimum required trench widths, and accessibility requirements for all four options. A discussion of the feasibility for each option follows.

Table 2: Comparison Table for System Feasibility including critical stretches for Each Option Option 1 Option 4 Additional Option 2 Option 3 Criteria Combined pipeline Eastern Bypass Western Bypass Alternative through PDS Road Width Available 6 m 2.5 - 4.1 m 2.1 - 3.3 m 2.1 - 4.1 m (entire length) Saugal to Kuti Saugal: Daugal to Chowk 2: 2.8 3.3 2.0 to 2.5 Road Width – No critical Option 2 + Available stretches Neuta to Bhimsen Temple: Chowk2 to Golden Option 3 (critical stretches) 2.3 to 3.2 and Temple: 2.6 to 3.1 2.9 to 3.3 Daugal to Chowk 2: Saugal to Kuti Saugal: 60m 100m Option 2 +

Length of critical No critical Chowk2 to Golden Option 3 = Neuta to Bhimsen Temple: stretch stretches Temple: 80m+50m 50m 340m

Total: 230m Total: 110m Required Minimum 2.5 and 2.2 1.8 m 2.5 m 2.2 m Trench Width m 1.2 m and Pipe diameter 1 m 1.6m 1.3 m 1.3 m Depth of 2.5- 3 m 2.1- 5.2 m 2.2 to 4.7m 2.1- 5.2 m Excavation

Option 1 Option 4 Additional Option 2 Option 3 Criteria Combined pipeline Eastern Bypass Western Bypass Alternative through PDS No Heavy equipment (manual Yes Yes Yes required? excavation, (RCC pipes) (RCC pipes) (RCC pipes) DWC pipes) No heavy Equipment Inaccessible Inaccessible equipment Accessibility Inaccessible 60 m narrow length as Option 2 needed (3.5 m required for 200m narrow length, and 3 (manual midi Excavator) excavation) Working Space Available Congested Congested Congested Adequate passage Yes No No No for pedestrians Total bypass 155m 750m 497m 1247m length

Option 1: Single additional pipeline Through Patan Durbar Square

28. In the Patan Durbar Square bypass, road width available is 6m against required trench width of 1.8m for a 1m dia DWC pipe. This option has the least excavation depth as it ranges from 2.5 to 3m. There is sufficient space available for open cut method. Plastic pipes (DWC) will be used which will not require heavy equipment and in front of Patan Durbar Square, manual excavation and backfilling will be done. Moreover, there will be enough space for passage of pedestrians.

29. Since some flooding will still occur during 5-year flood period and higher, the possibility of a below-ground pumping station in the downstream area was assessed to reduce the likelihood of overflows in the downstream area. Site visits found two locations could be possible: (i) Gahiti, and (ii) in front of a Stupa further downstream of Gahiti. The technical analysis assessed space availability, space requirements for a pumping station to handle maximum flow rate of 2205 lps for 0.14 hr (8.4 min), and site conditions.

30. The assessed design includes an inlet and screens and wet well sump with two pumps and a standby pump with a volume of 165 m3.

31. Assumptions made with respect to space requirements are:

Minimum Depth Requirement: Invert level of sewer pipe at which the diversion to pumping station will be 3 m at Gahiti and 4 m in front of Stupa.1.5 m depth of liquid is required for the continuous submerge of pumps. Liquid storage depth will be at least 3 m. Therefore, the minimum wet well depth will be 8.5 m at Gahiti and 9.5 in front of Stupa when 1m depth is considered for the foundation of the wet well.

Minimum Width Requirement: Space for three pumps will be 2 m and edge space is assumed as 1.5 m each. Therefore, the inner minimum width required will be 4.5m and considering a minimum wall thickness of 1 m, the minimum outer width of wet well will be 5.5 m.

As these spaces are on the existing road, pipe laying of 1.4 m inner dia of pipe will also require 2.0 m (i.e outer dia for conduit) additional space. Thus, for wet well and conduit, about 7.5 m will be required

Along with this the excavation depth is min 8.5 m, which in turn requires strong shoring. Additional width of 1.5-2 mtr is required for placing of shores and working space. All of these will make the requirement of minimum width to 9.0 mtr.But the space available at all the above two places are not more than 7.5mtr.Thus it is not feasible to construct a pumping station at this point..

32. Results of the analysis are as follows:

Site Space Space Required Site Conclusion Available conditions Gahiti 7.5m Road Inlet and Screens Adjacent Space needed location width (4m 4.2 m(L) x 1.5 m (B) x 3.5 m (H) structures- 9.0 m vs space blacktop, north available 7.5 m 3.5 m brick Minimum depth requirement = 8.5 m building,

Site Space Space Required Site Conclusion Available conditions paved west Not technically shoulder) Min width of wet well = 5.5 m building feasible due to and road, insufficient 8.5 m Circular Size of wet well based on Min east space for length width Requirement building construction of (5.5 m dia outer by 15.5 m depth) and road wet well sump and south Width requirement for shoring, sewer small pipe and working space=3.5-4mtr temple. Therefore, minimum width requirement will be 9 m Stupa 7.5 m width Minimum depth requirement = 9.5 m Adjacent Not technically location (4 m width structure- feasible due to blacktopped Min width of wet well = 5.5 m dia north road, insufficient and 3 m west space for brick paved Rectangular Size of wet well based on building, construction of space) Min width Requirement east wet well sump (10.2 m (L) x 5.5 m (B) x 9.5 m (H)) traditional 20 m length building Width requirement for shoring, sewer and south pipe and working space=3.5-4mtr road. Therefore, minimum width requirement will be 9 m.

33. Based on the results of the analysis, a subsurface pumping station is not technically feasible to execute, and was not further considered in the design for Option 1 in terms of financial or operational feasibility.

34. Option 1 is feasible to execute as it has sufficient space availability, no need of heavy equipment and free space for working and passage of pedestrians.

Option 2: Eastern Bypass

35. In Option 2, the road width available is 2.5-4.1m against required trench width of 2.5m for 1.6m dia RCC pipe. At least 200m in Option 2 has very narrow road width of about 2.5- 3.2 m. RCC pipes of bigger size have huge weight (e.g. 1.2 m RCC single NP3 pipe has 3.114 tons, 1.4 m dia RCC single NP3 pipe has 3.7 ton and 1.6 m dia RCC NP3 pipe has 4.2 tons). At least Midi Excavator or hydro cranes would be required to handle and lay RCC pipes with a diameter greater than 1m and the road width required for accessibility of these equipment is about 3.5 m.

36. Without using mechanical equipment, it is not possible to lay RCC pipes. Therefore, RCC pipes cannot be used in the 200 m narrow stretch as the equipment accessibility is not possible. Even if light weight of pipes i.e. GRP pipes (available in bigger diameters) are used, since the depth of excavation ranges from 2.1 to 5.2m and deepest at Saugal, there is possibility to likely damage the existing drainage system of Old Traditional Stone spout (which is currently functioning) running at the depth of 4m.

37. Given the space constraints with the open cut method, trenchless methods were also assessed. This was determined to be infeasible due to i) high risk of damage to the historic stone spout drainage system as mentioned above, ii) there are several turns and bends in this route which backlog the trenchless method, and iii) there is insufficient space for HDD and micro tunnel machines several meters downstream of Saugal and Neuta as the width of road is just 2.5m and 2.8m.

38. Option 2 is not feasible to execute as it has insufficient space availability for excavation and equipment, and high risk of damage to the historic stone spout drainage system as well as old residential buildings of locals.

Option 3: Western Bypass

Figure 11: Pipe size and depth of excavation for Option 3

39. In Option 3, the road width available is 2.1-3.3m against required trench width of 2.3m for 1.4m diameter RCC pipe. At least 60m in Option 3 has very narrow road of about 2.0- 2.5 m. RCC pipes of bigger size have huge weight (e.g. 1.4 m diameter RCC single NP3 pipe (2.5m length) is 3.7 tons). At least Midi Excavator or hydro cranes have to be used to handle and lay RCC pipes and the road width required for accessibility of these equipment is about 3.5 m. Without using mechanical equipment, it is not possible to lay RCC pipes. Therefore, RCC pipes cannot be used in those 60m as equipment accessibility is not possible. Either plastic pipe or GRP pipes would therefore be needed, but DWC pipes greater than 1.0m diameter are not available in the market in Nepal. If GRP pipe is used, the pipe size will be 1.3m diameter due to low roughness coefficient (0.01) than RCC pipes (0.013). If GRP pipes were use, the required trench width would be 2.2m for 1.3m diameter

GRP pipes. However, the available road width is not sufficient for the open cut method at this pipe size (available road width is 2.10-3.3m).

40. An additional design solution using open cut method was also examined in order to reduce the pipe size: two parallel 1m dia pipes. For horizontal laying of parallel two pipes, the required road width is at least 3.1 m1 for the open trench cut. This space is not available in that stretch. For vertical laying, the required road width for 1m GRP pipe will be about 2m (i.e. 1.03+0.45*2) as per IS code 13916:1994 and the depth for two pipes will be at least 3.4 m (1.03*2+0.03 (spigot joint) + 0.3 (min clear space) + 1m (clear cover)). As the road width is only 2.0 to 2.5 m width, there will not be space for strong shoring as it will also require at least 0.2 m space of road for sheet piling or trench boxes. The distribution of load under the foundation of houses could be interfered, causing increased risk to buildings. The slope of the ground is almost flat so in case of vertical laying it always creates backflow in the pipe up to 350m upwards and chances of overflow from the manholes and always pressure flow in the lower pipe in the 60m critical stretch during rainy period which contradicts general principle of sewer design.

41. Given the space constraints with the open cut method, possibility of trenchless methods was also assessed. Two issues with using HDD or microtunneling were found:

(i) Between Dhaugal and Chowk 2, there is a slight bend along the alignment. As HDD has to follow straight alignment and while doing so it has to underpass a small temple lying on the ground adjacent to the road, which would be culturally sensitive to impact. (ii) Microtunnelling is not possible as it demands a minimum road width of 4-5m. The space availability at one end is 3.5 m width and will not be sufficient for micro tunneling machine. Additionally, a small temple exists in this route which cannot be shifted/dismantled.

42. Option 3 is not feasible to execute as it has insufficient space availability for excavation and equipment, and high risk of damage to small but important cultural sites as well as old residential buildings of locals.

1 1.03*2 +.03(spigot joint)+ 0.1 (min clear space) + 0.45*2(trench space as per IS code 13916:1994)

Option 4: Combined Eastern and Western Bypass

43. In Option 4, the pipe sizes are smaller i.e. 1.3m on the east and 1.2m on the west. RCC pipes of bigger size have huge weight (e.g. 1.2 m RCC single NP3 pipe has 3.114 tons). At least Midi Excavator or hydro cranes have to be used to handle and lay RCC pipes and the road width required for accessibility of these equipment is about 3.5 m. Without using mechanical equipment, it is not possible to lay RCC pipes. Therefore, RCC pipes cannot be used as the equipment accessibility is not possible. Even for using GRP pipes in open cut method, deep excavation in the eastern bypass as in Option 2 can risk damage to the historic stone spout traditional drainage site. And in the western bypass as in Option 3, the space availability is not sufficient as the required width is 2.1m for 1.2 m GRP pipes. Constraints in using trenchless methods is already described in Options 2 and 3.

44. Despite smaller pipe sizes, Option 4 is not feasible to execute as the required pipe sizes are still larger than 1m diameter which poses the same issues in site accessibility and risk of damages as Options 2 and 3.

Requirements for Trenchless Methods

Two types of trenchless methods were assessed to overcome the space constraints posed by narrow streets in Options 2, 3, and 4. The requirements of each method are outlined below, which were the assumptions factored into the analysis of feasibility for pipe-laying:

Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) • Pushing pit and the receiving pit have space requirements • Space is required for the HDD machine itself, • At each turn of the HDPE /GRP pipe, the pushing pit and receiving pit required • Availability of 1000 mm dia HDD machine shall have to be confirmed locally.

MicroTunneling • Pipes would need to be of RCC construction • Starting pit and each turn of the 1000 mm dia pipe, a receiving pit/ jacking pit of minimum 4-5m X 4-5 m size is required for laying of RCC pipe of 2 m length each.

4. FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

45. A cost estimate was performed for all four options. In Option 1, the pipe material is DWC plastic pipe whereas for other alternatives, GRP pipes are used. All manholes are constructed with RCC material. The criteria used for the cost estimate is shown in Table 3.

Table 3: Criteria used for the cost estimate

Criteria Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4

GRP pipe PN6, SN GRP pipe PN6, SN DWC, SN8 GRP pipe PN6, SN 2500 Pipe Material 2500 2500

1 m 1.6 1.3 m 1.2 m and 1.3 m Pipe size 182m 750m 591m 1341m Length

Required Minimum 1.8 m 2.5 m 2.2 m 2.1 and 2.2 m Trench Width

Depth of Excavation 2.5- 3 m 2.1- 5.2 m 2.2 to 4.7m 2.1- 5.2 m RCC RCC RCC RCC Manhole material 1.5 2.3 2.1 2.1 Manhole size 10 31 25 55 Manhole Numbers

Table 4: Capital Cost Comparison for alternatives

Capital Cost for Alternatives Total (NRs. In Crore) (A) Additional Cost % of Original Cost Due (NRs. Estimated Cost Pipe Manhole to Parallel In (i.e. NRs Options Laying Construction Total Pipes (B) Crore) 538,997,990.60) Cost Cost (A+B)

Along Durbar Option 1 1.08 0.35 1.43 0.754 2.19 4.06 Square

East of Patan Option 2 15.70 2.10 17.80 0.754 18.55 35.36 Durbar Square

West of Patan 10.97 Option 3 9.63 1.34 0.754 11.73 22.35 Durbar Square

Option 4 Opt 2+Opt3 20.68 3.06 23.74 0.754 24.49 46.68

As in 46. Table 4, Option1 is about 8.5 times less than Option 2, 6 times less than Option 3 and 11 times less than Option 4, with all having similar results for hydraulic function.

5. SELECTION OF BEST POSSIBLE OPTION

5.1. Conclusion of Feasibility Analysis

47. Table 5 outlines the findings from the feasibility analysis of the four options. This found that hydraulic response for all alternatives are similar, in that regardless of the pipeline route flooding would be mitigated if large enough pipe sizes were to be adopted. For all options there will be some degree of flooding in the heritage zone for a flood return period greater than 5-years, which is a risk that will need to be accepted and managed.

48. When the site conditions are factored in for each option the execution of pipe-laying works for Options 2, 3, and 4 is infeasible due largely to narrow roads that cannot accommodate the pipe sizes and required equipment. The use of heavy equipment (e.g. excavator, cranes) in dense, narrow lanes would be highly risky in terms of public safety and accidental damages. Trenchless methods were examined in detail and faced similar constraints in the space that would be required for equipment. While Patan Durbar Square is a sensitive heritage zone, it is the only technically feasible option and poses the least implementation risks as it requires less deep excavation that can be done by hand, the pipe size is small enough to use plastic pipes that do not require heavy machinery, and there is adequate space for construction activities while still allowing adequate safe passage for pedestrians.

49. The cost comparison also showed that Option 1 was by far the most economical option, at 2.19 crore Rs vs 11.73 crore Rs for the next most economical option (Option 3).

50. Therefore, Option 1: Patan Durbar Square bypass has been selected as the best possible option for sewer rehabilitation and flood mitigation in the LMC core area. For improvement of this option, the existing sewers in front of PDS will remain functional and the additional DWC pipe of 400 mm dia will be laid as parallel pipe upstream of Mangal Bazaar (details in recommendation section). This was concurred through a review by two external independent experts. Given the results from the technical analysis, an economic analysis was deemed unnecessary.

Table 5: Summary of Alternative Analysis

Feasibility Option 1: Single Option 2: Option 3: Option 4: Assessment additional Eastern Bypass Western Bypass Combined pipeline Through Eastern and Patan Durbar Western Square Bypass Flood Yes Yes Yes Yes mitigation Feasible to Yes No No No execute Cost 2.19 18.55 11.73 24.49 (NRs crore) Pros  Follows natural  Avoids Durbar Square  Avoids Durbar Square  Avoids flow path Area Area Durbar  It has sufficient  No Extra catchment Square working Space- area Area Minimum

required trench width (1.8 m) against available road width (6mtr)  Lower risk due to moderate depth of excavation (2.5 to 3 m)  Space available for passage of pedestrians  Length of pipe laying is short of about 155 m Cons  Passes through  Increase in catchment  Increase in pipe size  Cons are Patan Durbar area (12.8 ha) due to extra inflow of cumulative Square World  Deeper depth of Sewage coming from of Options Heritage Site excavation upto 5.2m existing sewer line 2 and 3  Disturbance to  Minimum required trench from other area in the  Increase in tourist during width (2.5m) is same route catchment construction constraint against  Deeper depth of area (12.8 available road width (2.5 excavation 2.7 to 4.7m ha) to 4.1m)  Minimum required  Equipment is trench width (2.2 m) is inaccessibility more than available  Traditional stone spout road width (2.1 to 3.3 outlet drainage likely to m) be damaged  Equipment is  Due to small road, local inaccessible is not had objection during possible for 60 m road laying of old sewer in the (minimum width for past also. micro tunnelling is 4-  No free space for 5m) passage (about 200m  Stormwater runoff load length) to Mahapal Chowk  Increase in length by which is low-lying area. 750m  No free space for pedestrian passage (along 60m)  Increase in pipeline length by 497m

5.2. Additional Risk Considerations for the Selected Option

51. While Option 1 is the most technically and economically feasible, other considerations were also examined in order to ensure that mitigation measures are duly included in the design, specifications, and EMP. These include:

52. Social issues: Social issues are possible in all four options mainly due to disruption in the local amenities, noise, sound and air pollution, traffic disturbances, disconnection of utility etc. In the Patan Durbar Square bypass option, the route does not have local residential buildings and properties. The route is already off-limits to vehicles and cycles. Therefore, site analysis suggests a

24 lower impact on local amenity, traffics, and disconnection of the utilities than the other options. In addition, there will be less impact due to noise sound and air pollution to the local people. Tourists and local people may be affected during construction along this route, however mitigation measures are built into the EMP to ensure safe passage through hard barricading, manual methods, and prohibition of opening more than 10m of trench at one time before backfilling.

53. Public safety: Option 1 was deemed to have the least risk to public safety, given the wide lane of 6m, no residential or business premises, and the least-depth excavation. Hard barricades and shoring will be applied as safety measures for whole execution work. Compared to the narrow lanes, deep trenches, and heavy equipment needed for Options 2, 3, and 4, Option 1 appears to have a lower risk for public safety.

54. Heritage risks: Patan Durbar Square is the core zone of a UNESCO World Heritage Site, which is discussed in depth in the project Heritage Impact Assessment. There is a risk that flooding could cause damage to the archaeological objects and monuments (though ponding and dampness – see HIA), local amenities, traffic and visitors. When occasional flooding occurs for higher storms than 5 year return period, it is expected that there will be minimal damage heritage assets given a low flood attenuation time. The design includes lowering the ground level of the downstream area of the square to maintain slope for immediate drain out. In terms of excavation in the heritage area, a subsurface geophysical survey was carried out to assess the potential for archaeological remains in the World Heritage Site. This survey found no potential archaeological remains that would intersect with the trench depth. Nonetheless, manual digging in this zone is required and the project includes detailed procedures for chance finds.

5.3. Final Design and Modifications

55. As a result of the findings from this alternatives analysis, modifications have been made to improve the original design for Option 1 in order to prevent contaminated overflows in Patan Durbar Square during the wet season and to accommodate a higher flood return period. These are presented in the Annex 3 and summarized below:

Preventing contaminated overflows

(i) Connection of existing sewers to the SN-03 pipeline has to be applied such that the sanitary sewage will flow in the existing system and during rainfall the flow diverts to the new pipes. Existing pipes at Mangal Bazaar will be connected with new pipe at distribution manhole (M1- 26’) that work after the new pipe surcharges. (ii) Two parallel pipes will be laid from Lagankhel to Mangal Bazar. One DWC pipe of 400mm diameter will collect all dry weather flows in this section. Installing parallel pipes will increase the capacity and adds the opportunity to approach to separate system in future. The surcharge at the starting point of Line 3 (M3-1) need to be diverted to the paralleled small pipe. With this final design, the flooding in the Patan Durbar Square and upstream of Mangal Bazaar will be eliminated as in Annex 3-Table 9. (iii) To prevent from overflows during higher return period than 5 years, fewer manholes can be placed along the Durbar Square. Manholes at the start and end and one in middle of the 155 m stretch at approximately 77m from Mangal Bazaar. In the original design, manholes were spaces at approximately every 25m.

Water ponding in Patan Durbar Square:

56. The existing road level in front of Bhimsen temple at the downstream/northern end of Patan Durbar Square is at a higher ground level ( 200 mm) than the existing road level in front of the Patan Durbar Square stretch, which forms a depression leading to water ponding during rains by blocking the surface flow. This situation was the result of previous modern construction activities that raised the ground level. During construction and laying of the SN-03 pipes, the road surface in front of Bhimsen Temple will be lowered by 200 mm to remove this man-made blockage. As shown in the drawing below (Figure 12), surface water during rains can easily flow downwards and the ponding issue is expected to be resolved.

Figure 12: Lowering ground level at Bhimsen Temple

Flood mitigation

The Option 1 design can cope with 2 and 5 years return period when considered the existing networks and parallel pipes upstream of Mangal Bazaar. However, the downstream network from M1-45 has flooding problems in some manholes for 5 year return period. Existing pipes at Banglamukhi will be connected with new pipe at M1-41 manhole with flow control device e.g. orifice or sluice gate that divert flow to existing system. This will reduce the flooding considerably downstream of M1-44.

ANNEX 1: EXTERNAL TECHNICAL REVIEWER COMMENTS AND RESPONSES

External technical reviewers were engaged to review the design options and modeling. Comments submitted by these reviewers and the design consultants responses are outlined below.

S.N. External Expert’s Observations and Consultant’s Assessment and responses Recommendation Observations The Basic option (in the original design) of adding The present design has been modified by providing one 1 m dia sewer is the most economical 1m dia DWC sewer pipe, with cleaning and 1 solution as far as the downstream diameter are maintenance of existing 2 sewer lines will be considered sufficient to cater the sewage for 5 year return period. For all the 3 options, option 2, 3, and 2 and 3 For all options, there will be change in the pipe size combined – there is almost no effect on the downstream of Manhole # M1-35. It will increase 2 downstream pipe dia beyond manhole M1-35. from 1.4m to 1.6 and 1.8m when considering 5 yrs return period and existing pipes are not considered. Option 2 alone is not a suitable option as the Agreed downstream pipe between M1-32 M1-35 3 – increases to 1550 mm. Also bypass pipe dia is 1550 mm Option 3 is a suitable one as far as the dia of pipe This option has the advantage of avoiding pipe is considered (1.3 m dia GRP pipe) and also no laying in front of Patan Durbar Square, 4 new laying in Patan Durbar area. nevertheless, it will encounter the pipe-laying constraints as found in Section 3.2. Using combination of option 2 and 3 together In addition to increase in cost, the problems as in reduces the pipe diameter d/s of M1-32 from 1550 Option 2 (of deep excavation, damage to stone 5 mm to 1300 mm. But substantial increase in cost spout, insufficient space availability) are also due to laying of the 1300 mm dia pipe over 750m prevalent. Recommendations Existing sewers in the road in front of Patan Yes, this the most feasible and workable option 6 Durbar will remain functional. and therefore the consultant has submitted Similar Recommendation Recommendation 1: Initial proposal for laying 1000 mm dia pipe Risk: Risk and mitigation measures are described through Patan Durbar in the EMP. Risk: Occasional flooding is possible 7 Execution: Open cut may be a better solution Execution: Manual open cut will be applied. considering the bends, HDD or micro tunneling may not be possible. Barricading and shoring will be applied Use of HDPE /GRP with Steel shoring is recommended Recommendation 2: Recommendation 2: Option 3: No chance of flooding in Patan Durbar Occasional flooding may occur in this option too. Nominal increase in Dia of d/s pipe compared to Recommendation 1 i.e., basic solution As due to narrow width available along this route 8 – Laying of sewer between manholes M2-18 and particularly in the 60 m stretch, it will not be M2-25 may need HDD/Micro tunneling technically feasible neither by open trench method nor trenchless method (both HDD as well as Micro tunneling).

ANNEX 2: HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS

Table 6: Basic Parameters used in SWMM model

A. Subcatchment 1. Rain Gage - 2 yr and 5 yr return period 2. Area - Catchment area in ha 3. % Imperv- weighted average of runoff coefficient based on landuse data 4. Width - based on longest hydraulic length (approx. 0.3 to 0.5 Sqrt of Area) 5. %Slope - 1 m interval contours 6. Surface roughness- 0.13 to 0.024 (natural ground to cement surface) 7. Depression Storage – 2.5 to 10 mm ( lawn to forest/pasture) 8. Infiltration – Horton ( 1.5 inch to 3 inch) (sandy clay loam to clay soils) 9. Time of concentration – Kerby Equation

B. Conduit 1. Pipe material - RCC and DWC 2. Rough ness- 0.013 and 0.01 C. Rainfall 1. 2 yr and 5 yr IDF curve ( 13 years Kathmandu data from DHM)

Hour of Total Maximu Hrs Maximu Flood Mins Node m Rate Flooded m Volume Flooded LPS Flooding 10^6 ltr M1-45 0.16 2313.45 0:00 1:04 9.6 M1-22 0.05 1073.93 0:00 1:04 3 M3-1 0.04 183.93 0 1:05 2.4 M1-14 0.03 77.86 0:00 1:05 1.8 M1-67 0.03 4684.82 0:00 1:08 1.8 M1-69 0.02 3179.93 0:00 1:20 1.2 M1-71 0.02 3225.84 0 1:20 1.2

Figure 13: Node flooding condition from SWMM result for original design with existing sewers

Table 7: Sizes and Depth of pipes for Option 2 Manhole Original Dia(m) New Dia(m) Max Depth (m) Cover (m) Original Depth of Cut (m) Depth of Cut (m) MH-M1-24 1 1 2.7 1.7 2.5 2.8 MH-M1-25 1 1 2.5 1.5 2.5 2.6 MH-M1-26 1 1.6 2.2 0.6 2.4 2.3 MH-M1-O01 1.6 2.8 1.2 2.9 MH-M1-O02 1.6 3.7 2.1 3.8 MH-M1-O03 1.6 4.4 2.8 4.5 MH-M1-O04 1.6 4.8 3.2 4.9 MH-M1-O05 1.6 5.3 3.7 5.5 MH-M1-O06 1.6 3.7 2.1 3.9 MH-M1-O07 1.6 2.7 1.1 2.8 MH-M1-O08 1.6 3.0 1.4 3.1 MH-M1-O09 1.6 2.7 1.1 2.8 MH-M1-O10 1.6 3.0 1.4 3.1 MH-M1-O11 1.6 4.3 2.7 4.4 MH-M1-32 1 1.6 4.1 2.5 2.5 4.3 MH-M1-32' 1 1.6 4.1 2.5 2.5 4.3 MH-M1-33 1 1.6 3.8 2.2 2.5 4.0 MH-M1-34 1 1.6 3.9 2.3 2.6 4.0 MH-M1-35 1.4 1.6 3.8 2.2 2.8 3.9 MH-M1-36 1.4 1.6 3.5 1.9 2.7 3.7 MH-M1-37 1.4 1.6 3.3 1.7 2.8 3.5 MH-M1-38 1.4 1.6 3.1 1.5 2.6 3.2 MH-M1-39 1.4 1.6 3.3 1.7 2.7 3.4

Table 8: Sizes and Depth of pipes for Option 3 Original New Dia Max Depth Cover Original Depth of Depth of Cut Manhole Dia (m) (m) (m) (m) Cut (m) (m) MH-M1-26 1 1.3 2.1 0.8 2.7 2.2 MH-M1-O21 1 1.3 2.7 1.5 2.8 MH-M1-O22 1 1.3 2.8 1.5 3.0 MH-M2-18 1 1.3 2.8 1.5 3.0 MH-M1-O23 1 1.3 3.0 1.6 3.2 MH-M1-O24 1 1.3 3.3 1.7 3.4 MH-M1-O25 1 1.3 3.6 2.0 3.8 MH-M1-O26 1 1.3 3.4 1.7 3.6 MH-M1-O27 1 1.3 3.2 1.3 3.4 MH-M1-O28 1 1.3 3.3 1.2 3.4 MH-M1-O29 1 1.3 3.7 1.5 3.8 MH-M2-25 1 1.3 3.7 1.5 2.7 3.9 MH-M2-26 1 1.3 4.3 2.0 2.9 4.5 MH-M2-27 1 1.3 4.6 2.2 2.6 4.7 MH-M2-28 1 1.3 4.4 1.9 2.3 4.5

ANNEX 3: TECHNICAL ASPECTS OF SELECTED OPTION

• Suggestion  Connection of existing lines  Parallel pipes u/s of Mangal Bazaar. • Connection to Household connect to existing sewers new small dia sewers with orifice.

 Connection of existing • Connection to lines with flow control existing sewers. device at Banglamukhi

• Install the distribution chamber to downstream

• Parallel two sewers (D1.0 m and 0.4 m) • Existing sewers can’t be identified

Figure 14: Pipe size and depth of excavation for Option 3

Figure 15: Connection of Existing system at M1-26’

Figure 16: Connection of Existing system at M1-41

Figure 17: Connection of Existing system at M3-1

Figure 18: SWMM Result for Final Suggestion

Table 9: Flooding result from SWMM for Final suggestion Total Flood Maximum Rate Hour of Max Node Hrs Flooded Volume 10^6 Min Flooded LPS Flooding ltr M1-11 0.01 46.75 1:05 0 0.6 M1-14 0.01 27.72 1:05 0 0.6 M1-15 0.01 4.01 1:05 0 0.6 M1-16 0.01 222.77 1:04 0 0.6 M1-17 0.01 12.4 1:04 0 0.6 M1-20 0.01 771.81 1:04 0.001 0.6 M1-21 0.01 126.81 1:04 0 0.6 M1-22 0.04 431.06 1:04 0.015 2.4 M1-23 0.01 938.67 1:14 0.003 0.6 M1-24 0.01 623.49 1:13 0.003 0.6 M1-25 0.01 563.09 1:04 0.001 0.6 M1-26 0.01 219.13 1:04 0 0.6 M1-26' 0.01 533.75 1:04 0.001 0.6 M1-27 0.01 575.02 1:14 0.002 0.6 M1-28 0.01 500.96 1:16 0.002 0.6 M1-29 0.01 412.31 1:14 0.001 0.6 M1-30 0.01 679.59 1:16 0.001 0.6

Initial Environmental Examination, Vol. III

Heritage Impact Assessment

March 2020

NEP: Kathmandu Valley Wastewater Management Project L-3000

Core area sewer network of Lalitpur Metropolitan City

Prepared by the Project Implementation Directorate, Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited, Ministry of Water Supply, Government of Nepal for the Asian Development Bank

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB Asian Development Bank AEC Archaeology Expert Committee BOQ Bills of Quantities CASSC Community Awareness and Social Safeguard Consultant DPR Detailed Project Report DSC Design and Supervision Consultant ERI Electrical Resistivity Imaging GPR Ground Penetrating Radar GoN Government of Nepal EMP Environmental Management Plan HIA Heritage Impact Assessment HMP Heritage Management Plan IEE Initial Environmental Examination KUKL Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited KVPT Kathmandu Valley Preservation Trust KVWMP Kathmandu Valley Wastewater Management Project LMC Lalitpur Metropolitan City MASW Multichannel Analysis of Surface Waves PCR Physical Cultural Resources PDMMO Patan Durbar Monument Maintenance Office SEMP Specific Environmental Management Plan SPS Safeguards Policy Statement SN-03 Sewer Rehabilitation in the Core City Area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization WHS World Heritage Site

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... 5

1. INTRODUCTION ...... 9 1.1. Overall project objective ...... 9 1.2. SN-03 Sub-project ...... 9 1.3. HIA Objectives and Scope ...... 10 1.4. HIA methodology ...... 11 1.5. Team ...... 12 2. LEGAL AND POLICY REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO CULTURAL HERITAGE ...... 13 2.1. National Requirements ...... 13 2.2. UNESCO ...... 16 2.3. ADB Safeguards Policy Statement ...... 17 3. OVERALL PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 17 3.1. Project service area and activities ...... 17 3.2. Alternatives analysis ...... 19 3.3. Pipeline route ...... 20 3.4. Property connections ...... 22 3.5. Materials storage areas ...... 23 3.6. Flood Vulnerability ...... 24 3.7. Project Management and Coordination ...... 26 4. HERITAGE SITUATION ANALYSIS ...... 26 4.1. History and Heritage Value ...... 26 4.2. Works within the WHS and buffer zone ...... 31 4.3. Existing infrastructure and utilities in Patan Durban Square ...... 32 4.4. Architecture and Structures ...... 34 4.5. Archaeology ...... 36 4.6. Intangible heritage ...... 48 4.7. Conclusions from the heritage situation analysis ...... 49 5. POTENTIAL IMPACTS ON HERITAGE RESOURCES AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 51 5.1. Project Readiness and Pre-Construction Phase Measures ...... 51 5.2. Construction Phase: Potential Negative Impacts and Standard Mitigation Measures ...... 53 5.3. Construction Phase: Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures for Specific Sites ...... 60 5.4. DoA Design and Supervision Requirements ...... 63 5.5. Potential Positive Impacts...... 63 5.6. Overall Assessment of Impacts ...... 64 6. HIA IMPLEMENTATION ACTION PLAN ...... 64 6.1. Project management–level actions ...... 64 6.2. Construction specifications and bidding documents ...... 65 6.3. Contractor requirements ...... 65 6.4. Supervision and oversight ...... 65 6.5. Implementation Budget Estimates ...... 66 7. STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT AND PROJECT APPROVALS ...... 67 7.1. Consultations ...... 67 7.1. Notices and Approvals ...... 68 8. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ...... 69

Annex 1: Site-Specific Excavation Methods ...... 70 Annex 2: Archaeology Expert Committee ...... 72

3 Annex 3: Chance Finds Procedures ...... 74 Annex 4: Official letters for project information and approvals ...... 79 Annex 5: Site Visit Field Inventory ...... 99 Annex 6: References ...... 110

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1: Patan Durbar Square in the dry season and flooding after monsoon rains ...... 10 Figure 2: HIA team site visits, October 2018 ...... 11 Figure 3: Map of Kathmandu Valley and Patan Durbar Square monument zone ...... 18 Figure 4: SN-03 service area ...... 19 Figure 5: Proposed SN-03 sewer line ...... 21 Figure 6: Potential materials storage areas ...... 24 Figure 7: Example of damp issue inside palace adjacent to Patan Durbar Square walkway ...... 25 Figure 8: Patan Durbar Square during the monsoon season ...... 25 Figure 9: Ashoka pillar and example of traditional wood carving ...... 27 Figure 10: Map of Patan Durbar Square core area monuments with project right-of-way (red line) ...... 27 Figure 11: Patan Durbar Square core area palaces. Photo by HIA team (October 2018) ...... 28 Figure 12: Earthquake-damaged buildings in the WHS ...... 30 Figure 13: Rato Machhindranath chariot festival in Patan Durbar Square (May 2017) ...... 31 Figure 14: Patan Durbar Square WHS core and buffer zone as of 2006 ...... 32 Figure 15: Existing sewer manhole cover in Patan Durbar Square ...... 33 Figure 16: Cross-section of existing infrastructure (blue dots) and proposed pipe (green dot) ...... 34 Figure 17: Roadside shrines in buffer zone ...... 35 Figure 19: Archaeological Risk Map, Durham University (2016) ...... 38 Figure 20: Brick paving and subsurface layer from excavated trench and terracotta plaque of Ganesh ...... 39 Figure 21: Subsurface Survey Area ...... 40 Figure 22: Subsurface survey being carried out, June and August 2019 ...... 40 Figure 24: Manga Hiti site in WHS core zone...... 61 Figure 25: Earthquake-damaged buildings...... 62 Figure 26: Public notice of car-free area near Mangal Bazaar (February 2018) ...... 62

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1: HMP Development Guidelines ...... 14 Table 2: Findings by anomaly zone and depth slice ...... 43 Table 3: Summary of findings, risks and mitigation measures by anomaly zone...... 45 Table 4: Festivals and affected portions of SN-03 alignment ...... 49 Table 5: Potential impacts on heritage resources and mitigation measures ...... 53 Table 6: DoA Requirements ...... 63 Table 7: Implementation budget estimates ...... 66 Table 8: Summary of heritage-related consultations ...... 67 Table 9: Summary of heritage-related notices and approvals ...... 68

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Purpose of the Project

The proposed sub-project Sewer Rehabilitation in the Core City Area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City (SN-03) is intended for the improvement and upgrading of the sewer network within the core area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City (LMC). SN-03 is a package under the larger Kathmandu Valley Wastewater Management Project (L-3000), financed by the Asian Development Bank (ADB).

The project proposes to replace existing sewer pipes and adding new larger diameter sewer pipes in the network, for a total of 2.8km of pipelines from the upper reach of Patan Durbar Square until reaching an existing sewer interceptor on the left bank of the Bagmati River. The project is a priority for the LMC to avoid flooding and inundation of Mahapal, Mangalbazar and Patan Durbar Square junction areas (all part of the LMC core area) especially during the rainy season.

This part of the LMC core area, which includes the Patan Durbar Square World Heritage Site has been flooding in every monsoon season due to poor storm water drainage. The existing sewer network dysfunction due to substantial ingress of storm water mixes with sewage during heavy storms, overwhelming the sewer networks and inundating the area. This causes negative impacts on residents, vehicular traffic, pedestrians, and tourists, and water-logging is causing foundation damage to Heritage buildings.

Heritage Impact Assessment

ADB requires the consideration of physical culture resource issues in all aspects of its operations as per its Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS 2009). This initial environmental examination (IEE) has been prepared for the proposed infrastructure components of the project (rehabilitation and expansion of sewerage network). This IEE report was prepared to address impacts that might occur during the construction and operation phases of the project.

Given the project is working in a sensitive cultural heritage site, a Heritage Impact Assessment was required to supplement the IEE. The HIA:  Analyzes the heritage assets within the project area  Determines potential impacts on cultural heritage  Informed an analysis of alternatives to reduce impacts  Ensures that excavations in heritage areas are designed to provide better understanding of the areas in the case of archaeological chance finds  Develops mitigation measures for the design, construction, and operation and maintenance phases for inclusion into the project Environmental Management Plan and bidding documents.  Provides detailed mitigation measures to be included in the Contractor’s Specific Environmental Management Plan (S-EMP)

HIA Findings

Through detailed site investigations and literature review, the main findings from the HIA are:

 The project is important to address the impacts of flooding on heritage assets. During the monsoon, access to heritage sites is disrupted, floodwater is contaminated with sewage, and monuments themselves may be at risk due to waterlogging.  The Patan Durbar Square core zone and buffer zone have been excavated for previous infrastructure works. Infrastructure services and underground utilities have been installed in the current project’s right-of-way, with several excavations and site reinstatements having occurred over the years. While there have not been impacts on monuments and structures from past works, it is possible that subsurface archaeology has been damaged due to lack of proper excavation techniques and construction management.1 However the extent of any damages is unknown.  Within Patan Durbar Square, potential impact on subsurface archaeology is the main risk. Excavation for the pipeline is in an area with known archaeological assets. While the pipeline would pass through the core monument zone, there is a wide working space and excavation would be unlikely to disturb historic structures and monuments.  Risks of damaging subsurface archaeology are minimal. An extensive subsurface survey in key segments of the WHS core and buffer zone, including Patan Durbar Square, has found segments where conditions could indicate archaeology, but in the WHS these are below the project’s maximum excavation depth of 3.0m and the risk of disturbance is minimal. Mitigation measures are in place for these and other areas identified by the survey where potential archaeological is indicated.  Within the buffer zone, impact on the stability of fragile buildings is the main risk. Some streets outside of the WHS core zone where the pipeline would pass are narrower and some structures located within the buffer zone have suffered earthquake damage and are in a fragile condition. A condition survey was undertaken, conservative vibration limits imposed on risky areas, and a provision sum is provided in the construction contract in case of accidental damages.  Intangible heritage, including rituals, sociocultural practices, and festival times, are key to consider. Dates of key festivals have been noted and project management as well as contractors will be required to ensure safety, access, and lack of disruption during important times, as well as a smooth construction workflow.  The project is an opportunity to gain greater understanding of earlier architectural phases and settlements in Patan Durbar Square. While many studies have been done on the architectural history, relatively little is known about the past settlements that lie underneath the project area. If archaeological remains are indeed discovered, the excavation can document the archaeology that other infrastructure projects may have damaged or ignored.  The construction phase will adopt staggered, tailored construction methodologies for working in heritage areas. These methodologies are reflected in

1 Durham University (2016) notes “One of the key features identified through GPR survey and excavation were pipelines running through the Durbar Square, which we have clearly demonstrated have cut through archaeological stratigraphy and earlier phases of human activity.”

6 the contract document’s specifications and will be strictly monitored during implementation. Training for the contractor will be necessary as capacity is lacking among national firms.

Mitigation Measures

The main impacts, mitigation measures, and actions from the HIA which are elaborated in detailed in Sections 5 and 6 include:

 A subsurface investigation to the maximum excavation depth in higher-risk areas was undertaken by specialized geophysical experts. The survey indicates zones where conditions suggest archaeology could be present, which guides specific locations where physical investigations must be undertaken prior to construction (e.g. test pits, trial trenches). For areas with potential archaeology that would not be disturbed by the project’s excavation (i.e. zones are deeper than the project’s maximum excavation depth), the Department of Archaeology (DoA) has been notified in case they wish to carry out their own investigation for research purposes.  Suitably qualified and experienced archaeological supervision expertise must always be present on site for construction supervision, and a representative from DoA will be present at all times during construction in the WHS core zone. Conducting any work without the required supervision expertise present will result in penalties to the Contractor;  A heritage/archaeological awareness training will be conducted with the Contractor and sub-contractors prior to starting works to address sensitivities involved, and ensure full understanding of the detailed chance finds procedure. This training is required by all personnel involved in the project from management to laborers including all subcontractors;  Construction specifications are included in the bidding documents, including only hand digging in sensitive areas, low-vibration methods of compaction and adherence to vibration limits, maintaining access to cultural and heritage sites for religious and sociocultural purposes, and reinstatement of pavements with appropriate materials and techniques as directed by the DoA;  The contractor’s site-specific EMP must include the chance finds procedures in HIA Annex 3, which must be approved prior to the commencement of any works. These procedures include protocols for both smaller movable artifacts and immovable archaeological remains (such as building foundations/wells/etc.);  While direct impacts to heritage structures in Patan Durbar Square is unlikely, there could be a risk to disrupting water supply to the Manga Hiti water spout during the monsoon season if pipes are further damaged. While pipes are ancient in nature with unknown locations, any damages can be avoided through following the excavation methods in HIA Annex 1, which specifies hand-digging and daytime works in the WHS core zone where Manga Hiti is located.

Conclusion

7 buffer zone. However through additional study of sub-surface conditions it appears that archaeological risk is isolated to two segments that are outside of the WHS core zone. Those two zones will have mandatory trial trenches prior to excavation, under the supervision of an archaeologist. Zones with fragile buildings have been identified, and conservative vibration limits established. An institutional structure has been established for close monitoring of the construction phase, including detailed step-by-step procedures for any chance finds of archaeology and artifacts.

The HIA team noted significant commitment of PID and LMC to ensure that heritage aspects were fully integrated into the detailed designs, bidding documents, and EMP, and coordinated consultations with all levels of government to develop technical specifications and inputs to the design and mitigation measures. Implementation will be complex and challenging, but given the flooding problems that are causing impacts on both the communities and heritage assets the project is clearly important and a long-term solution is needed to protect the culturally and historically unique Lalitpur core area from damaging flooding and sewer overflows.

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. Overall project objective 1. The Kathmandu Valley Wastewater Management Project (KVWMP) has been launched and funded by the Government of Nepal (GoN) and the Asian Development Bank (ADB) for improving the wastewater services in the Kathmandu Valley. The project is expected to maximize the efficiency and effectiveness of existing wastewater sector infrastructures and service provision provided or planned, to restore, establish and extended wastewater services in Kathmandu Upatyaka Khanepani Limited (KUKL) services in order to improve water quality and ecosystems of urban rivers and tributaries. 1.2. SN-03 Sub-project

2. The proposed sub-project Sewer Rehabilitation in the Core City Area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City (SN-03) is intended for the improvement and upgrading of the sewer network within the core area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City (LMC). The project comprises replacing existing sewer pipes and adding new larger diameter sewer pipes in the network, for a total of 2.8km of pipelines from the upper reach of Patan Durbar Square until reaching an existing sewer interceptor on the left bank of the Bagmati River. The specific objectives are:

 Improving, upgrading and expanding existing sewer network lines within the core area of Lalitpur Metropolitan City;  Maximize the efficiency and effectiveness of existing sewerage system and service provision through restoration, establishment, and extension of sewerage services  Convey storm water combining with sewer to enhance the walkways along the Patan Durbar square heritage site and adjoining Mahapal areas during rainy season

3. The project is a priority for the LMC to avoid flooding and inundation of Mahapal, Mangalbazar and Patan Durbar Square junction areas (all part of the LMC core area) especially during rainy season. This part of the LMC core area, which includes the Patan Durbar Square World Heritage Site (WHS), has been flooding in every monsoon season due to poor storm water drainage (see Figure 1). The existing sewer network dysfunction due to substantial ingress of storm water mixes with sewage during heavy storms, overwhelming the sewer networks and inundating the area. This causes negative impacts on residents, vehicular traffic, pedestrians, and tourists, and waterlogging is causing risk of foundation damage to heritage buildings and monuments.

9 Figure 1: Patan Durbar Square in the dry season (left) and flooding after monsoon rains (right)

4. Much of the project area lies within the buffer zone of the Patan Durbar Square WHS, and a 157-meter segment of the pipeline would pass directly through the WHS core zone. Due to the heritage site designation, sensitive heritage assets in the project area, and the desire by implementing agencies (including the LMC, KUKL and PID) to ensure that works are carried out with utmost care for these assets, the following Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA) was carried out in several phases during project preparation and fully integrated into the project design and bidding documents.

1.3. HIA Objectives and Scope

5. The HIA forms a standalone but integrated assessment to the project Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) and Environmental Management Plan (EMP). The HIA has provided inputs to the IEE and vice versa, and the general mitigation measures resulting from the HIA were integrated into the project EMP. Specific mitigation measures will be prepared by the Contractor in line with this HIA, in the Contractor’s Site-Specific EMP.

6. The specific objectives of the HIA are to:  Analyze the heritage assets within the project area, including structures, subsurface, and intangible heritage;  Determine potential risks and impacts on those assets;  Inform an analysis of alternatives to reduce impacts;  Ensure that any chance finds of archaeology and/or artifacts are properly handled;  Develop mitigation measures for the design, construction, and operation and maintenance phases for inclusion into the project Environmental Management Plan and bidding documents; and

10  Provide detailed mitigation measures to be included in the Contractor’s Specific Environmental Management Plan (S-EMP).

7. The HIA focuses on the Patan Durbar Square World Heritage Site, with particular attention on the core heritage zone but also considers the WHS buffer zone and any heritage assets outside the buffer zone.

1.4. HIA methodology

8. Preparing the HIA involved primary and secondary data sources, and close involvement of technical experts as outlined below.

Desk review  Review of GoN and ADB policy and legal requirements to ensure compliance  Review of technical studies related to Patan Durbar Square, including archeological investigation conducted by Durham University and Department of Archaeology, and Patan Durbar Square Heritage Management Plan  Literature review of all available and relevant printed books, reports (published and unpublished) and other reference materials on WHS of Patan (see references list in Annex 6)  Review of feasibility study and detailed project report (DPR) by safeguard and heritage experts

Site visits and investigation  Inventory of heritage buildings and visual inspection was conducted by engineers and safeguard specialists in June 2018  Further detailed field inventory and site analysis conducted by heritage specialist, engineers and safeguards specialist in October/November 2018 (Figure 2).  Geophysical survey carried out to detect potential artifacts or archaeology carried out by specialist consultants from June-August 2019  A Construction Induced Vibration Limits and Heritage Vulnerability Assessment carried out by a structural engineer.

Figure 2: HIA team site visits, October 2018

Coordination and Consultation (details in Section 7 and Annex 4)

 Department of Archaeology  Kathmandu Valley Preservation Trust (KVPT)  Patan Durbar Monument Maintenance Office (PDMMO) (representative organization for DoA)  UNESCO and ICOMOS  Affected communities  LMC  Local leaders (e.g. ward chairpersons)

Preparation of impact assessment and mitigation measures  Assessment of impacts on heritage buildings and monuments  Subsurface survey to assess underground utilities and conditions that could indicate potential archaeology  Development of mitigation measures  Integration of mitigation measures into the project EMP  Preparation of Sewer Network Details in World Heritage Area by the DSC, which provides specifications and methods for works in Patan Durbar Square. These specifications and methods were then included in the bidding documents.  Inclusion of mitigation measures in BOQ and contractor requirements in the bidding documents.

1.5. Team

9. The HIA was prepared by a multi-disciplinary team, with strong coordination between engineering, safeguards, structural and heritage experts as well as coordination with the Department of Archaeology, LMC and PID. The following institutions and individuals were involved:

DSC  Structural engineer  Civil engineer  Environmental specialist  Social specialist  Geophysical survey team (two geophysicists and three geophysical operators)

PID  Archaeologist and heritage specialist  Engineer  Environmental and social safeguards specialists

Lalitpur Metropolitan City  Mayor  Deputy Mayor  LMC engineering team

12 2. LEGAL AND POLICY REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO CULTURAL HERITAGE

2.1. National Requirements

Ancient Monuments Preservation Act (1956): Patan Durbar Square was declared a protected monument zone gazetted in 1996 under the Ancient Monuments Preservation Act, 1956, providing the highest level of national protection. The boundary corresponds with the boundary of the UNESCO WHS.

With respect to activities such as construction taking place in heritage areas, the Ancient Monuments Preservation Rules 2046 (1989) state:

Sec. 4.1.1 Pursuant to Sub- section (5) of Section 3 of the Act, any person or Association willing to install telephone and electricity, to dig the land for drinking water and sewerage, to construct and repair the road, to shoot a film, cinema, to celebrate festival and fare, to dance or to park vehicles or to place the poster and photograph, shall have to submit an application to the Department, for its approval in format as prescribed in Schedule.

HIA Compliance: The LMC sent a letter to the Department of Archaeology on 04 June 2018, and DoA granted approval of the project on 13 June 2018. See Annex 2 for a copy of the approval letter in Nepali and English.

Sec. 4.3.2 If the Local Officer found any information of finding of any archaeological object in his working District he shall have to fill the description of such object in the form as prescribed in Schedule-4 within 35 days from the date of finding of such object, and, if possible, the photograph of such project also shall have to be sent to the Chief Archaeology Officer.

HIA Compliance: The project EMP includes this as a mitigation measure, as well as immediate stoppage of works for any chance finds and supervision by a member of the Department of Archaeology for works in the core heritage area. See detailed chance finds procedures in Annex 3, which are also included in the project EMP. There is no statutory requirement in Nepal to carry out an HIA or an approvals process, though the DoA has been informed and the report has been shared with DoA for review and comment.

Management Handbook for Patan Durbar Square Monument Zone (2007) was prepared by the DoA and serves as the site’s Heritage Management Plan (HMP). It includes the institutional, legal, and economic framework for the area, as well as building bylaws for the monument zone and buffer zone and development guidelines.

The HMP’s development guidelines (Section 5.5.2) are applicable to the proposed SN-03 project. Installation of infrastructure and services are not prohibited in the monument zone, but the relevant requirements for construction within the WHS are outlined as follows in

Table 1:

Table 1: HMP Development Guidelines

HMP Development Guidelines Project-specific (Management Handbook for Patan Durbar Square Relevance to SN-03 Project references Monument Zone Section 5.5.2) Identity: The traditional identity of the public and The project would not permanently Need to ref semi-public spaces (squares, streets, courtyards etc.) alter the identity or access to public must be preserved. The form, shape, boundaries and or semi-public spaces. In Patan character of the public and semi-public spaces must Durbar Square, there would be not be altered; the traditional systems of streets and temporary disruption of access courtyard accesses must be preserved. during construction, but detours for pedestrians are accounted for in the design and will be provided at all times. Construction Sites: Construction sites within the Construction within the MZ will have Line item included in Monument Zone (MZ) must be properly secured to hard barricading and will only take BoQ for hard ascertain that no monument or historic building is place in the road/walkway. Disposal barricading with damaged; provisions need to be made for the disposal sites for waste and rubble have been flashing lights of construction rubble and waste outside the heritage identified outside of the core zone. (Specification 2.6.3 area. and drawings in Vol II, Annex II of the bidding documents). Construction materials to be stored/disposed in Dhobighat WWTP construction site in coordination with that contractor. Paving: The public and semi-public spaces must have DoA has provided PID with See HIA Section 5.4 either their traditional paving or where the traditional specifications for paving stones in the and Section 20.6 of paving has been lost, either brick or stone paving core area. These specifications have Specifications. (whichever is more appropriate for the specific been included in the bidding location). When laying new paving, the paving level documents and BoQ. should only be raised from its previous (original) level if it does not affect monuments and traditional buildings; the repair and reconstruction of pavements (also after installing underground services)must be done as far as possible by reusing original materials in order to maintain the authentic character. If new materials are used they have to be similar to the original; the regular cleaning of the paving must be done in a manner that is appropriate to the paving material.

Aprons: The apron shall be constructed on one's own The project will be constructed in the N/A land and in line with and adjusted to the level of roadway and therefore will not affect neighboring houses. Aprons should be planned private building aprons. together with the rain water drainage system. Note should be taken on the plinth height as defined in the building by laws.

Surface Rain Water Drains: Surface rain water The project drainage is subsurface. See Detailed Project drains should be provided for public, semi-public The combined sewer has been Report and alternatives

14 areas and around historic buildings. The drainage designed to accommodate maximum analysis (Vol II of IEE). system should be designed considering maximum rainfall of 59mm/hr and a 5-year flood rainfall. The surface drains must be built to correspond return period. with the surrounding paving. Rain water pipes from terraces and roofs must be concealed and must have an outlet within the plot. Sewer Pipes: Sewer pipes must be concealed below Sewer pipes under the project are all See HIA Section 3 and the ground: sewer pipes must be of sufficient size: below ground and of sufficient size to Detailed Project Report provisions should be made to treat waste water before accommodate dry season flows and disposal into rivers. Septic tanks should only be monsoon stormwater (see previous considered if sewer lines are not possible: no soak point). No soak pits are included. pits should be allowed within the MZ area. Sewage and stormwater from the pipeline will join with the Bagmati interceptor sewer and be treated before discharge, except in extreme storm events when stormwater will overflow to the river. Water Supply: Traditional water sources such as well No water supply is included in the See HIA Section 5.3. and stone water conduits must be preserved. Water project. However the project could supply lines must be installed in a planned manner. impact the Manga Hiti stone spout. Leaking pipes must be fixed immediately to ascertain This has been considered in the HIA. that no damage is caused to nearby monuments. Connections to historic buildings should only be allowed once it has been ascertained not to cause any damage. Traditional Use and Intangible Heritage: Traditional Rituals and festivals have been See HIA Section 4.6 functions and usage of public and semi-public spaces catalogued and will be factored into should be supported. Traditional rituals, processions the Contractor’s work program to and festivals that have been performed over the avoid any disruption and ensure the centuries in the public and semi-public spaces must in program is not delayed. no way be hindered. Water Bodies (ponds/rivers etc.): Traditional ponds No traditional ponds would be N/A must be retained, repaired and restored. No lake, affected by the project. While the pond, tank, water reservoir, canal, rivers, rivulets, pipeline may discharge into the streams, natural drain, spring or water source or any Bagmati river during extreme storm other watercourse shall be permitted to be filled up. events, most of the time stormwater No piece of land which is located within 5 meters in and wastewater will be treated before any direction of the outside edge of the maximum discharge. No building construction recorded inundation level of such water courses shall will be financed. be used as a site for building construction.

HIA Compliance: The project needs to give careful consideration to all of the above-mentioned recommendations from the Patan Durbar Square HMP. The Management Handbook requirements for infrastructure and service provision were fully integrated into the HIA mitigation measures, EMP and construction specifications. As the project intends to improve drainage and sewerage capacity, it also contributes to meeting the handbook’s objectives for improvement of the monument zone.

Plan of Action for Patan Durbar Square Monument Zone (2007) is a working document prepared at the same time as the Management Handbook, which presents short- medium- and long-term activities for conservation of the site. Most relevant for the project, the Plan emphasizes that the Lalitpur municipality is the Site Manager for the WHS but at the time

15 noted that LMC lacked capacity to fulfill this function. The Plan states that all activities within the Zone must be reported to the Site Manager (i.e. LMC).

HIA Compliance: The Plan of Action is considered the Heritage Management Plan for Patan Durbar Square. The approvals, institutional framework, and mitigation measures presented in this HIA are consistent with the Plan of Action, namely that the LMC will co-manage the project together with the PID, and has approved of the project.

2.2. UNESCO

10. Patan Durbar Square is included as one of seven monument zones in the overall Kathmandu Valley UNESCO World Heritage Site. The Kathmandu Valley WHS was established in 1979, placed on the List of World Heritage in Danger in 2003 largely due to persistent “uncontrolled development” that was affecting the urban landscape and “architectural fabric” across the various sites in the Kathmandu Valley.2 After intensive planning and establishment of the Integrated Management Plan, the site was removed from the danger List in 2007. The boundary of the monument zone and buffer zone was modified slightly in 2006, and approved by UNESCO in August of that year. UNESCO has encouraged Nepal to develop regulations for Heritage Impact Assessment (e.g. Decision 36COM 7B.66, 2012), but to date these regulations have not been developed.

11. With respect to any compliance or approvals by UNESCO, Paragraph 172 of the Operational Guidelines for Implementation of the World Heritage Convention states that:

Information received from States Parties and/or other sources: The World Heritage Committee invites the States Parties to the Convention to inform the Committee, through the Secretariat, of their intention to undertake or to authorize in an area protected under the Convention major restorations or new constructions which may affect the Outstanding Universal Value of the property. Notice should be given as soon as possible (for instance, before drafting basic documents for specific projects) and before making any decisions that would be difficult to reverse, so that the Committee may assist in seeking appropriate solutions to ensure that the Outstanding Universal Value of the property is fully preserved.

HIA Compliance: While UNESCO does not have an approval or clearance role, in line with the operational guidelines UNESCO was informed of the project on 06 July 2018 through an official letter sent by the Mayor of Lalitpur Metropolitan City with the draft Detailed Project Report attached, with a request for comments. The Department of Archaeology Director General also informed the UNESCO Director General of the project through an official letter. UNESCO, through ICOMOS, undertook a technical review of all documents and submitted findings and recommendations to the Nepal Ambassador to France, Nepal National Commission to UNESCO, Department of Archaeology on 10 April 2019. All

2 See Decisions adopted by the 27th session of the World Heritage Committee, 2003: http://whc.unesco.org/archive/decrec03.htm#dec7-b-52

16 letters can be found in HIA Annex 4. The recommendations were duly considered and reflected in the project mitigation measures.

2.3. ADB Safeguards Policy Statement

12. The ADB Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009 defines physical cultural resources (PCRs) as: “movable or immovable objects, sites, structures, groups of structures, and natural features and landscapes that have archaeological, paleontological, historical, architectural, religious, aesthetic, or other cultural significance. Physical cultural resources may be located in urban or rural settings and may be above or below ground or under water. Their cultural interest may be at the local, provincial, national, or international level.” (Footnote 13, SR1, ADB SPS 2009).

13. Ensuring compliance with the SPS on PCRs includes3:  Avoiding significant damage to PCRs through appropriate siting and design,  Identifying and assessing potential impacts on PCRs through field-based surveys as part of the environmental assessment (assessment should be by qualified and experienced experts)  Consultation with affected communities and regulatory institutions, and incorporating their views  Developing mitigation measures during the environmental planning process, including chance finds procedures  Chance finds not to be disturbed until assessed by competent specialist and actions consistent with above requirements identified  Not remove PCRs unless certain conditions are met.

HIA Compliance: The compliance steps listed above have been followed through the IEE and HIA process, and are summarized in both documents. Mitigation measures consistent with these requirements are included in the EMP, including detailed chance finds procedures and including specialist expertise in the implementation structure.

3. OVERALL PROJECT DESCRIPTION

3.1. Project service area and activities

14. The project will be implemented entirely in Lalitpur Metropolitan City (LMC), also known as Patan, which is located south of the Kathmandu Metropolitan City (Figure 3). Lalitpur is extremely rich in arts and architecture and boasts of the largest community of artisans in the Kathmandu Valley, especially metal and wood workers. It has a large number of sacred buildings, temples, pagodas, Stupas and Shikharas, monasteries, maaths and Chaityas. UNESCO has enlisted the conglomerate of the buildings in Patan Durbar Square as a World Heritage Site, one of the seven heritage sites in Kathmandu Valley, and a prime tourist destination within the Valley (Figure 3). The service area on the SN-03 package is the Lalitpur core city area, including seven wards 4 , and is

3 ADB Safeguard Policy Statement, para 45 - 49 4 The project will service ward number 5, 9, 11, 12, 16, 19, and 20. Ward 19 would be fully serviced by the project and all others partially.

17 bordered on the northeast by the Bagmati River. The SN-03 service area can be seen in

15. Figure 4 below, shaded in blue (LMC is shaded in yellow).

Figure 3: Map of Kathmandu Valley (left), Patan Durbar Square monument zone (right)

Figure 4: SN-03 service area: overall service area and topography (left), service area (shaded in yellow), flood area, and heritage core zone indicated (right)

16. The proposed project will carry sewage as well as the storm water from the higher reach of Lagankhel, pass through the narrow streets of Mangal Bazar, cross in front of the Patan Durbar Square, collect the extra storm water from the surrounding area and flows down via Swotha to Shankamul sewage interceptor at the Bagmati River.

17. The proposed project includes the following specific activities within the Lalitpur core city area:

 Rehabilitation and construction of combined sewer network with total 2.8 km length with connection to the Shankamul sewage interceptor at the Bagmati River and overflow outfall at the Bagmati River;  Installation of two types of pipe are proposed: Plastic (500 – 1000 mm diameter) and reinforced concrete (1400 mm diameter)  Installation of manholes  Excavation of trenches for rehabilitation of existing pipes and installation of new pipes, with trench depth ranging from 2.0 meters to 4.2 meters and width varies from 1.2 meters to 2.5 meters. Maximum excavation depth in the WHS core zone is 3m.

3.2. Alternatives analysis

18. An alternatives analysis was carried out to examine technical, financial and implementation feasibility of the best possible option to (i) reduce flooding in the World Heritage Core Zone, especially contaminated with wastewater, and (ii) avoid any construction risks to the heritage assets. The full alternatives analysis can be found in Vol II of the IEE. The examined alternatives included the (1) route through Patan Durbar Square, (2) alternative route to the east that avoids the square and (3) alternative route

19 to the west that also avoids the square.

19. The best possible option was found to route the pipeline through Patan Durbar Square (option1) due mainly to (i) pipe sizes in other alternative routes would need to be larger, necessitating reinforced concrete pipes whereas the selected alignment could use smaller-diameter plastic pipes, (ii) alternative pipeline routes to the east or west would involve segments with narrow streets that cannot accommodate the required excavation depth nor equipment needed for large concrete pipes, and (iii) trenchless technology was also examined for these two alternative routes, which was found to be technically infeasible due to insufficient space required for inlets and outlets of the machinery. Both alternative routes were found to pose significant construction-related risks as well due to narrow residential/commercial streets requiring deep excavation (i.e. more than 4m) and heavy equipment, which would be risky in terms of both fragile buildings as well as accessibility by vehicles, residents, and tourists.

20. For all alternatives, dynamic flood modelling revealed that there will be some degree of flooding in the heritage zone for a flood greater than 5-year return period. A downstream below-ground pumping station for Option 1, to reduce any overflows in Patan Durbar Square due to a backflow effect during heavy rains. Two optimal locations were assessed, both of which having insufficient space for the equipment and construction of the civil structure. This also requires deep excavation (9.5m) which could risk damage to adjacent buildings.

21. However, given the technical constraints and safety risks with negligible difference in flood mitigation, the Government determined to proceed ahead with option 1, which has an acceptable level of risk. Design modifications were included to separate sanitary sewer flows from stormwater flows to the extent possible in order to prevent contamination during more intensive rainfall events.

3.3. Pipeline route

22. A map of the pipeline route is provided below in Figure 5, which shows the alternative for the selected pipeline right-of-way. The SN-03 project is designed in three segments:  Line 1 (red color): Starts from the Lagankhel bus stand area to Sankhamul, and crosses through Patan Durbar Square WHS core zone.  Line 2 (pink color): Starts from Kumaripati, Iti tole and meets Line 1 at Swotha via Iti tole, Ikhalukhu, Mahapal junction and Kwalkhu.  Line 3 (brown color) is a connection between line 1 and 2 starting from the same starting point of Line 2 connecting Line 1 via Thabu lan.

Figure 5: Proposed SN-03 sewer line

23. The routes for pipe alignment were classified into three basic typologies to develop construction and excavation methodologies that would be appropriate for the conditions and minimize impacts, described below with an image that is indicative of each area type:

Area Type 1 Area Type 2 Area Type 3 Industrial, wide roads Residential, narrow roads Heritage zones, fragile buildings The narrow road of width 3.5 to 4.5 The general routes where the m, low risk of archaeology or fragile The World Heritage Core Zone, road is wide 4.5 to 6 m or buildings. any areas at high risk of greater and space is available archaeological finds, or areas for accessing machines, and with fragile buildings. (e.g. little risk of archaeological finds Patan Durbar Square) or fragile buildings

24. The criteria for classifying segments into one of these three areas is outlined in Annex 1, which then choosing an appropriate excavation methodology based on risks to heritage assets and structural stability of buildings. These methodologies are included in the DPR and in HIA Annex 1.

25. It should be noted that the rehabilitated SN-03 line will be connected with existing Bagmati interceptor sewer, which is present at Sankhmul within the UN Park, and ends at the Dhobighat waste water treatment plant. All sewage during the dry weather will be transported to the treatment plant for treatment and discharge. Thereafter, only during the rainy season when the volume of sewage is large and diluted by stormwater, some portion may be released to the Bagmati river through a combined sewer overflow. Note that combined sewers are the norm for drainage and sewerage infrastructure in the Kathmandu Valley.

26. Technical details on the sewer system design and specifications can be found in the Detailed Project Report (DPR) and Initial Environmental Examination (IEE).

3.4. Property connections

27. Property connections will be installed for buildings in the buffer zone. Patan Durbar Square is unlikely to have any connections since there is an existing line running underneath the Palace itself which meets with the main line in the road past the square. Most of these areas in the buffer zone already have existing sewer lines, manholes, and

22 property connections, which will be upgraded by the SN-03 project.

28. Sewage will be temporarily re-routed during construction to mitigate any risk of leakage or contamination. The construction methodology for household connections is as follows:

 The work will be executed in a piecemeal approach by segments. Sewage re-routing will be done in segments of approximately 50-100 meters.  First the existing sewerage from houses will be diverted to the downstream manhole of the main line (which will use a pumping system).  A small manhole for each 3-5 houses will be constructed adjacent to buildings. The depth will not be too deep (1 to 1.5 m depth). Brick manholes are constructed with precast RCC cover and manhole cover.  The connection pipe from the new small manhole to the main line will be installed.  For each stretch when the small manhole and main lines are constructed completely, then the flow from the households will be connected and back filling work is done.

29. There is a low likelihood of damage to structures in the buffer zone given no deep excavation occurs. The main risk is due to disconnection of continuous flowing sewage. However, the risk is minimised by the arrangement of temporary pipe gallery, pumping system and hard and soft barricading. Where possible, the existing sewerage system will not be disturbed.

30. Drawings for property connections can be found in the DPR Annex F.

3.5. Materials storage areas

31. For the temporary storage of construction materials, the exact locations will need to be agreed between the Contractor and the LMC. The DPR identified several potential sites, shown in Figure 6 below. Only one proposed area is within in the WHS core zone (Storage Area 1), which is small and not on the same plot as any monuments. The contractor camp would be located in UN Park, outside of the core or buffer zones of the WHS. The proposed sites below would only be used for materials.

Figure 6: Potential materials storage areas

32. For solid waste and spoils, per the IEE PID shall identify an approved disposal site for excess spoils and wastes expected to be generated during construction activities. PID shall inform the winning contractor of this approved disposal site at any stage prior to construction activities, which will be included in the Contractor’s S-EMP (proper disposal of waste and spoils is included in the BOQ, Part B1-7 and B1-4).

3.6. Flood Vulnerability

33. This core area of LMC (including the UNESCO heritage site) currently suffers from the lack of a properly functioning sewerage system, which also serves as the stormwater drainage network. During the monsoon season (July - September) the area experiences inundation when the existing sewer network clogs and becomes overwhelmed, which causes flash floods and water logging with sewage-contaminated stormwater. This recurring problem creates a major nuisance to local residents and tourists as roads can be rendered inaccessible and as well as an unhygienic situation with health risks to the community. As floodwater pools and stagnates, it can create damp conditions in heritage monuments and other fragile structures as well (Figure 7). Figure 8 shows flooding events that occurred in in the central walkway of Patan Durbar Square’s core area in 2017 and 2018.

Figure 7: Example of damp issue inside palace adjacent to Patan Durbar Square walkway

Source: ICOMOS Technical Review (submitted to DoA 10 Apr 2019), photo from site visit Oct/Nov 2015

34. Given the impacts on liveability and the risks to Lalitpur’s heritage assets that are urgent to mitigate, the LMC has made the project a priority. The SN-03 line would resolve inundation and flooding at Mahapal, Mangal Bazar, Patan Durbar Square and Kumaripati for a one in five year flood return period.

Figure 8: Patan Durbar Square during the monsoon season (2017 – left, 2018 - right)

3.7. Project Management and Coordination

35. KUKL, which legally commenced operation in February 2008, established a Project Management Unit. The Government and ADB in April 2009 have restructured the unit into a Project Implementation Directorate (PID) to manage and implement ADB- assisted projects. The PID includes a Safeguards Unit to monitor and evaluate all social and environmental aspects of ADB projects, including physical cultural resources (PCR).

36. A Design and Supervision Consultant (DSC-06) has been contracted by PID to oversee construction works. DSC-06 also includes environmental and social safeguards officers. A Community Awareness and Social Safeguard Consultant (CASSC) has also been appointed by PID to assist with monitoring safeguard issues, especially public consultations and grievance handling through an established clear and grassroots process for addressing public complaints quickly.

37. While the project is relatively small in scale, it is technically and socially complex. To tackle the social issues the Lalitpur Mayor has agreed to establish and will Chair the Steering Committee, which will facilitate and resolve local issues arising during implementation. Ward chairpersons have been closely involved and have also committed their involvement in consultations and resolving grievances. Beside this LMC has agreed to co-finance 20% of the project construction cost through their own resources. The office for the management and supervision of the day-to-day works of SN-03 will be within the LMC complex and headed by a senior engineer from LMC. An Archaeology Expert Committee has been established which will oversee any works within the World Heritage Site and convene in the case of any chance finds to carry out the chance finds procedure that is outlined in the HIA (Annex 3). The Department of Archaeology is part of this committee, and will be on site during any excavation in the World Heritage Site.

4. HERITAGE SITUATION ANALYSIS

4.1. History and Heritage Value

38. Among the three cities of Kathmandu Valley, Lalitpur Metropolitan City (aka Patan) is the most ancient city dating back some 2000 years and best known for its artistic heritage. It is probably one of the oldest Buddhist cities in the world. The city is surrounded by 4 stupas as 4 corners of Patan, one at each corner of its cardinal points. These stupas are said to have been built by the famous Emperor Ashoka, though this is unconfirmed – these stupas are some of the most elegant architectural treasures of which Patan prides itself. The LMC is full of Hindu temples and Buddhist monuments with bronze gateways, guardian deities and wooden carvings (Figure 9).

Figure 9: Ashoka pillar (left), example of traditional wood carving (right)

39. Lalitpur’s heritage sites are concentrated in the Patan Durbar Square World Heritage Site, situated in the Mangal Bazar area (Figure 10). This square consists of what is said to be the best preserved Malla period palaces and temples, with the majority constructed in the 16th and 17th centuries. There are fine pagodas and Shikhara-style temples, stone statues and unique artistic Newar architecture. This diversity of the mediaeval culture that allowed both Hinduism and Buddhism to flourish has left a rich legacy of impressive sightseeing.

Figure 10: Map of Patan Durbar Square core area monuments with project right-of-way (red line)

40. The Durbar Square itself is a marvel of Newar architecture. The Square floor is tiled

27 with red bricks that are modern materials, from approximately 20-25 years ago5, but in keeping with the heritage character of the site. The main temples are aligned opposite of the western face of the palace. The entrance of the temples faces east, towards the palace. There is also a bell situated in the alignment beside the main temples, and the Square also holds old Newari residential houses.

41. The main attraction of Patan Durbar Square is the ancient Royal palace (Figure 10, Figure 11). It consists of three main courtyards (Mul chowk, Sundari Chowk and Mani Chowk, Narayan Chowk). The north-eastern corner of the Mul chowk is the 3 storied octagonal temple of Taleju Bhawani built by King Shree Niwas Malla in 1667. The Sundari Chowk holds in its centre a masterpiece of stone sculptures popularly known as Royal Bath, between central Mul chowk and Mani Keshab Narayan Chowk lies a temple of Degu Taleju looking out into the Main Square. The former royal palace complex is the centre of Patan's religious and social life and houses a museum containing an array of bronze statues and religious objects.

Figure 11: Patan Durbar Square core area palaces. Photo by HIA team (October 2018)

5 Discussion with Kathmandu Valley Preservation Trust, 05 February 2019.

28 42. The project area comprises temples, patis (rest houses), stupas, shrines, traditional houses, jarunhitis (traditional water tanks) and wells. On both sides of the project area there are monuments of national and local importance and the monuments around Patan Durbar Square are certainly world class World Heritage monuments.

43. The 7.8 Magnitude earthquake that struck Nepal and surrounding regions on 25th April 2015, and a second 7.3 magnitude earthquake just 17 days later on May 12, 2015, greatly affected the LMC including heritage assets. Patan Durbar Square was one of many sites within the Kathmandu Valley WHS that was adversely affected, where many monuments were damaged and some collapsed. Twenty-eight heritage sites in the Patan Durbar Square area required reconstruction. To date much of the reconstruction work in the core monument zone has been completed.

44. Outside of the WHS core area, many buildings in the project area and buffer zone were damaged that to this day remain fragile (Figure 12). Appendix IV of the IEE provides an inventory of 15 buildings in poor condition assessed by the structural engineer that are found along the project alignment. None of these are within the core heritage zone. An assessment was carried out by the structural engineer to determine appropriate vibration limits for zones with fragile buildings and heritage structures based on international good practices and the project context. This assessment is included in the IEE (Vol I) Appendix XVI , and vibration limits included in the EMP and Annex 1 of the HIA.

Figure 12: Earthquake-damaged buildings in the WHS buffer (top) and core monument zone (bottom). Photos by HIA Team (October 2018).

45. The project area is a major source of intangible cultural heritage as well, given its importance as a site for major festivals celebrated by local people. The Rato Machhindranath Chariot festival is one of the main festivals of the Lalitpur District that is celebrated during the month of April/May (Figure 13). Similarly, Krishna Janmastami is another major festival celebrated during the month of August/September. The festival celebrates worshiping the Lord Krishna, and significant numbers of devotees visit Krishna Temple situated at Patan Darbar Square area. Other festivals include Bhimsen Jatra, Matiya Jatra,Gai Jatra,Janai Purnima. Additional details on festivals and intangible heritage are available in Section 4.6.

Figure 13: Rato Machhindranath chariot festival in Patan Durbar Square (May 2017)

4.2. Works within the WHS and buffer zone

46. As discussed above, Patan Durbar Square is included as one of seven monument zones in the overall Kathmandu Valley UNESCO World Heritage Site. The Kathmandu Valley WHS was established in 1979, placed on the List of World Heritage in Danger in 2003 and after intensive planning and establishment of the Integrated Management Plan was removed from the danger List in 2007. The boundary of the monument zone and buffer zone was modified slightly in 2006, and approved by UNESCO in August of that year. 6 Figure 14 shows the most recent boundary, with the WHS core zone indicated within a thick black line and the buffer zone in a dashed line.

6 See https://whc.unesco.org/archive/2006/whc06-30com-19e.pdf

Figure 14: Patan Durbar Square WHS core and buffer zone as of 2006

47. As seen in Figure 14 above, the SN-03 pipeline would pass through portions of both the core zone and buffer zone of the WHS. 157.5 meters would cross the main public walkway in the Patan Durbar Square core zone, and 754 meters of pipe-laying would take place in the buffer zone. In the Patan Durbar Square core zone, the depth of the excavated trench would range from 2.6 – 3 meters deep, and the trench width (including barricading) would be approximately 2.9 meters. The current width of the main walkway in the square is about 6 meters.

4.3. Existing infrastructure and utilities in Patan Durban Square

48. A survey of existing infrastructure services and utilities in Patan Durbar Square was carried out as part of the engineering design work. The proposed pipeline right-of-way through Patan Durbar Square (as well as roads in the buffer zone) has already been excavated several times in the past for the installation of various services and utilities. The following are findings of a utilities investigation in the World Heritage core zone, which can be seen in Figure 16 below (the area of the sample study area is indicated in the photograph):

32  Two telecom chambers exist just at the entrance of Heritage site on the side of Mangal Bazar. A Nepal Electricity Authority cable travels the length of the Patan Durbar Square walkway at a depth of 1.4 meters.  Two water supply pipe lines are existing under the walkway: (i) 100 mm diameter pipe on the west edge (at 0.5 m depth) and (ii) 80 mm diameter GI pipe toward the middle of the walkway (at 1.4 m depth). The 80mm water supply pipeline will be cut during installation of sewer pipe as it lies in the trench excavation right of way. It will be reinstalled after the new pipe is laid.  Two concrete sewer pipes exist on either side of the walkway, including manholes (Figure 15). On the western edge, the 300mm pipe is at a depth of 3m, and on the east edge a 600mm pipe is at a depth of 1.2m. These pipelines are insufficient for handling wastewater and stormwater drainage, hence the need for a solution that can accommodate both wastewater and storm water. Under the project design, the existing sewer pipes will continue to be used, and the new pipeline will accommodate additional wet season flows.

Figure 15: Existing sewer manhole cover in Patan Durbar Square

49. It can be noted from the services and utility survey, site observations, and research that:  One previously dug trench is at the same depth or deeper than that the maximum depth of the SN-03 pipeline  The site has been excavated and reinstated at least twice for other pipelines and utilities  Each excavation properly reinstated the site with traditional bricks and installed manholes that are consistent with the character of the area  No monumental buildings were affected or damaged during these excavations  Damage to sub-surface archaeology from previous utilities’ construction may have occurred, but there is no documentation to indicate any actual damage. If damaged occurred the extent is unknown.7

7 Coningham, R.A.E., Acharya, K.P., Davis, C.E., Kunwar, R.B., Tremblay, J.C., Simpson, I.A. 4 and Schmidt, A. Preliminary Results of Post-Disaster Archaeological Investigations at the Char Narayan Temple and within Patan’s Durbar Square, Kathmandu Valley UNESCO World Heritage Property (Nepal), Ancient Nepal 191-192, p. 52-71. 2016.

Figure 16: Cross-section of existing infrastructure (blue dots) and proposed pipe (green dot)

50. Note that Figure 16 above is a sample cross-section at chainage 0+675m (in front of Patan Museum on the Mangal Bazaar side of the square, see location photo above). Levels are reflective of this cross-section – the excavation would reach a maximum depth of 3 meters in Patan Durbar Square toward the downstream northern end of the square, but at this particular section (which is more to the southern edge of the square) the depth is 2.22m.

4.4. Architecture and Structures

34 51. A detailed field study of the site’s architectural assets was carried out in June 2018 as part of the project detailed design in order to investigate all temples, buildings, and sites of cultural and historical significance in the project area and inform the design work accordingly. GPS coordinates were taken of each site, and qualities (tangible and intangible) were noted, including uses by the community, specific times of worship and visits to temples, and importance during festivals. This assessment was deepened in October/November 2018 by the HIA team, including engineers, safeguard specialist, and archaeology/heritage expert. The full inventory can be found in Annex 5. The inventory is a comprehensive assessment of all heritage assets in the core and buffer zone, and was used to identify which assets could potentially be impacted by the project. Note that inclusion of structures in this survey does not indicate any potential risks.

52. The assessment found minimal risk to heritage structures. The main findings were:  The water supply from the Manga Hiti water spout could be impacted if the conveyance pipes are damaged during excavation, though the location of these ancient conduits are unknown.  While historic above ground structures and monuments are unlikely to be impacted by construction, Patan Durbar Square is an important social gathering space in the day and evenings – people tend to rest and congregate outside buildings on stairs and verandas.  Four smaller shrines at ground level in the buffer zone would not be directly affected by excavation, but will be in close proximity to excavations so could risk accidental damages (Figure 17). Figure 17: Roadside shrines in buffer zone

Chainage: 0+000 Chainage: 0+860 Location: Etichowk Location: Swotha

Chainage: 0+525 Chainage: 0+850 Location: Haugal Location: Swotha

4.5. Archaeology

53. Patan Durbar Square is a site that developed over time – the current layout of open space and standing monuments only developed in the past few centuries, but its history and civilizations are much older and have been covered over time. Therefore, understanding the risks to archaeology, or “subsurface heritage” is a critical element of the HIA and protecting the heritage of Patan Durbar Square. This was done through (i) a desk review of an archaeological study done in 2016, (ii) geophysical investigation of the project site, and (iii) establishing zones at risk of potential chance finds and developing procedures for working in those zones. These steps are described below.

Desk Review of Previous Archaeology Study

54. Archaeological fieldwork in the project area was carried out in 2016 by Durham University which indicated there may be archaeological remains in the project area. The study by Durham University in 20168 used Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR) along the SN-03 right of way through the WHS as well as sample excavations, which was a useful initial input to the HIA to understand potential risks. The pilot excavations done in this study were not directly in the SN-03 right-of-way, but within several meters of it in front of the Char Narayan temple in Patan Durbar Square. The Durham University study was part of a post-disaster archaeological assessment after the 2015 earthquakes and focused on studying the foundation of the collapsed Char Narayan Temple.

55. The GPR survey undertaken in the Durham study provides a useful initial assessment of the potential archaeology and chance finds that could occur during excavation. The GPR in that study was taken to a depth of 1.3 meters along the main pedestrian walkway that would also be excavated for the SN-03 pipeline. The extent of the survey can be seen in Figure 18, where the red line indicates the proposed SN-03 pipeline – as can be seen here, the majority of the area for pipe-laying works in the core WHS areas has been surveyed. While the excavated trench through Patan Durbar Square would be deeper than this GPR survey was able to reach (2.6-3.0 meter excavation depth vs 1.3 meter depth of the Durham GPR survey), the survey does provide an initial indication of areas with greater risk of chance finds.

8 Coningham, R.A.E., Acharya, K.P., Davis, C.E., Kunwar, R.B., Tremblay, J.C., Simpson, I.A. 4 and Schmidt, A. Preliminary Results of Post-Disaster Archaeological Investigations at the Char Narayan Temple and within Patan’s Durbar Square, Kathmandu Valley UNESCO World Heritage Property (Nepal), Ancient Nepal 191-192, p. 52-71. 2016.

Figure 18: 2016 Ground Penetrating Radar Survey area overlaid with SN-03 right of way (adapted from Durham University study), in Patan Durbar Square walkway

56. Based on the GPR, an archaeological “risk map” was developed by the researchers (Figure 19) which indicates that most of the Patan Durbar Square area is “high risk” for discovering archaeology (the pink shaded area) – the term “high risk” meaning that important archaeological remains are likely in this area that have significance for understanding the development not only of the site, but also the wider Kathmandu Valley and beyond. Moreover, the red polygons in Figure 19 also show where the GPR indicates anomolous shapes that could be archaeological – such as building foundations. Only the area within the black dotted line is of relevance to the SN-03 project as all other areas would remain undisturbed by the project. It should be noted that the GPR survey and analysis does not confirm the presence of archeological remains, but is only used to indicate where extra caution should be taken during excavation.

Figure 19: Archaeological Risk Map, Durham University (2016)

57. Importantly, the GPR survey indicated the existing pipelines for sewerage, telecommunications and water supply outlined in above (indicated in yellow lines and polygons in Figure 19). These previous pipe-laying works were likely undertaken in a way that may have caused damage to archaeological remains. Despite this the Durham study did not recommend suspending any installation of public services and earthquake reconstruction, but did advise mobilizing archaeology teams in advance of works, and that any future works should be excavated in a manner that protects this subsurface heritage. These recommendations have been taken on by the SN-03 project and included in the mitigation measures.

58. Test excavations for this study indicated that the top layer of bricks paving the Patan Durbar Square are modern, but may cover earlier layers of brick paving and cobblestones (Figure 20). Chance finds of movable artifacts are also possible, such as a terracotta plaque of Ganesh that was likely a piece of an oil lamp that was uncovered during the study (Figure 20). Other finds included terracotta beads, slag, a copper Pashupati coin, worked stone, and several terracotta oil lamps. The researchers proposed it is likely that these types of chance finds are the result of historically backfilling the area with the rubble of previous earthquakes over which the current Durbar Square monuments stand.

Figure 20: Brick paving and subsurface layer from excavated trench (left), terracotta plaque of Ganesh (right)

59. The findings by Durham University demonstrate the possibility of discovering archaeological remains and/or artefacts from core area and possibly from other areas. The complicated archaeological sequence and evidence of multiple phases of human activity highlights the vulnerability of the subsurface archaeological heritage across Patan Durbar Square and the necessity for further archaeological investigation and interventions prior to any development or reconstruction work. This advice was heeded during project design, including carrying out a more extensive subsurface survey using multiple methods at a deeper depth and wider survey area than the Durham study.

Geophysical Survey for SN-03

60. As the previous investigation undertaken by Durham University found the possibility of archaeological risks, a more in-depth geophysical study was conducted as part of this HIA in June and August 2019. Given the soil properties present in the project area and excavation depth, specialist consultants advised that Ground Penetrating Radar alone was not sufficient and instead three survey methods were combined: Electrical Resistivity Imaging (ERI), Multichannel Analysis of Surface Waves (MASW) and Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR). It is important to note that any subsurface survey cannot definitively state what is present underground, but can only indicate zones where material properties differ relative to the surrounding material (an “anomaly” area).

61. The ERI survey measures material resistivity, or how conductive the material is (e.g. moisture content). The MASW survey is a measure of material density, and can indicate zones where material is more or less dense that its surroundings (e.g. stone vs soil, or potential voids/chambers in cases of lower density). The GPR survey was most appropriate to indicate where pipes and cables were located, whereas the density and resistivity of the ERI and MASW surveys combined gave a better indication of potential archaeology.

62. The survey area is indicated in Figure 21, which was determined based on the

39 boundary of the WHS but also extended to pipeline lengths in the buffer zone. The survey was in five segments, indicated in the map. The survey team in the field is shown in Figure 22.

Figure 21: Subsurface Survey Area

Figure 22: Subsurface survey being carried out, June and August 2019

63. The maximum excavation depth for the SN-03 project in the subsurface survey area is 3.5m, though to be conservative the surveys were analysed up to 5m depth to identify “anomalies” where conditions indicate potential archaeology. The results are

40 summarized in one-meter depth slices, shown in Figure 23, where anomalies at each depth are indicated according to the density and resistivity properties.

Survey Depth: 0-1m Survey Depth: 1-2m

Survey Depth: 2-3m Survey Depth: 3-4m

Legend Survey depth: 4-5m (below project)

41 Figure 23: Subsurface survey findings by depth slice

64. The survey found six anomaly zones (Zones A-F) which were then cross-referenced with the maximum excavation depth in each segment – the survey findings according to the material properties of each anomaly area by depth slice are summarized in Table 2.

Table 2: Findings by anomaly zone and depth slice

Depth intersected by excavation

Depth not intersected by excavation

Zone Segment 0-1 m 1-2 m 2-3m 3-4m 4-5m 3: Swotha to High density High density High density High density High density and Bhimsen anomaly of 8m anomaly of 8m anomaly of 8m anomaly of 35m high resistivity Mandir length on east length on east length on east length on east side. anomaly of 35m A side. side. side. length on east side. Max excavation: 2.8-3.5m 5: Mangal No anomalies High density High density High density High density Bazar to detected anomaly of 7m anomaly of 75m anomaly of 75m anomaly of 51m Tichhu Galli length on west length on right and length on west and length on west side side. left side. east side. and two shorter Max high density excavation: Three smaller Three smaller segments on east 2.5 – 3.0m anomalies of low anomalies of low side (4 and 12m). resistivity found resistivity found along this same along this same One 34m segment high-density high-density of low resistivity anomaly area (7, anomaly area (7, 12 found along west B 12 and 5m length) and 5m length) on side overlapping on the east side the east side. with high density area. One 4m long anomaly of high resistivity found also One high resistivity within the high anomaly of 5m density area also on length found within the east side. the high density area on the east side. 4. Bhimsen No anomalies No anomalies No anomalies No anomalies to Mangal detected detected detected detected High density Bazar anomaly of 50m length starting 30m (Patan from Mangal Bazar running north. C Durbar Square) While the high density area is on Max both sides. It looks excavation: longer and 2.5 – 3.2m continuous on the west side.

43 Zone Segment 0-1 m 1-2 m 2-3m 3-4m 4-5m

Within the high density anomaly there is one low resistivity segment on the west side (31 m length). A low resistivity segment parallel with this on the east side has been observed. 1. Mahapal to No anomalies No anomalies No anomalies No anomalies High density Golden detected detected detected detected anomaly of 7m Temple length including (south side) west and east sides. D Max excavation: Two overlapping 2.5 – 3.0 low resistivity segments of 6 and 12m on the west side. 1. Mahapal to No anomalies No anomalies No anomalies No anomalies Low resistivity area Golden detected detected detected detected of 142m length on Temple west side. High (north side) density anomaly E overlaps with this Max area for 23m. excavation: 2.5 – 3.0m 2. Golden No anomalies No anomalies No anomalies No anomalies High density-high Temple to detected detected detected detected resistivity area of Swotha 8m length on south F side. Max excavation: 2.5 – 3.0m

65. Following the analysis of material properties by depth slice, the findings for each anomaly zone were assessed to interpret what these properties could mean in terms of potential archaeology as well as considerations for the SN-03 project given the excavation depth and other physical characteristics of each anomaly area. These findings along with mitigation measures are presented in Table 3.

44 Table 3: Summary of findings, risks and mitigation measures by anomaly zone

Anomaly Zone Summary of Survey Findings Interpretation Considerations Mitigation Measures A  8m long high density area is found at  35m long high density area where a shallow depth of 0-3m  High density property anomaly would be affected by the  The Contractor will be instructed Segment 3:  At 3-5m depth, a longer high density indicates that material is of excavation up to a depth of 3.5m. to dig a trial trench in the Swotha to anomaly of 35m found in the same high compactness compared The high resistivity area would not anomaly area by hand prior to Bhimsen segment to the surrounding. be impacted as it is below the the planned excavation work to Mandir  At 4-5m depth anomaly is both high maximum excavation depth. investigate the high density area. density and high resistivity  The deeper high density & Maximum  Anomaly areas are within the buffer high resistivity area may be  No important heritage buildings are  Trial trench digging will be under excavation zone of WHS compacted soil & may also found along the length of the high supervision of Archaeological depth: indicate the presence of density anomaly area. Expert Committee (AEC) 2.8-3.5m foundation wall or stone or some other material different  It is likely that the high density  AEC will issue an opinion to than the surrounding. anomaly is compacted soil, and less verify if excavation can proceed likely stone or other materials that or if further investigation is could indicate archaeological required prior to proceeding objects. depending on results.

 While the likelihood of negative impacts is low, given the shallow depth of the anomaly area caution should be exercised.

B  At 1-2m depth one small high density area found.  High density property  75m of high density area with  The Contractor will be instructed Segment 5:  Between 2-5m depth 75m south of indicates that material is pockets of low resistivity would be to dig a trial trench in the Mangal Bazar Mangal Bazar is a continuous area likely the same as affected by excavation starting at anomaly area by hand prior to to Tichhu Galli with several anomalies, including surrounding area but more 2m. the planned excavation work to high density, high resistivity and low highly compacted. investigate the high density area. Maximum resistivity areas.  High resistivity area would not be excavation  Small part of anomaly area to the  The low resistivity areas impacted by the excavation as it is  Trial trench digging will be under depth: north lies on the edge of WHS core within this could indicate deeper than the maximum supervision of Archaeological 2.5-3.0 zone, rest is in buffer zone. pockets where material has excavation depth. Expert Committee (AEC) higher moisture content.  A small temple/courtyard exists at  AEC will issue an opinion to  A deeper high resistivity Tichhu Galli, but location is about 6- verify if excavation can proceed pocket could be brick wall or 8 meters from the road so unlikely or if further investigation is stone or some other material to be affected. No heritage required prior to proceeding different than the structures are found in this depending on results. surrounding. segment.

45 Anomaly Zone Summary of Survey Findings Interpretation Considerations Mitigation Measures

C  No anomalies found until a depth of 4m  A deeper high density layer  All anomalies found are at least  While the SN-03 project would Segment 4:  Between 4-5m, a 50m high density of 50m length may be a 800mm below the maximum not directly affect the anomaly Bhimsen to segment found, which includes an material with high excavation, therefore would not be areas, given the uncertainty of Mangal Bazar area with low resistivity and a compactness relative to the affected by the project. All digging what these areas could be PID (Patan Durbar parallel area with high resistivity surrounding and the and compaction in this segment is will notify the Department of Square)  Entire anomaly area is within WHS localized low and high already required to be done by Archaeology and relevant core zone. resistivity could most likely manual methods given it is in the research institutions of the Maximum be due to the presence of WHS core zone. findings in case they choose to excavation localized moisture pockets. undertake an archaeological depth:  This segment has already been investigation. 2.5-3.2m excavated at least three times for construction of earlier utilities  Investigation should be unrelated to this project, but at a conducted before October 2020. maximum depth of 3m – anomalies are deeper thus may not have been disturbed before. And not likely to be disturbed by this project as well. D  No anomalies found until a depth of  All anomalies found are at least 1m  While the SN-03 project would 4m.  A deeper high density layer below the maximum excavation, not directly affect the anomaly Segment 1:  From 4-5m depth two low may be a material with high therefore would not be affected by areas, given the uncertainty of Mahapal to resistivity/high density areas found. compactness relative to the the project. what these areas could be PID Golden  Anomaly area lies on western edge surrounding and the will notify the Department of Temple of WHS core zone. localized low and high Archaeology and relevant (south side) resistivity could most likely research institutions of the be due to the presence of findings in case they choose to Maximum localized moisture pockets. undertake an archaeological excavation investigation. depth:  Investigation should be 2.5 – 3.0m conducted before October 2020. E  No anomalies found until a depth of  All anomalies found are at least 1m  While the SN-03 project would 4m.  A deeper low resistivity layer below the maximum excavation, not directly affect the anomaly Segment 1:  From 4-5m depth a long low could be due to presence of therefore would not be affected by areas, given the uncertainty of Mahapal to resistivity segment found which moist clay and localized high the project. what these areas could be PID Golden includes a smaller high density density area may indicate will notify the Department of Temple segment. the presence of more Archaeology and relevant (north side)  Anomaly area within WHS buffer compacted zone relative to research institutions of the zone. the surrounding. findings in case they choose to Maximum undertake an archaeological excavation 46 Anomaly Zone Summary of Survey Findings Interpretation Considerations Mitigation Measures depth: investigation. 2.5 – 3.0  Investigation should be conducted before October 2020. F  No anomalies found until a depth of  All anomalies found are at least 1m  While the SN-03 project would 4m.  The presence of deeper high below the maximum excavation, not directly affect the anomaly Segment 2:  From 4-5m depth a small high density high resistivity may therefore would not be affected by areas, given the uncertainty of Golden density-high resistivity segment indicate the presence of the project. what these areas could be PID Temple to found. more compacted area of will notify the Department of Swotha  Anomaly area within WHS buffer non-metallic nature which Archaeology and relevant zone. could be local brick wall, research institutions of the Maximum stone or any compacted findings in case they choose to excavation material pocket different than undertake an archaeological depth: the surrounding. investigation. 2.5 – 3.0m  Investigation should be conducted before October 2020.

66. In summary, the geophysical investigation found that:

 Most anomaly zones are deeper than the project’s maximum excavation depth. Zones A and B would be directly affected by the project, whereas zones C, D, E and F are deeper than the maximum excavation depth in those segments.  In anomaly zones A and B that intersect with the excavation depth, trial trenching will be done by the Contractor under the supervision of an Archaeological Expert Committee (AEC), prior to the onset of excavation for pipe-laying in those segments. As construction will start at the downstream northern end (outlet) of the pipeline, trial trenching investigation will be done at least several months before pipe-laying begins in the anomaly zones.  Where anomaly zones are found at a greater depth than the maximum excavation by the project and would not be disturbed by the project, PID will not take responsibility for further investigation as this would entail deep excavation (more than 3 meters) and is outside the project scope. However PID has informed the Department of Archaeology of these areas and the potential for archaeological findings. DoA could then undertake their own investigation as required should they see fit.  In Zone C, located in the Patan Durbar Square core zone, anomalies are detected at a depth of 4m and would not intersect with the project excavation which has a maximum depth in this area of 3m. All excavation work in this area is already required to be undertaken using hand digging and low-vibration compaction in the core zone, thus it is highly unlikely that, if the anomaly area was indeed archaeology, any damage would occur due to the project. Given the anomaly depth, any further investigation should be undertaken by the archaeological authorities, and is outside the scope of the SN-03 project.  PID expects that the pipelaying in the anomaly zones would not take place until at least six months after the contractor mobilizes, thus there is sufficient time for the contractor to carry out the trial trenches prior to construction in Anomaly Zones A and B and, if archaeology is present, follow the chance finds procedures outlined in Annex 3. Similarly, if DoA decides to undertake investigations of Zones C, D, E, and/or F, there is time to do so prior to construction.

67. Relevant mitigation measures in line with these findings are included in Section 5.

4.6. Intangible heritage

68. In addition to monuments, architecture and archaeology, intangible heritage is an important factor to consider in terms of the potential impacts of the SN-03 project. For this particular site, the intangible heritage is tightly linked with physical sites – as was noted in site visits and discussions, many temples and other sites are actively used for daily, weekly and periodic worship, rituals, and festivals. In addition to considerations listed above, Table 4 also outlines the major festivals and segments of the SN-03 alignment that must consider these times in order to grant safe and clear access to important sites so as not to interfere or disrupt them.

Table 4: Festivals and affected portions of SN-03 alignment

S.N. Name of festival Affected Months Affected alignment Nepali English 1 Rato Baisakh April/ May Pulchowk-Gabahal-Sundhara- Macchindranath Lagankhel-Iti – Kumaripati- Jatra Jawlakhel 2 Krishna Asthami Shrawan/ August/ Inside Mangalbazar Bhadra September 3 Bhimshen Jatra Shrawan July/August Mangalbazar-Sundhara-Okhu bahal- Tangal- Kumbeswori- Mangalbazar 4 Matiya Jatra Shrawan July/August People visit whole Patan area for puja organized by Gabahal (Patan) 5 Gai Jatra Shrawan- August Throughout the alignment Bhadra 6 Janaipurnima Shrawan- August Patan Darbar Square - Bhadra Baglamukhi Source: Project Field Survey, June 2018

4.7. Conclusions from the heritage situation analysis

69. The heritage situation analysis conducted for the HIA informed the scope and method of the impact assessment and mitigation measures. The main conclusions of the analysis are:

 The project is important to address the impacts of flooding on heritage assets. During the monsoon, access to heritage sites is disrupted, floodwater is contaminated with sewage, and monuments themselves may be at risk due to waterlogging and prolonged damp conditions.  SN-03 would not be the first time the Patan Durbar Square core zone and buffer have been excavated. Infrastructure services and underground utilities have been installed, with several excavations and site reinstatements over the years. While there have not been impacts on monuments and structures from past works, it is possible that subsurface archaeology has been damaged due to lack of proper excavation techniques and construction management. However this has not been confirmed.  Within Patan Durbar Square, impacts on subsurface archaeology is the main risk, but the HIA finds the risk is minimal as potential archaeology would be below the maximum excavation depth. Excavation for the pipeline is in an area with potential archaeological assets, but the subsurface survey found that anomaly areas indicating the possibility of archaeology are only found at a depth more than 1m below the maximum excavation depth of the project. Hand digging and low-vibration compaction are required for that area, thus unlikely to impact any remains below the excavation depth.  Two pipeline segments outside Patan Durbar Square include zones where archaeology could be disturbed, which must be investigated prior to excavation. The subsurface survey found six zones with properties that could indicate archaeology.

49 Only two of these intersect with the project excavation, and the other four are deeper and would not be disturbed. Mitigation measures are built into the project for both types of zones. The two zones that are directly affected require trial trenching prior to pipe- laying (see Anomaly Zones A and B above), and DoA will be informed of those not directly affected in case the Department wishes to undertake their own investigation.  Within the buffer zone, impacts on the stability of fragile buildings is the main risk. Streets where the pipeline would pass are narrower and some structures located within the buffer zone have suffered earthquake damage and are in a fragile condition. Conservative vibration limits are needed for excavation and compaction in these areas, along with procedures to ensure building supports during construction.  Intangible heritage, including rituals, sociocultural practices, and festival times, are key to consider. The project implementation needs to assess these impacts to ensure safety, access, and lack of disruption during important times, as well as a smooth construction workflow.  The project is an opportunity to gain greater understanding of earlier architectural phases and settlements in Patan Durbar Square. While studies have been done on the architectural history of the area, relatively little is known about the past settlements that lie underneath the project area. In case of chance finds, involvement of archaeological experts can document findings that other infrastructure projects may have damaged or ignored. The subsurface survey carried out for this project provides the most detailed information to date on the conditions and properties of the Patan Durbar Square World Heritage Site, which can provide baseline data for future investigations by government and other researchers.  The construction phase will adopt staggered, tailored construction methodologies for working in heritage areas. These methodologies are reflected in the contract document’s specifications and will be strictly monitored during implementation by an Archaeology Expert Committee. Training for the contractor and supervising engineers prior to construction is compulsory.

5. POTENTIAL IMPACTS ON HERITAGE RESOURCES AND MITIGATION MEASURES

70. Impacts were assessed on the World Heritage Site as well as the buffer zone and areas outside the buffer zone. During the mobilization and construction phases, the main activities which would be most likely to have adverse impacts on heritage resources are:

 Removal of road/footpath surfaces  Excavation of trenches  Barricading of roads and footpaths  Stockpiling of spoils materials  Backfilling of trenches and reinstatement of surfaces

71. Impacts were assessed based on these activities, and are presented below in Table 5. Actions to be taken during the mobilization phase to ensure readiness of all actors, as well as impacts on specific sites that must be considered, are also included in this section.

5.1. Project Readiness and Pre-Construction Phase Measures

72. Being able to mitigate construction-related impacts starts with ensuring that all parties are prepared during the pre-construction phase. Some actions have already been completed during the design phase, and others will be completed once the contractor has mobilized.

Project readiness: Completed Actions  UNESCO/ICOMOS carried out a technical review of the DPR, including excavation methods and heritage mitigation measures (April 2019). The mitigation measures in the HIA and IEE are consistent with the review’s recommendations.  A subsurface investigation by geophysical experts was undertaken by specialist consultants subcontracted by the DSC prior to signing the construction contract. The survey findings are summarized in Section 4.5.  A study was carried out by a structural engineer to assess Construction-Induced Vibration Limits and Heritage Vulnerability, which is included as Appendix XVI of the IEE.  An Archaeology Expert Committee (AEC) has been formed, comprised of a DSC archaeologist, DoA representative (appointed by the Director General in writing), member from the Conservation and Maintenance office of Patan Durbar Square, LMC representative, and an independent expert (see Annex 2 for composition of the team and roles). The team was officially formed on 03 April 2019, per the Minutes of Meeting found in Annex 4.

Pre-construction (to be completed after contractor mobilization)  PID will lead, in coordination with DSC-06 and DoA, preparation and facilitation of a training program for the selected Contractor and staff on expectations for working in heritage areas, possible chance finds, and procedures to be attended by all management personnel and laborers involved in the project including from subcontractors.

51  PID, with support of the DSC, will identify laborers who have been previously trained by Durham University in archaeological excavation after the earthquake, attempt to locate them, and provide contact information to the selected contractor.  Contractor will prepare a site-specific Environmental Management Plan (S-EMP) that includes detailed method statements for all mitigation measures in the HIA and EMP, which must be approved by DSC-06 and PID, and cleared with ADB.  Before excavating the site the total documentation of the adjacent buildings structural integrity, vibration limits, heritage values, results from trial trenching and the heritage assets of the site should be prepared, such as photography and drawings. This may require the services of archaeologists, geotechnical and structural engineers, some draftsmen and an experienced photographer. The team of archaeologists (DSC-06, PID, DoA) will decide the modalities and schedule of their work.  The contractor, together with PID, will coordinate with DoA or PDMMO to designate an on-site representative during the entire duration of the project.  Prior to initiating works, the Archaeology Expert Committee (PID, DSC, DoA, LMC) will inspect the site and assess contractor readiness. Works may only commence after written approval of the archaeologists.

5.2. Construction Phase: Potential Negative Impacts and Standard Mitigation Measures

73. The following potential impacts were assessed for the Patan Durbar Square core monument zone (“Core Zone”) and the surrounding buffer are (“Buffer Zone”) as defined by UNESCO. These mitigation measures are integrated into the overall project Environmental Management Plan found in the IEE. The same mitigation measures apply to the operational phase in case any excavation is needed to repair leaks, clear blockages, etc.

Table 5: Potential impacts on heritage resources and mitigation measures

S.N. Potential impact Zone Details Mitigation Measures Reinstatement of Core/buffer  Road surfaces and footpaths will  Any historic paving stones (e.g. more than 100 years old existing zone need to be removed temporarily for per DoA threshold for antiquities) shall be unearthed road/footpath trench excavation. without affecting its shape and size and properly stored surfaces could be  Only the WHS core zone is noted to during the time of excavation in a location designated by incompatible with be paved with red bricks that are DoA and, unless DoA advises otherwise, will be reinstated heritage character. important for aesthetic value of the after completion in its original form satisfying the heritage area. Other zones are either requirement of DoA and any other recommendations from asphalt or modern flagstones. the subsurface investigation.  The existing red paving bricks in the  Specifications included in the bidding documents for core zone are modern as well and bricks and flagstones are consistent with the current 1 materials/capacity exist to replace any paving style (see Section 5.4). DoA will closely supervise damaged bricks that cannot be to ensure the specifications provided are followed. If not, preserved during site reinstatement. the DoA will advise the DSC to stop work until rectified.  Older layers of paving stones may be  Cast-iron manhole cover designs are specified in the DPR present, but this is unknown. and construction specifications to be consistent with  The area has been excavated and current manhole covers already present in the core zone. properly reinstated several times  The contractor should have paving materials (e.g. bricks before for installation of other utilities, and flagstones) on-hand before commencing the project thus impacts are not considered to ensure sites are properly reinstated without delay. irreversible.

Damage to Core and  Excavation along the core area from structures and buffer zone Lagankhel to Mangalbazar could 2 archaeology due to impact older building which are  The contractor will immediately cease all operation if the excavation and already damaged significantly by the archaeologist or site engineers observe or suspect any vibration 2015 earthquakes. structural damage to monuments or cultural objects (e.g.

53 S.N. Potential impact Zone Details Mitigation Measures  Foundations of monuments within the cracks). core zone could be damaged if the excavated trench along the heritage  Frequency and vibration limits will be as follows, and area is filled with rain water. monitored by the contractor and DSC: Frequency limit of  Vibration from compaction could not less than 10 Hz for all excavation zones. Vibration cause irreparable damage both to limit of 5 mm/sec Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) in Core monuments in the core zone and Zone and in any zone with fragile structures (Excavation monuments/damaged/fragile buildings Area Type 3). Vibration limit of 10 mm/sec PPV for in the buffer zone Excavation Area Type 2. For Excavation Area Type 1  Vibration from heavy machinery could (low risk) vibration limit of 50 mm/sec PPV. See Annex 1 cause irreparable damage both to for specifications by excavation area type. monuments in the core zone and  A line item is included in the BoQ for shoring and bracing monuments/damaged/fragile buildings of old buildings to mitigate additional structural damage in the buffer zone (per specification 5.2.5.2.3 in the DPR). Any accidental  Excavation could damage dilapidated damages will be repaired at the contractor’s cost under traditional houses, and/or shrines the supervision of the DSC and PDMMO. located at ground level.  No vibrating machinery allowed in the Core Zone, only hand digging and compaction is allowed unless low- vibration machinery deemed absolutely necessary, per the Engineer’s instructions.  Excavation work along the Patan Durbar Square will be carried out in presence of a representative from Department of Archaeology. Allowances for the DoA representative will be covered by the Contractor – this is included in a provisional sum in the bidding documents.  Manual excavation (Patan Durbar Square, 157.5 m) will be carried out under supervision of DoA and AEC. Manual excavation is required in other areas where roads are narrow and buildings dilapidated.

 Excavation should take care not to damage shrines located at ground level (see Figure 17 for locations).  The contractor’s work program will factor in stoppage of work during the rainy season.  Excavation work will be carried out in piecemeal approach: For the WHS Core Zone, no more than 10 m

54 S.N. Potential impact Zone Details Mitigation Measures may be an open excavation at one time. For the buffer zone, 8 – 25 meters may be excavated at one time.  All excavated trenches will be backfilled properly according to the methods in HIA Annex 1 and light hand- held compactors will be permitted to get quality compaction so as to have an even smooth top surface.  Excavated trenches must have adequate shoring according to the specifications, which will be inspected by the DSC structural engineer. All trenches along a given segment will be rehabilitated prior to further excavation.  Plastic pipes to be used in core area and parts of buffer zone which can be carried by hand in order to reduce the impact of heavy machinery.

Chance finds of Core and  Site analysis indicates that  Excavation work will be carried out in piecemeal immovable buffer zone archaeological remains may be approach, with 10 meter trench maximum in Core Zone subsurface present beneath the pipeline right of and 8 to 25 meter in buffer zone. archaeology (e.g. way, such as historic building  Excavation work along the Patan Durbar Square will be walls, foundations, foundations. carried out in presence of a representative from wells)  Excavation could cause irreparable department of archaeology. The Contractor will be damage to archaeology if heavy responsible for covering the cost, which is included in the machinery or poor construction BoQ. practices (even by hand) are used.  In Zones A and B (indicated in the subsurface survey),  A subsurface investigation found that trial trenching using hand-digging must be done prior to risks of encountering archaeology in project excavation, under the supervision of the AEC. 3 Patan Durbar Square are unlikely,  The Department of Archaeology has been advised of though there is potential archaeology zones where the subsurface survey indicate anomaly more than 1m below the maximum areas where archaeology could be present, but is below excavation depth of the project. the maximum excavation depth of the project and would  Two zones were identified where not be disturbed, in case DoA wishes to carry out physical subsurface properties indicate investigation for potential archaeological remains. archaeology could be present within  Excavation in Patan Durbar Square will be carried out the project’s excavation depth (see during the daytime hours to ensure visibility of any chance Anomaly Areas A and B). finds. Other areas may also require day works to ensure  Four zones were identified (including visibility and safe handling of any chance finds. In order to Patan Durbar Square) where reduce the amount of disturbance in the area, once pipes

55 S.N. Potential impact Zone Details Mitigation Measures properties indicate archaeology could are installed site reinstatement can continue during night be present, but at a depth below the hours. project’s maximum excavation (see  The contractor will be required to include a qualified Anomaly Areas C, D, E, and F). archaeologist on their team, who must have at least 10 years of field experience.

 Only laborers trained in excavation in historic areas should be employed. If laborers with such experience are unavailable, they must be trained prior to commencement of works in the heritage zone.

 A subsurface investigation was undertaken up to 5m depth, which is 2m below maximum excavation depth in Patan Durbar Square and key segments in the buffer zone. This identified two key areas in the buffer zone where trial trenching (supervised by the Archaeology Expert Committee) must be done prior to excavation.

 Any archaeological remains exposed during the works should be fully documented (measured, drawn and photographed) as they are uncovered.  Any remains should be retained in situ as far as possible, and only removed as necessary for installation of the pipeline.  Chance finds procedures as described in Annex 3 will be followed.

Chance finds of All zones  In addition to potential archaeological  Chance finds procedures are outlined in Annex 3 and smaller/movable finds, chance finds of smaller relics included in the EMP and bidding documents. artifacts and artifacts are likely in all zones given the long history of settlements  All artifacts found during the excavations should be documented, inventoried, and handed over to the 4 in the area. Department of Archaeology for conservation and storage.

 If considered appropriate by the Department of Archaeology, artifacts may be displayed in the Patan Museum.

56 S.N. Potential impact Zone Details Mitigation Measures Damage or theft of All zones  Damage or theft of these artifacts  Chance finds are recorded and archived according to the archaeological finds could occur if not properly managed, Standard Archiving and Removal Guidelines in the causing a loss of heritage value and Chance Finds Procedure (HIA Annex 3, Attachment C). missed opportunity for better understanding of the area’s history.  Archaeologists engaged in works on site should be  The presence of archaeological provided with secure, lockable, office and storage remains on site can raise particular accommodation.  If the site is well publicized while work is still ongoing, or if 5 security issues. it becomes known that valuable finds have been made, site managers or in-charges may be advised to consider additional security measures to discourage unauthorized entry to the site (e.g. hiring security guards)  Any unauthorized removal of archaeological materials by project staff will result in immediate dismissal from job duties and be subject to fines by DoA.

Disruption to All zones  The project area lies in the center of  A maximum of 10m trench in the Core Zone and 8-25 m pedestrians, the city in a tourist area as well as in in other areas will be excavated and will be backfilled tourists, and local business hub. The density of the within same day. people in heritage people traversing there is high.  All excavated trench sections will have hard safety areas  Construction would restrict access to barricade as per the specifications. certain areas along the right-of-way,  Safety signage boards, project information boards, and including the pedestrian pathway signs prohibiting unauthorized person will be posted at through Patan Durbar Square which site. is heavily traversed by tourists and  Excavated materials shall be handled properly; which local residents making use of heritage shall be loaded to dump truck and shall be taken to 6 resources for leisure and cultural temporary disposal site, which will be agreed between the purposes. Contractor and LMC prior to construction. The excavated  If spoils, bricks and other materials material shall not be stored along the excavated trench. are stockpiled on site this will further  During the day when construction has halted, metal plates disrupt access and be a nuisance or will be placed across open trenches to provide for safe potentially dangerous for pedestrians pedestrian and vehicular access (where vehicles are and road users. allowed).

 Take care to minimize business disruptions and provide alternative access to businesses.  The contractor should be fully equipped (manpower, 57 S.N. Potential impact Zone Details Mitigation Measures materials, equipment) prior to starting works in order to avoid delays and minimize disruptions.

Disruption of traffic All zones  The project area lies in the center of  Contractor to prepare Traffic Management Plan conditions the city in tourist area as well as in  Ensure that Traffic Management Plan carefully considers business hub. The density of the heritage areas, considering the easy flow of the traffic and people traversing there is high. always try to give some alternatives. 7  Trench works will affect traffic conditions in the core area and outside.

Disruption of All zones  All zones include sites that are  The Contractor’s work plan must consider annual and festivals and important for festival times and periodic (daily/weekly/monthly) rituals and other practices. social/religious periodic social/religious/cultural This plan should be consulted with local representatives rituals and practices. to ensure that all activities are captured. functions.  Construction activities could restrict  Safe access road/paths for local devotees will be 8 access to these sites. provided for them to reach temples when access is  Construction delays are possible due restricted. to festival times.  An alternative should always be made ready in case a road is needed for marriage procession, ambulance, funeral etc.

Visual impact on Core zone  Patan Durban Square’s temples and  To the extent possible, work sites should maintain a tidy heritage resources monuments are a major tourist environment. during construction attraction due to their unique visual  A piecemeal approach will be taken to works such that a qualities and beauty. maximum 25m stretch will be barricaded at one time in  Construction activities and barricades the buffer and 10m in the core zone. 9 will be present in the core zone, which  Attractive signage should be placed at the worksite, will temporarily impact the visual explaining that the project is a temporary disruption that is qualities. intended to improve sanitary and flooding conditions (in Nepali, English and other relevant languages for typical tourists)

Improper disposal of Core/buffer  Haphazard disposal of spoil materials  All the excavated spoil and construction materials shall be 10 surplus may create dust nuisance, removed completely from the construction area to avoid materials/spoils disturbances to the existing drainage dust that may generated with the plying of vehicles along

58 S.N. Potential impact Zone Details Mitigation Measures lines, and changes to the existing backfilled trench. land use practices.  The surplus excavated material shall be disposed of at designated and stabilized sites set after coordination with Lalitpur Municipality at haulage distance approx. 10 km, in an environmentally friendly manner.  Storing excavated material, whether temporarily or permanently, shall be subject to prior approval. Where required, drains shall be constructed to prevent the undesirable accumulation of water in or around spoil dumps.

59 5.3. Construction Phase: Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures for Specific Sites

74. In conducting the site investigation, the HIA team examined potential impacts on specific structures and sites. Because all excavation would occur in existing road rights-of-way, no heritage buildings or major structures would be directly impacted. However indirect impacts are possible, most notably on the Manga Hiti water spout and more generally on fragile structures that were damaged in the 2015 earthquake.

Manga Hiti Water Spout

75. The Manga Hiti water spout, located in the Patan Durbar Square core monument zone, is one of the very few ancient water conduits in the Kathmandu Valley that are still running, and also one of the best examples of stone water spouts in the Valley (Figure 24). It has provided water to local people since Lichchavi period (c. 400 – 750 C.E.), and continues to do so during the monsoon months. Prior to the 2015 earthquake water ran continuously, however the earthquake likely damaged the pipes such that water only flows during rains. The location of the pipes and route are currently unknown. It is thought that at least in Durbar Square the pipes likely run underneath the Patan Museum complex, but this conclusion is anecdotal based on stakeholder interviews.

76. The canal of Manga Hiti comes from the west side of the water spout near Manimandapa, and is thought to originate from Lagankhel open space. In many waterspouts of Patan the water is brought through the royal canal from Tikabhairbh, some 10 km away. While the pipe locations are not known, care must be taken not to damage any water conduits found during excavation from the SN-03 starting point in Lagankhel itself (see Figure 5 for location of Lagankhel). The excavation in this area is one of the most crucial areas to excavate carefully, as it seems that the source of the canal may be the ground water collected in the open area of Lagankhel and surroundings. Most probably the canal has been passing from Lagankhel through I- Baha-Bahi; therefore, to be on the safe side from Lagankhel itself a very careful excavation is necessary without hampering the canal. By any means the canal should be kept intact, and the water duct should not be disturbed so as to mitigate any impact on water supply to the Manga Hiti site.

77. Great care must be taken in relation to the historic water system and ponds: The general mitigation measures for excavation in Table 5 will be adequate to mitigate impacts on Manga Hiti, including hand-digging in sensitive areas and constant supervision by archaeologists and engineers will be provided as this site is already included in the Type 3 excavation area which requires DoA supervision at all times.

Figure 24: Manga Hiti site in WHS core zone with pipeline alignment (top – see blue dashed box); Manga Hiti water spout (bottom). Photo taken by HIA team, October 2018.

Earthquake-damaged structures

78. Some traditional houses like Rajopadhaya Agam Ghar or Sacred House (also known as Patuko Agam Ghar) and major monuments such as Bhimsen Temple of Durbar Square are badly damaged by the earthquake (2015) and remain under reconstruction (Figure 25). In these areas excavation should be conducted very carefully and should be ready to mitigate any impacts. Special precaution should be taken before excavation, in line

61 with the mitigation measures presented in Table 5. An initial survey to identify vulnerable structures was carried out, and a structural engineer has set vibration limits for the three types of excavation area typologies (see Annex 1), based on a Construction Induced Vibration Limits and Heritage Vulnerability Assessment specific to the project. The contractor will be required to include these limits in their site-specific environmental management plan, and a structural engineer is included in the DSC for structural monitoring during the construction phase.

Figure 25: Earthquake-damaged traditional Newari house (left); Earthquake damage and reconstruction of monuments in WHS monument zone (right). Photos taken by HIA team, October 2018.

79. Additionally, the LMC ward offices of Wards 12 and 14 recently declared a segment of the buffer zone and SN-03 right-of-way to be free from 4-wheel motor vehicle traffic on the Mangal Bazaar side of Patan Durbar Square. This was done largely because of the narrow roads and high pedestrian traffic during daytime trading hours, but will also help to reduce overall vibration stress in an area with several vulnerable buildings (Figure 26).

Figure 26: Public notice of car-free area near Mangal Bazaar (February 2018)

5.4. DoA Design and Supervision Requirements

80. In the consultation process with the DoA as part of the HIA, the Department provided a No Objection to the project (see Annex 2), but specified the following requirements are met as outlined in Table 6. Table 6 also shows how adherence to the DoA requirements have been integrated into the design and bidding documents.

Table 6: DoA Requirements

S.No. Particulars Section in DPR Specification BOQ item No.

DoA Design Requirements for Pavement Part C " Miscellaneous Dachhi aapa (machine made Section 5.1.14 items", Work No. C1 " 1 bricks) should be used for "Reinstatement of Section 20.6 Dismantling and pavement (as existing ones) pavement" reinstatement road surface", C-2 Part C " Miscellaneous The bedding for edge soling Section 5.1.14 items", Work No. C1 " 2 can be applied on lime surki "Reinstatement of Section 20.7 Dismantling and sand mortar (1:1:3) pavement" reinstatement road surface", C-3

DoA Requirements for Supervision Section 7.4 "Environment Part A " General Item", Management 3 DOA Allowance Work No. A4 " Plan (EMP) with Provisional sum", G Mitigation Measures"

5.5. Potential Positive Impacts

81. Reduced flooding is the most notable direct positive impact of the project on the heritage core and buffer zones. Given the potential risks of flooding on building foundations, as well as the creation of poor sanitary conditions by contaminated floodwater on one of the Kathmandu Valley’s premier heritage tourism and religious sites, the project should benefit the area in terms of heritage protection and accessibility during the monsoon.

82. Should archaeological remains and other chance finds be uncovered during excavations, there is also an indirect positive impact in gaining a greater understanding of past history of the Patan Durbar Square area. Enhancing this opportunity and mitigating negative impacts on archaeology will require proper excavation techniques

63 and technical expertise on the PID, contractor, and supervision consultant teams.

5.6. Overall Assessment of Impacts

83. Significance of Impacts: The HIA found that the impacts are temporary, and limited to the construction phase. The main impacts found through the HIA center on maintaining an easy flow of traffic management, regulation of trade and commerce, and peaceful continuation of traditions of local people. Damages to subsurface archaeology and fragile buildings are also a main concern. However the subsurface survey found that potential archaeology in the WHS is below the project’s maximum excavation depth, and two zones of potential archaeology in the buffer zone will be investigated under the supervision of an archaeologist prior to construction. Based on the findings of the HIA and related studies, it is anticipated that the potential impacts can be mitigated with careful construction practices in risk areas and heightened supervision with qualified archaeologists and heritage experts.

84. Impact on Outstanding Universal Value: It is unlikely that the Outstanding Universal Value (OUV) of the Patan Durbar Square World Heritage Site would be threatened by the project activities. This was concurred by DoA in a letter to UNESCO dated 08 August 2018 (see Annex 4, Letter E), and UNESCO’s recommendations (via ICOMOS) reflect that impacts are manageable (see Annex 4, Letter F). Monuments are highly unlikely to be impacted by the construction activities, and in fact are expected to benefit due to reduced flooding and water-logging during the monsoon season. The project would not construct any visible modern structures that would hinder the OUV of Patan Durbar Square.

6. HIA IMPLEMENTATION ACTION PLAN

85. Management of the impacts on heritage resources are intended to be specific, practical, and implementation oriented. Where capacity on these issues is lacking, the project has built in measures for training.

86. The HIA team determined that a standalone Heritage Management Plan (HMP) was not appropriate for this project, given the impacts are temporary, and the project objective is the installation of infrastructure rather than supporting cultural heritage management or assets. An HMP by nature is a plan for short- medium- and long-term management of overall heritage sites, which is not the objective of the SN-03 project.

87. Because impacts are temporary and related to construction, it was deemed to be more appropriate and effective to fully integrate heritage issues into the project EMP, engineering designs, procurement, and supervision, as well as develop a simple implementation action plan for doing so as well as enhancing capacity and supervision for works in a sensitive heritage zone.

6.1. Project management–level actions  PID (through a firm subcontracted through the DSC) has undertaken a subsurface geophysical investigation.

64  PID (through a consultant subcontracted through the DSC) contracted a structural engineer to set vibration limits for the entire project area, including in sensitive areas (e.g. heritage areas and near fragile buildings). These vibration limits are included in the EMP and the contractor will be required to include in their site-specific EMP.  PID to retain an on-call heritage specialist consultant with background in archaeology and strong knowledge of archaeology and cultural heritage in Nepal.  Mitigation measures have been integrated into the project Environmental Management Plan and contractor will include method statements in their site-specific EMP.  PID will develop a contractor training program (together with DSC-06 and DoA). DoA has already signaled that they are willing to be involved in the training. As part of this training program, Ward chairs and LMC to be trained on heritage issues and oversight (potentially together with Contractor or as separate training)

6.2. Construction specifications and bidding documents  The DSC has included specifications for mitigation measures in the bidding documents, including recommendations and specifications provided by DoA.  These specifications were reviewed by the PID heritage specialist and ADB.  Specifications were costed in the BOQ on a unit basis and at times on a lump-sum basis.  A penalty of 1% of IPC will be issued to the contractor in case of non-compliance with safeguards, including mitigation measures for heritage impacts.  The DSC developed specifications included in the “Carrying out sewer works in World Heritage Sites”, which is included as Annex F in the bidding documents.

6.3. Contractor requirements  The contractor qualifications includes an archaeologist, who must be present on site. The Archaeologist should have a degree in archaeology with extensive field experience, knowledge of archaeological investigations and excavation, and at least 10 years of relevant experience.  Preferred experience in heritage sites.  Where possible, use laborers that have been trained in archaeological excavation. Durham University previously trained 150 laborers in these techniques, and where possible these workers should be used.  The selected Contractor will be required to undergo a heritage management training before any works are done. PID with lead in preparing this training, together with DSC- 06 and DOA.  Prior to starting works, the contractor will prepare a S-EMP that includes detailed method statements for the mitigation measures identified in the HIA and EMP, to be reviewed and approved by DSC-06 and PID and cleared by ADB.  During construction, the contractor must strictly adhere to the site-specific excavation methods (Annex 1), and Chance Finds Procedures (Annex 3).

6.4. Supervision and oversight  PID is responsible for overall supervision of the works.  DSC-06 is responsible for day-to-day field monitoring, ensuring the Contractor’s strict adherence to the HIA, IEE, EMP and S-EMP, and liaising with authorities in case of chance finds or any other issues.  DoA will provide a representative archaeologist to be present during excavation works, who will be on-hand in case of any chance finds or other issues.

65  LMC will lead the whole implementation process as well as obtain all approval on archaeological aspects from relevant authority and undertake all required approval with other utilities agencies such as Nepal Electricity Authority, Nepal Telecom, KUKL including the traffic police (see Memorandum of Agreement in Annex 2 – section VII and VIII).  Ward Chairperson a Coordination Committee will be formed under the respective ward Chairperson for facilitation of the works and coordination with local people.  Police: PID to coordinate as needed with the police.

6.5. Implementation Budget Estimates

88. Materials and equipment costs borne by the contractor were not estimated here as these form part of the BOQ and are aggregated with other safety measures, construction materials, and environmental and social mitigation measures. The following cost estimates in Table 7 as outlined in by the PID and LMC as part of their oversight. The total cost for ensuring project readiness and supervision is approximately 46,10,000 Nepal Rupees (about $40,500). Note that these budget estimates do not include construction methods such as shoring and barricading, trial trenching etc. as these are built into the construction costs.

Table 7: Implementation budget estimates

Amount (NRs) Responsible Phase A. Supervision Department of Archeology oversight 3,60,000 Contractor Construction PID Archaeologist/heritage expert 18,00,000 PID/DSC Construction Subtotal A 21,60,000

B. Training 1-day training for LMC and ward officials 1,00,000 PID/DSC Mobilization At least 2-day training for contractor and laborers 1,00,000 PID/DSC Mobilization Subtotal B 2,00,000

C. Other Subsurface investigation 22,50,000 PID/DSC Design Subtotal C 22,50,000

Total (A+B+C) 46,10,000

66 7. STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT AND PROJECT APPROVALS

7.1. Consultations

89. As part of the feasibility studies and HIA, an extensive consultation program with key stakeholders was carried out, in line with the requirements pertaining to environment and social considerations of ADB. The tools used for consultations were stakeholder workshops and meetings, interviews, structured questionnaires, and focus group discussions (FGD). These consultations provided inputs for identification of the felt needs of the communities, and the relevant stakeholders.

90. Consultations were undertaken with key stakeholders about the project information; potential impacts and mitigation measures were assessed and discussed with stakeholders. While precautions were recommended, no stakeholders raised objections to the project.

91. Table 8 provides a summary of consultations and discussions held with stakeholders for the overall design, IEE, and HIA, which were done in an integrated fashion. More details on these meetings can be found in Appendix XII of the IEE, and heritage-specific meeting minutes can be found in HIA Annex 4:

Table 8: Summary of heritage-related consultations

Sn Date Institution Total Male Fem Topic, Issue & decision 1 2075.2.10 LMC 34 29 5 Presentation on DPR at LMC to different stakeholders 2 2075.2.23 LMC 2 Coordination meeting with different government agency 3 2075.03.11 Ward 5 11 7 4 Information dissemination of the project. Coordination with ward committee and local community members 4 2075.3.12 Ward 12 21 6 15 Information dissemination of the project. Coordination with ward committee and local community members 5 2075.3.12 Ward 19 15 11 4 Information dissemination of the project. Coordination with ward committee and local community members 6 2075.3.15 Ward 11 16 14 2 Information dissemination of the project. Coordination with ward committee and local community members 7 2075.3.15 Ward 9 28 23 5 Information dissemination of the project. Coordination with ward committee and local community members

67 Sn Date Institution Total Male Fem Topic, Issue & decision 8 2075.3.15 Ward 16 19 14 5 Information dissemination of the project. Coordination with ward committee and local community members 9 2075.11.1 KVPT 1 1 Discussion of project; KVPT was (Country positive about project. Director) 10 2075.11.1 PDMMO 1 1 PDMMO Chief joined site visits, (Chief) PDMMO was positive about project.

7.1. Notices and Approvals

92. The PID has followed the applicable legal procedures and guidelines for undertaking works in a WHS. Table 9 below summarizes notices and approvals granted during the project design – full letters and English translations are included in HIA Annex 4.

Table 9: Summary of heritage-related notices and approvals

68 SN Date From To Purpose

A 04 June 2018 Lalitpur Department of Project notification, description Municipality Archaeology (including drawings) and request for permission to carry out project.

B 13 June 2018 Department of Lalitpur No objection to project granted Archaeology Municipality and commitment of DoA personnel to supervise. C 06 July 2018 LMC Mayor UNESCO Chief Project notification, description, rationale, request for feedback.

D 06 Aug 2018 LMC/PID Signed Memorandum of Agreement between PID and LMC to identify roles and responsibilities for project management. See Sections IV and VII in particular.

E 08 Aug 2018 DoA Director UNESCO Inform UNESCO of the project; General Director General statement that project would not impact OUV of WHS.

F 09 Apr 2019 UNESCO Nepal Summary of ICOMOS technical Director (via Ambassador to review of project and ICOMOS) France (cc to recommendations. DoA)

G 03 Apr 2019 NA NA Minutes of Meeting to discuss establishment of AEC and project mitigation measures.

8. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

93. The HIA found that the SN-03 project could pose some risks to the heritage assets of the project area, most notably to sub-surface archaeology, fragile earthquake-damaged buildings, and disruption of religious and sociocultural practices in both the core monument zone and the buffer zone. However the HIA finds that the risks are temporary during construction and manageable so long as the mitigation measures are strictly followed and there is strong supervision by the DSC and PID. The team noted significant commitment of PID and LMC to ensure that heritage aspects were fully integrated into the DPR, bidding documents, and EMP, and coordinated consultations with all levels of government to develop technical specifications and inputs to the design and mitigation measures. Implementation will be complex and challenging, but given the flooding problem that is causing impacts on both the communities and heritage assets the project is clearly important and a long-term solution is needed to protect the culturally and historically unique Lalitpur core area from damaging flooding and sewer overflows.

69 Annex 1: Site-Specific Excavation Methods

Before any excavation, the DSC must determine the method appropriate to the level of risk in a given area. Prior to construction, a sub-surface investigation was carried out by the DSC to survey where along the project right-of-way archaeological remains might be present. This has identified specific chainage points where more cautious excavation methods will be carried out. The following chart guides the process to determine the method, which are divided into the following three types of areas according to the DPR Annex 1, Sewer Network Details at World Heritage Site.

Excavation in all areas:  Materials from excavated trench will be transported and stacked to the nearest open space to be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge or the place allocated by Contractor, around 1 km from the Patan Durbar square. For loading and unloading, small tippers will be used. This excavated material shall be brought back to the site of work for filling the trench. Shoring sheeting and bracing will be carried out as described in Section 4.4.  In case the presence of water is likely to create unstable soil conditions, a well point system erected on both sides of the trench shall be employed to drain the immediate area of the sewer trench prior to excavation operation. A well point system consists of a series of perforated pipes driven into the water bearing strata on both sides of a sewer trench and connected with a header pipe and vacuum pump. If excavation is deeper than necessary, the same shall be fitted and stabilized before laying the sewer.  The proposed excavation at any one time shall be limited to such lengths, which does not cause inconvenience to surrounding inhabitants and road traffic. All excavations left unattended shall be adequately protected with approved fencing and barricades and with flashing lights where required.  Before excavation pumps and convey pipes have to be arranged to convey sewage from upstream to downstream manholes. At least two pumps of sufficient capacity and head and 100 mm flexible pipes should be used.  Bypass way of at least 1 m for people will be provided with proper barricades and placing chequered plates supported on channels.  Any archaeological artifacts identified during trench excavation will follow the Procedures for Archaeological Chance Finds included in the Heritage Impact Assessment. Area Type 1 Excavation method Area Type 2 Excavation method Area Type 3 Excavation method WHERE: Industrial zone, wide streets WHERE: WHS Core Zone, Archaeology risk zones, fragile  The excavation of trenches for pipelines shall be WHERE: Residential areas, narrow lanes. building zones done mechanically using appropriate equipment  The excavation of trenches for pipelines shall  The excavation of trenches for pipelines shall be done full and some portion by manually. be done half mechanically and half manually manually using appropriate equipment.  The excavation of trench will be carried out for using appropriate equipment.  Hand ramming or small vibration machine where every 15 to 25 m for at least two DWC pipe can  Small equipment and vehicle will be used unavoidable is allowed in these areas, and must not be installed. especially small JCBs for excavation, small exceed vibration limits.  Excavation will be carried out during the night time tipper trucks, compactor vibration machine  Vibration limit of 5 mm/sec Peak Particle Velocity . as far as possible. etc. Frequency limit of not less than 10Hz.  Hand ramming is proposed for compaction  The excavation of trench will be carried out for every 8 to  Vibration limit of 50 mm/sec Peak Particle and small vibration machine is allowed in 10 m for at least one DWC pipe to be installed. Velocity. Frequency limit of not less than 10Hz. these areas but must not exceed vibration  Excavation will be carried out only during day to more limits. easily identify chance finds. Pipe installation and site  Any archaeological artifacts identified during  Vibration limit of 10 mm/sec Peak Particle reinstatement may proceed at night time if required. trench excavation will follow the Procedures for Velocity. Frequency limit of not less than  Equipment and heavy machines will not be used for Archaeological Chance Finds. 10Hz. trench excavation or compaction within the heritage site.  The excavation of trench will be carried out for  Excavation work will be carried out in piece meal every 8 to 25 m for at least one DWC pipe to approach. be installed.  Excavation work along the Patan Durbar Square will be  Excavation will be carried out during the night carried out in presence of a representative from DoA. No time as far as possible. excavation work will be executed in absence of representative from the Department.

71 Annex 2: Archaeology Expert Committee

The HIA recommended that the project establish an Archaeology Expert Committee (AEC) that is composed of archaeological experts from each of the key implementers and institutions involved in the project.

The main objectives of the AEC are:  To provide expert advice and guidance on all archeological matters related to the project activities  To ensure responsive coordination and decision-making in the event of chance finds, in order to ensure that the project is not unnecessarily delayed and thereby disruptive to the community and/or causing additional financial cost  Serve as a decision-making body to advise on appropriate methods for archiving, excavation, handling, and further study of any chance finds  To promote a best practice example of undertaking infrastructure works in a sensitive heritage and archaeological zone in the Kathmandu Valley.

Per the Minutes of Meeting from 03 April 2019 (Annex 4, Letter G), the committee members are as follows:

Department of Archaeology Chief, Archaeology Section: Chairman  DoA representative will convene and chair the team meetings  DoA representative will be present to supervise all excavation in the WHS core zone, and in any location outside the core zone where there are chance finds  DoA representative will be the first point of contact to inspect the site in the event of chance finds  Provide secure storage space for chance finds (either DoA premises or Patan Museum, depending on the find)  Sign off on handover report  Administer fines/penalties in the case of any unauthorized removal or theft of archaeological remains

DSC Archaeological Expert: Member Secretary The Archaeologist should have a degree in archaeology with extensive field experience, knowledge of archaeological investigations and excavation, and at least 10 years of relevant experience.  The DSC Archaeologist will serve as the AEC Secretary  Recommends approval of contractor’s method statements to the Engineer  Supervises excavation in case of chance finds of immovable heritage  Takes meeting minutes  Reviews Contractor’s claims for works stoppage, rescue archaeology, etc. (to be approved by the Engineer)  Drafts Archaeology Action Plan based on AEC decision for immovable objects or other chance finds where action plan is required.  Reviews Contractor’s records and archives and  Develops training curricula for Contractor kickoff and coordinates with relevant agencies to be involved in training (e.g. DoA, Patan Museum, KVPT)  Plans/leads toolbox talks on archaeology topics as needed  Assist contractor with sourcing laborers trained in archaeology

Independent Expert: Member The Independent Expert should have at least 20 years of experience with archaeology and cultural heritage in Nepal, and deep understanding of policy, institutions, and procedures governing archaeology and cultural heritage.  Attend meetings  Provide independent expert advice on action plan in the event of chance finds  Be involved as requested field supervision, further study of chance finds, etc.

Representative, Lalitpur Metropolitan City: Member  Attend meetings  Provide independent expert advice on action plan in the event of chance finds  Be involved as requested field supervision, further study of chance finds, etc.

Conservation and Maintenance office of Patan Durbar Office in Charge/representative: Member  Attend meetings  Provide independent expert advice on action plan in the event of chance finds  Be involved as requested field supervision, further study of chance finds, etc.

Annex 3: Chance Finds Procedures

The SN-03 Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA) found that there is a possibility of chance finds of archeological remains and artifacts, especially in the Patan Durbar Square core zone and possibly in other parts of the project area.

Excavation of trenches could uncover movable artifacts, for example smaller relics, idols, and building fragments, or immovable archaeology such as building foundations, walls, or wells. Care must be taken in the excavation in order to identify chance finds before any damage occurs. These methods are outlined in the construction specifications.

The following procedures outline the protocol for all project actors to follow in the case that movable or immovable objects are discovered during construction of the project. These procedures provide a guideline, but ultimately any steps taken will depend on the situation and will be up to the discretion of the DSC’s archaeologist with concurrence of DoA following the SPS requirements.

The procedures are structured as the following:

Attachment A. Chance Finds Procedure for Movable Artifacts Attachment B: Chance Finds Procedure for Immovable Archaeological Remains Attachment C: Standard Archiving and Removal Guidelines

Annex 3, Attachment A. Chance Finds Procedure for Movable Artifacts

Step 1 Discovery and Reporting Find of Movable Object(s) 1.1 Potential artifact uncovered during excavation 1.2 Laborer notifies site supervisor in charge 1.3 Site supervisor stops work in that segment immediately 1.4 Site supervisor notifies DSC/DoA immediately after stopping work Step 2 Expert inspection and recommend action 2.1 DoA/DSC inspect site immediately after notification Based on inspection, DoA determines if AEC meeting is necessary based on 2.2 significance/complexity of find (e.g. ceramic fragment vs. large sculpture) If AEC required to meet, proceed to Step 3

If AEC not required to meet, proceed to Step 4 Step 3 Convene Archaeology Expert Committee (AEC) 3.1 AEC convenes at the site of archaeological finds within 24 hours at a time set by DoA 3.2 AEC investigates the site and holds briefing meeting after site visit at DoA’s premises AEC recommends either following Standard Archiving and Removal Guidelines, or agrees on 3.3 any additional requirements depending on the type of find. 3.4 DSC archaeologist drafts meeting minutes signed by all members present Step 4 Archiving and Removal of Artifacts Contractor archaeologist drafts any necessary method statements for excavation, handling, 4.1 and/or removal of objects 4.1 DSC approves method statements once the Archaeologist and Engineer are satisfied DSC with concurrence of DoA authorizes Contractor to proceed with removal of artifacts 4.1 following Standard Archiving and Removal Guidelines (see Attachment C), with any additional requirements determined by the AEC (if meeting took place). Archiving and removal are supervised by DSC archaeologist and DoA representative, 4.2 providing field assistance as necessary 4.3 DSC authorizes work to resume with concurrence of DoA representative Step 5 Reporting Reporting procedures to be followed in the Standard Archiving and Removal Guidelines 5.1 (Attachment C)

Annex 3, Attachment B: Chance Finds Procedure for Immovable Archeological Remains

Step 1 Discovery and Reporting Find of Archaeological Remains 1.1 Potential artifact uncovered during excavation 1.2 Laborer notifies site supervisor in charge 1.3 Site supervisor stops work in that segment immediately 1.4 Site supervisor notifies DSC/DoA immediately after stopping work Step 2 Expert inspection and recommend action 2.1 DoA/DSC inspect site immediately after notification 2.2 Based on inspection, DoA/DSC determine if find is archaeology and, if so, convenes AEC meeting If AEC required to meet, proceed to Step 3

If AEC not required to meet, DSC authorizes work to resume with concurrence of DoA Step 3 Convene Archaeology Expert Committee (AEC) 3.1 AEC convenes at the site of archaeological finds within 24 hours at a time set by DoA 3.2 AEC investigates the site and holds briefing meeting after site visit at DoA’s premesis AEC develops an Archaeological Action Plan within 48 hours. The Plan should decide on the following 3.3 options and will provide detailed procedures as needed depending on the find (in addition to the Standard Archiving and Removal Guidelines): Leave archaeology intact and avoid area  For cases where finds are significant and highly unique, and construction would cause irreparable harm to archaeology. The subsurface investigation conducted prior to works should identify any A significant archaeology prior to excavation, however significant finds could still be possible.  Alternative route must be found  Site is archived then covered and reinstated unless a plan for immediate further study is agreed. Remove remains temporarily and restore following pipeline installation  Most likely for any finds above the installed pipe  Agreement must be reached on temporary storage site (either Patan Museum or DoA premises, B depending on type of find).  Agree on any further study to be done while remains are removed  Determine if method statement need to be prepared for excavation, handling, and/or reinstating remains Remove remains permanently and archive  Most likely for any finds that would be bisected by the installed pipe  Agreement must be reached on temporary storage site during removal and archiving (either Patan C Museum or DoA premises, depending on type of find).  Agree on any method statements needed for excavation, handling, etc.; DSC to issue instructions  Action Plan should include next steps for reaching an agreement on permanent location/curation of removed assets, which may not be possible until the excavation has taken place. D Other option (or combination of the above) as determined by the AEC 3.4 DSC archaeologist drafts meeting minutes signed by all members present If decision B, C, and D taken, proceed to Step 4 Step 4 Archiving and Removal of Artifacts DSC holds site meeting with Contractor to brief them on Archaeology Action Plan. DSC prepares meeting 4.1 minutes and instructions to the Contractor Contractor archaeologist drafts any necessary method statements for excavation, handling, and/or removal 4.1 of objects 4.1 DSC approves method statements once the Archaeologist and Engineer are satisfied DSC authorizes Contractor to proceed with implementing Archaeology Action Plan. Standard Archiving and Removal Guidelines must be followed (see Attachment C), with any additional requirements determined by the AEC’s Action Plan. Archiving and removal are supervised by DSC archaeologist and DoA representative, providing field 4.2 assistance as necessary Step 5 Reporting 5.1 Reporting procedures to be followed in the Standard Archiving and Removal Guidelines (Attachment C)

Annex 3, Attachment C: Standard Archiving and Removal Guidelines

These guidelines should be followed by the DSC, Contractor and/or other field archaeologists designated to assist in the archiving and removal of archaeological remains and/or movable artifacts. Note that authorization to proceed with the removal of any artifacts must be granted by the DSC with concurrence of DoA per the Chance Finds Procedures. These procedures are a minimum guideline, and may be supplemented by additional procedures, methods, or specifications as agreed by the Archaeology Expert Committee, DoA, and/or DSC archaeologist.

1 Documentation in Situ Upon exposure, archaeological remains or artifacts should be fully documented by the Contractor at the site 1.1 of discovery, including photographs with time/date stamps, measurements and drawings. 1.2 The Contractor takes GPS points at the point of discovery The DoA and AEC may recommend that the Contractor carry out additional environmental sampling (e.g. soil 1.3 samples) 2 Excavation Excavation may only proceed at the instruction of the DSC archaeologist (through the Engineer), with the 2.1 concurrence of DoA 2.2 Excavation must be in the presence of a DoA representative and the DSC archaeologist 2.3 Excavation in any area with chance finds must be done using manual digging Depending on the find, the Contractor engineer will propose method statements for excavation which must be 2.4 approved by the DSC archaeologist 2.5 The Contractor and DSC should document excavation with photographs and video 2.6 Excavation should follow any additional procedures as required by the AEC 3 Handling, Transport, and Storage Upon investigation DoA or the AET (depending on the type of find) will determine if finds will be temporarily 3.1 stored at the DoA Lalitpur branch office or the Patan Museum. This will be communicated to the Contractor before removal. Once removed, smaller objects may only be handled by a qualified archaeologist until official handover to 3.2 DoA. Larger and/or more complex objects (e.g. foundations) may be handled by laborers under close supervision and instruction of the Contractor/DSC/DoA archaeologist. 3.3 Objects must be stored in a secure, clean, lockable space. Any unauthorized removal of archaeological materials will result in immediate dismissal from job duties and 3.4 be subject to fines by DoA. 4 Cleaning The excavated finds should be properly cleaned with water, except: i. if the finds are identified for scientific analysis by the DoA or AET; 4.1 ii. metal & organic objects (e.g. bone, wood, leather, textile objects and etc.) should not be cleaned with water. The Contractor is advised to consult another member of the AET if in doubt. 5 Marking 5.1 The excavated finds should be cleaned before marking object number. 5.2 Each find should be marked with site code, context number and find number, etc. For the finds which are too small, organic objects (e.g. bone, wood, leather, textile objects and etc.) or have unstable surface, object number should not be marked on the object directly. These finds should be bagged 5.3 separately and attached with a label containing information about the site code, context number, find number and description of find. 6 Documentation post-removal -removal, unless otherwise 6.1 The Contractor’s archaeologist is responsible for documenting chance finds post agreed with the DSC. After cleaning, smaller finds should be photographed on all sides on a plain white background, with date/time 6.2 reference. 6.3 Measurements should be taken and recorded, and any drawings as needed. 7 Labeling and bagging (if necessary) Two labels should be provided for each bag which contains finds, one is adhered on the surface of the bag 7.1 while the other is kept inside the bag for easy reference. The label inside the bag should be kept separately with a smaller plastic bag so that the label can be kept 7.2 much longer. 7.3 Information about the site code, context number, test-pit number, object number (or bag number) and

77 description of finds should be written clearly on the label. Finds under the same context should be bagged together. If those finds, however, have been categorized 7.4 according to their typology, materials or characteristics, separate bagging is required. 8 Reporting and Handover Procedure All records should be handed over to the DoA, PID, LMC and DSC as a single organized archive within 7 days of completion of the removal. The Contractor should ensure:  All the field records should be submitted together with indexes.  Any video footage should be submitted together with index describing the content of the video footage.  All photographs should be submitted together with photo register. 8.1  Any GPS/GIS maps should be handed over as coordinates and/or shapefiles Field records include but are not limited to field diary, site record for trench excavation, context recording sheet, special finds recording sheet, soil sample and/or other environmental samples recording sheet, map (including GPS points, GIS shapefile), survey sheet, photograph/audio-visual records, etc.

Finds processing records include conservation record, measured drawings and photographs, laboratory reports, etc. The contractor prepares two copies of a handover letter that lists all the aforementioned records, and 8.2 handover details to DoA and copied to the PID, LMC, and DSC. A representative of the DoA should be present when records and physical assets are handed over. The Contractor representative should sign both copies of the letter, and the DoA representative should 8.3 countersign. One copy will remain with the Contractor, and one with DoA, and the Contractor to provide scanned copies to PID, LMC, and DSC. DSC archaeologist reviews the materials submitted by the Contractor and drafts a chance finds report, which 8.4 is annexed to the monthly progress report sent to the Employer. This report is sent to the DoA Chief Archaeology Officer, PID, and LMC within 35 days of the find (per Ancient Monuments Preservation Act). If considered appropriate by the Department of Archaeology, artefacts may be displayed in the Patan 8.5 Museum. 8.6 A report on thé findings of thé excavation should be prepared and made available to researchers.

Annex 4: Official letters for project information and approvals

A. Letter sent from LMC to Department of Archaeology, 04 June 2018

A. English translation of above letter:

Subject: Requesting of approval for the construction of Combined Sewer line

Flooding is one of the major issue along the Patan Durbar Square Area in every rainy season.

In the leadership of LMC, PID and LMC’s joint investment and participation has intended to solve the problem with the implementation of significant Combined sewer network will be operated soon.

Rudra Gautam Unit Chief, Infrastructure and construction unit

CC: Mayor, LMC KUKL-PID, Anamnagar

A. Attachments to above letter from LMC to DoA:

B. Response letter from DoA to LMC, dated 13 June 2018

83 B. Translation of the above approval letter from Department of Archaeology written to LMC

Subject: Regarding combine sewer line

In reference to the above subject, we are aware of Lalitpur Metropolitan City letter ref; 7320, 074/075 dated 2075/02/21 (4 June 2018). In this regard, it is to inform you that based upon LMC’s decision dated 2075/02/30 (13 June 2018) we approve for the implementation of combined sewer line within the vicinity of protected monument site, Patan Durbar Square listed in World Heritage to management sewer problem occurring during rainy season due to surface runoff; and DOA is agreed to provide approval for the implementation of construction works during night time without disturbance to daily activity and a representative from Monument Conservation and Palace Watch Office, Patan shall be present mandatorily (adequate incentive shall make available from the project for the extra time spend by the DOA personnel) during excavation.

C. Letter sent from Mayor of LMC to UNESCO Chief, 06 July 2018 to seek inputs on design

85 86 D. Signed Memorandum of Agreement between LMC and PID, 06 August 2018

88 89

94 E. Letter sent from Department of Archaeology to UNESCO Director General, 08 Aug 2018

F. Letter sent from UNESCO to Ambassador of Nepal to France (cc to DoA), 10 April 2019

G. Minutes of Meeting, Archaeology Expert Committee establishment and mitigation measures

Minutes of Meeting

A meeting is organised today i.e. Chaitra 20, 2075 (3rd April 2019) related to the SN-03 sewerage project starting from Lagankhel Bus Park passing through Patan Durbar Square upto U.N.Park. The meeting is concentrated also on the probable effects that may arise due to this construction in the Patan Durbar Square area. The following persons are present in the meeting:

S.No Name Designation Contact No Signature 1 Mr.Damodar Gautam Acting Director General,Dept of Archeology 9849595551 2 Mr.Ram Bdr Kuwar Chief Archaeology Officer 9851092692 3 Dr.Suresh Sarash Shrestha Chief Archaeology Officer 9841363835 4 Dr.Saflya Amatya HIA Expert/DSC-06 9849237220 5 Mr.Sampat Ghimire S.D.E Dept of Archeology 9851239377 6 Ms.Sarika Gharana Environment Expert, DSC-06/PID 9841280839 7 Mr.Shisir Gautam Safeguard Specialist, DSC 9851158258 8 Mr.Devendra Bhattarai Archelogy Officer 9841303058 9 Mr.Gobind Adhikari Sub Engineer, Dept of Archeology 9841750956 10 Ms.Subhadra Bhattarai Archelogy Officer 9841362080 11 Dr.Rohit Ranjitkar Archeological Expert, LMC 9851010150 12 Mr.Gopal Bhattarai Engineer, Dept of Archeology 9801372638 13 Mr.Rajesh Prasad Singh Consultant/PID 9851084419 14 Mr.Dhruba Raj Regmi Consultant/PID 9851081222

Decisions: -

Only after receiving the Geophysical survey report of Patan Durbar Square, which is to be conducted using GPR, Electrical Resistivity and MASW Methods; the following steps will be followed during the excavation:

1. The excavation in the Patan Durbar Square area will be done manually. The manpower of the Department of Archelogy will also be used for this excavation.

2. A committee comprising of archaeological experts, Chaired by Chief, Archelogy Section, Dept of Archeology is formed and the committee will monitor and supervise the excavation activities as directed by the committee. The following are the members of this committee:

(i) Chief, Archeology Section, Dept. Of Archeology------Chairman (ii) Representative, Lalitpur Metropolitan City------Member (iii) Independent Expert(conservation/archaeology) ------Member (iv) Office in Charge/representative------Member (Conservation and Maintenance office of Patan Durbar) (v) Archaeological Expert (DSC-06) ------Member Secretary

3.Any artefacts and structures found during the excavation will be recorded and managed as per the prevailing acts and regulation.

4.It is agreed that any coordination required by PID, LMC and other institutions with Department of Archaeology will be through the World Heritage and Conservation Section of the Department of Archelogy.

98 Annex 5: Site Visit Field Inventory

The project area is a short trek from Haugal to Mangal Bazar (157 meters), Bhimsen temple to Swotha Garuda (100m), Kumveshwar to Gahiti (101m), Ikhalakhu Mahapal to Swotha Chowk (403m). The Core Zone is from Mangal Bazar to Bhimsenthan (207m). The HIA team observed the whole area by slowly and carefully walking the right-of-way in the core and buffer areas of the Patan Durbar Square World Heritage Site. The visit included an engineer, safeguard specialist, and heritage expert/archaeologist. The site was visited in July 2018, 28 October 2018, 01 November 2018, and 25 November 2018. The Chief of Patan Durbar Monument Maintenance Office (PDMMO) Mr. Kaji Man Pakurel also attended the site visit on 01 November.

The following table presents an inventory of heritage assets in the WHS core and buffer areas. This inventory, which is comprehensive of the entire core and buffer area, does not imply that these structures would be potentially impacted by the project. The map below of the core area is included for reference.

# Heritage Site Date Style Heritage Value Remarks Image Assets in the Core Monument Zone 1 17th Century Shikhara Image of Hara Gauri is very Local devotees worship rare. at the temple daily. Laxmi Narayan

2 Sundari Chowk 16th/ 17th Palace courtyard Residence of Malla Kings Considered as one of centuries with a famous gold gilded the most beautiful copper water spout with courtyard of Malla Garuda Lakshmi Narayan in period. the courtyard. Building to the far right in the image.

Outside steps used by local people for resting and socializing.

3 Krishna Temple AD 1723 Shikhara Built by Yogmati , daughter of Vaishnava also famous as King Yog Narendra Malla. Chyasim Deval

100 # Heritage Site Date Style Heritage Value Remarks Image 4 AD1736 Ceremonial Bell erected by Ghanta (NS.857) Queen of King Bishnu Malla Chandra Laxmi. 5 AD1666 Palace Courtyard Main Ceremonial courtyard Hindu Mul chowk with the temple of Taleju. Building in middle, to the left of Sundari Chowk.

Outside steps used by local people for resting and socializing.

6 Hari Shankar 17th Century Three-storey traditional Nepali temple 7 Pillar statue of Pillar statue King Yog Narendra Malla

8 AD 1590 Shikhara Built by Purandarasimha, the Narasimha Narsingha ruling feudal lord of Patan Vaishnava Temple 9 Degu Talle AD 1662 Three-storey brick Taleju Bhawani temple Traditional Nepali temple

101 # Heritage Site Date Style Heritage Value Remarks Image 10 Char Narayan AD1565 Very unique of Malla Destroyed by the Temple Architecture .Probably this is earthquake of 2015- one of the oldest surviving Under restoration. temples in the Durbar Square. Built by King Purandarasinha

11 17th Century Palace Courtyard King Sri Niwas Malla gave Outside steps used by Mani Keshar with golden door royal patronage to this local people for resting Narayan Chowk and window courtyard and made it and socializing. residential quarters of the royalty.

12 Krishna Mandir AD 1637 Shikhara Built by King Siddhinarasingh World Class Monument Malla Pilgrims visit the temple The most remarkable building mainly in the Krihna in stone ever made in the Astamii Festival valley. Built by King Siddhinarasingh Malla.

13 1626 Built by King Siddhinarasingh Vishwonath Malla Temple

102 # Heritage Site Date Style Heritage Value Remarks Image 14 17th Century Small one storey Tantric shrine Located same site as Mani Hiti, Mani Gufa (AD1662) structure with lime opposite the road. (Cave) plaster in front of Manihiti in octagonal shape. 15 Built One of the very few It is providing water to Mani Hiti or probably ancient water local people since Manga Hiti during conduits still Lichchavi period. Lichchavi running. Also one of period the best examples of stone water spouts in the Valley.

16 Mani Mandap or 17th Century Very Sensitive structure Jewel Pavilion of for the people of Patan. Patan with 16 pillars Heavily used by pedestrians and local people for resting and socializing.

17 Bhimsen Temple AD1681 Three-storey Built by King Sriniwasa Malla Big festival in the temple in month of Shrawan. Pillar statue with rectangular shape. Lion on the top. Sensitive area with Siva and Ganesh cluster of monuments Temple on the back around. side of Bhimsen temple

Sarasowti Pati with open veranda and carved pillars on the north of Bhimsen Temple.

18 Matangi Pitha 17th Century Situated on the Very important and Non-iconic road level sensitive to the local

103 # Heritage Site Date Style Heritage Value Remarks Image deities people

19 Dilapidated Rana period house with wooden balcony

20 Radha Krishna nd Three storey Destroyed by the earthquake Under reconstruction. temple traditional temple of 2015

21 Radha Krishna Built by Originally built in After the earthquake of 1934 A small Ganesh shrine temple Kritilaksmi Shikhara style. it was given a dome roof. is attached in the main Singh, Malla temple. Facing south. Period. During Teej, Krishna Astamai and Janai Purnima 22 Rana period During Teej, Krishna Astamai Traditional and Janai Purnima House with beautiful carvings

23 Malla period Jaru or jarunhiti is a Stupa and a Jaru traditional water tank for drinking purpose. Generally constructed on the road side. 24 Probably in Small two-storey Very popular in the locality. Under reconstruction. Swatha Narayan 1706 traditional temple Mandir

25 Ikhlakhu Pati Rana period Nice carved pillars Such open rest houses are rare. 26 Group of temple Malla period Shikhara Very rich area on of Ikhlakhu Tole cultural properties. 27 Temples in the Malla period Shikhara temples courtyard of and a traditional

104 # Heritage Site Date Style Heritage Value Remarks Image Ikhalakhu tole temple 28 Jarun Hiti Malla period One of the most beautiful and intact jurun in the Valley. 29 I-Baha Bahi AD1427 Traditional Renovated in AD 1996 Mahayana Buddhist Monastery 30 Traditional Shah/Rana Such houses with rich House Near I- period wood carvings are rare. BahaBahi 31 Uma Maheshwar Rana period Copper roof one Bells, Bull and some temple storey in Dome other icons around. shape 32 Narayan temple Shikhara or Rana period Bell shape

33 Dalsi Mahadev Below road Shiva family Worshipped by local shrine level people. Sensitive.

34 Small Pati Modern 35 Ganesh Temple Rana period two storey Upper roof is of copper. Nearby is a small one storey Narayan temple. 36 Ganesh Temple Malla period One storey Highly decorated temple Revered by people of Patan. 37 Jarun On the Malla Period With murals Situated on the road back side of side of Haugal tole. Ganesh temple 105 # Heritage Site Date Style Heritage Value Remarks Image 38 Haughal Bahal Lichchavi Stone sculptures of Matika, and stupas and many other old Malla periods sculptures inside the courtyard. 39 Uma Maheshwar Rana period Bell shaped Little inside road level temple Shikhara on the main market place. 40 Narayan temple On the road side.

41 Shiva Temple Malla period Stone one storey Temple Heritage Assets in the Patan Durbar Square Buffer Zone 42 Rana Period Richly decorated Beautiful woodcarvings. .Awarded by UNESCO traditional house Newa Chhen

43 Jarunhiti Malla period Drinking water reservoir for Not functioning. the pedestrians. Made of stone. 44 Small two storey 17th Century traditional temple of Narayan on the back side of Newa Chhen.

45 Krishna Temple AD1680 Shikhara After the earthquake of 1934 (Kobaha) it was restored with dome roof. 46 Jarunhiti Probably Not functioning Lichchavi period 47 Temple of New Copper roof Chamunda Mai (Gahiti) 48 Stupa with the Malla Period Such Stupa is rare and A Well and Shiva Linga Image of unique with Bull. Avalokiteshwar

106 # Heritage Site Date Style Heritage Value Remarks Image 49 Yampi Mahavihar AD1672 Also known as (Ehi Bahi) Sunayasri Mahavihar. 50 Shrine of Pigha nd non-iconic deities worshipped by local Deo people 51 Ehi Bahi Stupa 3rd Century Ashokan Chaitya One of the five stupas World Class BC believed to have been built by Monument. Mourya Emperor Ashok 52 Saithu Ganesh AD1681 Two storey Every Tuesday early in the Very popular among Mandir or traditional temple morning Hindu pilgrims visit the people of Patan. Dhwakasi the temple Ganesh

53 Gahiti Malla period Stone water Not functioning. spout

54 Stupa of Siku Malla period Such open Dabali or platform Bahi and a long is very few in the Valley. Dabu or open platform

55 Chopo Ganesh AD1745 Three storey Very revered by local people. In this temple complex traditional temple there are two early Malla period stupas, Umamaheshwar sculptures of Lichchavi period. 56 A small temple with copper roof and some other small temples behind the platform 57 Two stucco small Erected on both sides temples with of the road. Bhimsen and eyes. 58 A small shrine of Behind this small

107 # Heritage Site Date Style Heritage Value Remarks Image Kwalakhu temple there is a Pati or Harisidhi Bhairav rest house. on the road. 59 Uma Maheshwar 17th century Traditional two Local people perform Krishna A stupa is on the right temple storey temple Pooja, Ganesh Pooja. The side of the temple. Also main festival celebrated is a traditional house. Janai Purnima, Shiva Raatri, and Matya Jaatra Located 50m from proposed alignment. 60 Bhagwati temple Malla period Shikhara One of the few stone temples Also known as on stone of the valley. Harishankar temple of Patuko tole. 61 Lakshmi Narayan Malla period Two-storey Rich in wood carvings. One A small temple with temple traditional temple. of the earliest stone non-iconic deities and inscriptions found in the an inscription of Valley. Lichchavi period on the road level. 62 Agam Ghar of Early Rana Traditional house Rich in wood carvings. It is in dilapidated Rajopadhaya period condition after the Priests earthquake of 2915. Sensitive. Need immediate restoration. 63 Jarunhiti Malla period 64 Small Ganesh Shah/Rana Nice wood carvings on struts. On the road level. temple with period Revered by local copper roof. people. Very sensitive.

65 Jarunhiti Malla period (Mahapal) 66 Mahalaxmi nd non-iconic deities On the road level. Shrine Worshipped by local people. Sensitive. Near Lagankhel.

108

109 Annex 6: References

Akira Furukawa (Ed) Jarunhiti, Vajra Publications, 2010, Kathmandu, Nepal.

Amatya, Shaphalya. Water & Culture, JVS (Nepal),2006.

Amatya, Shaphalya. Monument Conservation in Nepal,(My Experience with the World Heritage Sites of Kathmandu Valley), Vajra Publications, Kathmandu, 2007.

Coningham, R.A.E., Acharya, K.P., Davis, C.E., Kunwar, R.B., Tremblay, J.C., Simpson, I.A. 4 and Schmidt, A. Preliminary Results of Post-Disaster Archaeological Investigations at the Char Narayan Temple and within Patan’s Durbar Square, Kathmandu Valley UNESCO World Heritage Property (Nepal), Ancient Nepal 191-192, p. 52-71. 2016.

Cox, Andrea. Archaeological Field Handbook, Sedgeford Historical and Archaeological research Project (SHARP), 2004.

Government of Nepal, Department of Housing, Physical Planning, Kathmandu Valley: The Preservation Of Physical Environment and cultural Heritage Protective Inventory, Volume I & II, 1975, Vienna.

Government of Nepal, Ministry of Culture, Tourism, and Civil Aviation, Department of Archaeology, Management Handbook for Patan Durbar Square Monument Zone, 2007, Kathmandu.

Jaipur Metro Rail Corporation (for Asian Development Bank). Environmental Impact Assessment (draft), India: Jaipur Metro Rail Project-Phase IB. August 2013.

Project Implementation Directorate, Draft final Report, Design Report volume I, September 2018. ( Document)

Project Implementation Directorate, Draft Final Report, Cost Estimate Volume II, September 2018. (Document)

Lalitpur Sub-Metropolitan City, Culture and Archaeology Unit. The Stone spouts of Lalitpur Sub- Metropolitan City, 2007.

Sanday Kentro Associates, Patan: Heritage conservation plan (Master plan),Lazimpat, Kathamndu, ND

110